Bibliography of Algonquian Linguistics 9780887556111, 9780887551284, 9780887558924

Citation preview

Bibliography of Algonquian Linguistics

Bibliography of Algonquian Linguistics

DAVID H. PENTLAND & H. CHRISTOPH WOLFART

THE UNIVERSITY OF MANITOBA PRESS

1982

Bibliography of Algonquian Linguistics © University of Manitoba Press 1982 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, or stored in a database and retrieval system in Canada, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or, in the case of photocopying or any other reprographic copying, a licence from Access Copyright, www.accesscopyright.ca, 1-800-893-5777. University of Manitoba Press Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada Treaty 1 Territory uofmpress.ca Cataloguing data available from Library and Archives Canada isbn 978-0-88755-611-1 (paper) isbn 978-0-88755-128-4 (bound) isbn 978-0-88755-892-4 (pdf) The University of Manitoba Press acknowledges the financial support for its publication program provided by the Government of Canada through the Canada Book Fund, the Canada Council for the Arts, the Manitoba Department of Sport, Culture, and Heritage, the Manitoba Arts Council, and the Manitoba Book Publishing Tax Credit.

Contents

Preface

vzz

Introduction

zx

Bibliography 1 Index 285

Index Headings 333

Preface

Pilling's Bibliography of the Algonquian languages, published in 1891 as an exhaustive record of "everything, printed or in manuscript, relating to the Algonquian languages," remains without a proper supplement. The emphasis of the present Bibliography of Algonquian linguistics is practical rather than historical: as printed paper is produced in unprecedented proliferation, author and audience alike need a current reference work which, we hope, will prove reasonably comprehensive and reliable. Lacunae, of course, remain and inconsistencies persist; as we plan to bring this bibliography up to date on a regular basis, we welcome corrections and additions. Listingworksprintedfrom 1891 through 1981 (a1ongwithearlier titles overlooked by Pilling as well as reprints and new editions), this bibliography includes more than twice as many entries as A bibliography of Algonquian linguistics (by Pentland, Ellis, Simpson, & Wolfart) which appeared in 1974. Unlike its predecessors, moreover, the present work is cross-referenced: reviews, exchanges, and other matters of content are given in the form of annotations, and there are separate cross-reference entries for co-authors, editors, and the like. The original impetus for the 1974 bibliography was provided by C. Douglas Ellis, who was unable, unfortunately, to take part in the present effort. It could not, however, have been undertaken without his active encouragement.

viii · Preface We are also grateful to all those who offered additions and corrections, notably (but not exclusively) Barry Edwards, James L. Fidelholtz, Ives Goddard, Wayne Leman, Jose Mailhot, Pierre Martin. We were fortunate to have the technical advice of Verona Dechene of the Elizabeth Dafoe Library and Dianne Cox of the Computer Centre, University of Manitoba, the clerical assistance of Patricia Liebzeit, and the financial support of the University of Manitoba Research Board. The computer programs used in the preparation of this bibliography were designed and implemented, revised and refined by H. Christoph Wolfart, J. Colin McConnell [1975], and David R. Young [1982]; with the support of Richard Tilley, David R. Young also converted the "manuscript" into the form required for automatic typesetting. Much of the tedium of checking and revising was borne by Deborah A. Blair. We also owe a special debt to John D. Nichols for the running bibliography (which, in many instances, we have exploited together with his annotations) published in Algonquian Linguistics. The list of acknowledgements would be incomplete, however, without appropriate recognition of authors who miscite their own works; editors who regularly change the titles of their journals; publishers who fail to identify the edition they reprint; and all those minions of the second printing revolution who let their works appear without pagination, place, date, or even author: infelicibus ustulanda lignis.

Introduction

This is a bibliography of printed works: unpublished manuscripts (with the exception of academic theses) and papers which were only presented viva voce are not included. In selecting items for inclusion, no attempt has been made to discriminate on the basis of quality. SCOPE The period we aim to cover extends from the publication of Pilling's Bibliography of the Algonquian languages 1 in 1891 to the end of 1981. In addition we include earlier titles that are not listed in Pilling and reprints or new editions of works originally published before 1891. Pilling did not list works on Wiyot, Yurok, and Beothuk in his Algonquian bibliography. We have included them, although Wiyot and Yurok are related to the Algonquian family as a whole James Constantine Pilling, Bibliography of the Algonquian languages, Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 13, Washington, 1891. The first entry in Pilling's chronological index is dated 1609, and his goal was to include "everything, printed or in manuscript, relating to the Algonquian languages" that was produced during the next three centuries. Except for bindings (which are mentioned only for the earliest works), Pilling provides full bibliographical descriptions. In addition to a complete transcription of the title page (often complemented by a facsimile) and a detailed account of collation and pagination, he includes locations, auction prices and, for major figures, biographical sketches.

x

Introduction

rather than forming part of it, while the precise relationship of Beothuk to Algonquian may never be established because of inadequate data. With the requirements of practising Algonquianists our main concern, we generally omit information that would be of interest mainly to librarians or bibliophiles. If their relevance seemed primarily bibliographical rather than scholarly, we have even excluded entire works, such as the Russian translation of Bloomfield's Language or the pirated reprints of selected papers from Language (Peking) and of Bloomfield's Algonquian sketch (St. John's, Newfoundland). While Pilling's was a bibliography "of the Algonquian languages," the present work is limited to Algonquian linguistics. Publications whose only claim to inclusion lies in their being printed in an Algonquian language are excluded. Such items have typically been translations into an Algonquian language; in recent years, the hymn books faithfully described by Pilling have come to be supplemented by a wide range of non-religious materials (e.g., local development plans in Ojibwa, or calendars with the names of the months in Micmac) but, to the linguist, much of this material seems both derivative and ephemeral. Exceptions are made for items accompanied by a translation and, of course, for those which deal with linguistic topics. Ethnographic accounts and literary works published without the Algonquian original are included only if they contain at least some terms or names in an Algonquian language. Even where these are few and far between, they are often the most reliable published source for the meanings (if not the spellings) of kin terms, technological or ceremonial terms, etc. We have made a special effort to extend the coverage of this bibliography to Algonquian toponymy, but in this field - which has more than its fair share of trivia and poor scholarship- we have omitted many more articles of purely local interest, most of which can be found in Sealock and Seely's Bibliography of place-name literature (1948, 1967 ). Biographical and historical works which deal specifically with their subjects' studies in Algonquian linguistics are included, as are obituaries of prominent Algonquianists, but more general publications on the history of linguistics and on the discovery and exploration of North America, while important background reading for Algonquianists, are beyond the scope of the present work.

Introduction

x1

Exhaustiveness being an unattainable ideal, the coverage of this bibliography is least even in the area of pedagogical materials. Although printed in bewildering profusion, these are typically issued by an equally diverse array of local authorities and in relatively small editions; in consequence, they are usually ignored by library catalogues and bibliographies and, often enough, are unobtainable even shortly after publication. Whatever their merit may be, then, these are truly ephemera. Where they have come to our attention, however, pedagogical works are included nevertheless precisely because there is often no other reference2 that most Algonquianists might be expected to encounter. What has been included here should be taken as no more than a sample. FORMAT Besides primary fields for author, date, title, and publication data, each full entry may contain one or both of the following annotation fields which are set apart typographically from one another and from the primary fields: secondary publication data (mainly pagination and reprint information), in small Roman type; comments and substantive cross-references (including reviews), in small Italic type. Separate cross-reference entries (for co-authors, editors, etc.) show an arrow in the area otherwise occupied by the publication date. 3 In general, we have chosen explicitness and even redundancy over absolute consistency. Thus, only one journal title has been abbreviated: IJAL = International Journal of American Linguistics.

2 Only rarely are these materials collected and catalogued as carefully as in the Cheyenne bibliography of Wayne Leman or in the running bibliography published by John D. Nichols in Algonquian Linguistics and its successors. 3 It has not seemed worth the trouble to correct certain infelicities of order and presentation which arise when several such cross-reference entries follow one another.

xii

Introduction

For some of the more obscure journals, conversely, the place of publication has been added to facilitate identification. On the other hand, practical considerations demand that in the case of a collection of papers the full publication data be given only once, in the entry for the collection itself. An abbreviated form appears in the entries for individual papers contained in the collection. When a review contains material of interest to Algonquianists but the book reviewed does not, only the review is entered, e.g., Bloomfield's review (l922a) of Jespersen's Language. It is simply not practical to attempt a uniform level of detail, annotation, and cross-referencing throughout. The entry for Bloomfield's Menomini language (1962), for instance, contains a crossreference to Miner's morpheme index (1975), but there are other links, as diverse as the issues being studied, which will be suggested to individual users by the index. ORDER OF ENTRIES In general, entries are arranged by author, date, and title. Within a block of entries defined by a common first author, edited works (and those which are introduced or translated) follow those which are in the narrow sense authored. Titles by a single author (whether in the narrow or in the wide sense) precede those by two or more authors. Thus, Hockett, Charles F. _ _.,ed. - - , & William G. Moulton

Cross-reference entries, which point to an alternative name, a co-authored or edited work, an obituary, etc., follow all dated entries. Where several works by the same author have appeared in a single year, they are arranged by the alphabetical order of the titles; the only exception to this order are reviews, which follow all other entries for a given year. Entries which share both author and date are (redundantly but usefully) distinguished by sequence letters a, b, c, etc. suffixed to the

Introduction

xm

date. These date-suffixes appear at the beginning of the entry, and in the index, but neither in the annotations nor in the separate cross-reference entries. Since the date-suffixes are assigned automatically, they reflect the alphabetical order of the titles rather than the order of publication within a given year- which, in any case, is more likely to depend on the vagaries of printing and publishing than on the historical order of writing. 4 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONVENTIONS Since this bibliography is addressed to Algonquianists first and foremost- and to librarians and bibliophiles only secondarily- it follows bibliographical conventions which we have found practical, without regard to their status among professional cataloguers. We are confident, however, that Algonq uianists will be able to find with ease all of the important material published since the appearance of Pilling's bibliography, and a fair sampling of the trivia as well.

Authors The various sets of cataloguing rules adopted over the years by major English-language libraries have prescribed a variety of elements to be used as main headings: authors, editors, titles, and "corporate bodies" (including the names of conferences). For example, the Anglo-American Cataloguing· Rules distinguish between The life and letters of fohn Smith, "by Mary Brown" (under Brown), and The life and letters of john Smith, "edited by Mary Brown" (under Smith); translations are entered under the original author, but adaptations under the reviser's name; a privately produced catalogue of a library's holdings is listed under the compiler's name, but if it is published officially, the name of the library becomes the main heading; collections and works of

4 For the rare instances where such a set of papers appears in a single journal, it has not seemed worth the effort to develop a special algorithm. The classical case, not unexpectedly, is Michelson, whose listing begins with no fewer than five papers published in the American Anthropologist for 1911: a, b, c, e, f by title, but b, f, a, c, e in their historical order. Minor infelicities of this type and scale seem insignificant beside the general advantages of computer-aided bibliography.

x1v

Introduction

"diffuse" authorship are entered under title, whether an editor is prominently named or not. In most libraries, in short, it would be a matter of luck, not skill, to find the volume we have listed as "A.D. DeBlois, ed., 1964" in less than three tries. It might be entered as: - Contributions to anthropology; linguistics I (Algonquian) [title page] -Teeter, Karl V., et al. [first author named in the table of contents] - Conference on Algonquian Linguistics, 1st [the "corporate" entry] - Canada. National Museum. Bulletins, no. 214 [another "corporate" entry, and the series] In at least some libraries, the main entry is under none of the above, but rather -Algonquian Conference, 1st even though the annual Algonquian Conferences did not begin until a year after this volume appeared and the proceedings were not systematically published until the sixth conference. In yet other libraries, the work is relegated to a separate "government publications" department and not even included in the main catalogue. In the present bibliography, all works are listed under a personal name if at all possible: most are listed under the author or authors if named on the title page or otherwise discoverable. Compilations of separate items (proceedings of a conference, anthologies, and the like) are entered under the editor/ compiler, as are works by a large group of authors - often, a team of native speakers and linguists, with the latter usually preparing the work for publication. Where no editor is given, collections are listed under the first author "et al." (e.g., Harry Hoijer et al., 1946). The few works with neither author nor editor discoverable are listed under "anonymous.'' In all cases (except, of course, anonymous titles) we have cross-referenced the other names that might be associated with the work: our goal has been to arrange things so that the user will never have to look under more than two headings to find the full reference. We have listed all entries under the fullest name commonly used by the author - usually the form with which he signs scholarly

Introduction

xv

articles and monographs (other than his thesis or dissertation) not the fullest form we could discover: thus Carl F. Voegelin rather than Charles Frederick Voegelin. Where the author's last name varies, as in the case of a woman writing under both her maiden name and married name(s), each work is entered under the name which appears on the title page, with cross-references from the other versions.

Titles We have freely altered the punctuation and capitalization of titles, and have replaced italics with roman throughout. To avoid distorting the meaning we have therefore enclosed glosses of linguistic forms in single quotation marks (e.g., The Proto-Gulf word for 'water') and titles within titles in double quotation marks (e.g., Corrections to Cotton's "Vocabulary ... ").Long titles have frequently been shortened in cross-references and titles of book reviews, and especially in the case of reprints where the full title appears in Pilling. All statements of editorship on the title page have been standardized to "John Smith, ed."; similarly, "with an introduction by Mary Brown" is reduced to "Mary Brown, introd." Among the frequently cited classics of Algonquian linguistics are two titles which do not exist: the "Fox sketch" and the "Algonquian sketch" (the latter often just "The sketch"). The first is William Jones's grammar of Fox (Jones 1911), the second is Leonard Bloomfield's 1946 outline of Prato-Algonquian, published under the title "Algonquian" (although an earlier draft in the late 1930s did apparently bear the title "A sketch of Algonquian"). Dates Under each author's name, works are listed in order of publication date, and when necessary with suffixed a, b, c, etc. Works which appeared in parts spread over several years are listed under the date of the first part. Facsimiles are listed under the date of the original publication, but new editions (including facsimiles and reprints with altered title or an added introduction) are entered separately. Where we have been unable to supply a date, the work is listed under "n.d." (no date) at the end of the author's dated entries; our estimate of the date of publication is usually supplied in square brackets in the entry itself. We have corrected false and erroneous

xv1

Introduction

dates when possible in the body of the entry, but have kept the date which appears on the work itself in the margin. Offprints of articles often appear with dates before or after the volume to which they belong, but unlike Pilling we ignore all offprints and preprints unless they differ in title, content, or pagination from the journal version. On the other hand, when a single volume of a journal has been published over two (or more) years, we list each article under the date of the issue in which it appeared. 5

Pagination Most library cataloguing systems give only an approximate indication of pagination: unnumbered pages at the beginning or end are often included in the total given for the volume or disregarded entirely. We have attempted to indicate the actual pagination of each work listed (omitting, however, all references to illustrations, maps, and the like), and, where there was uncertainty, we have omitted page numbers entirely rather than state them incorrectly. Especially, many dissertations are given without pagination, since the published listings either omit introductory pages or add them into the total. We have not, however, gone to the other extreme, exemplified by Pilling, who faithfully noted each leaf and whether both sides were printed.

5 For example, the International journal of American Linguistics(IJ.\L) was for many years published whenever the editor, Franz Boas, had accumulated enough money to pay for another issue. As a result, most of the first ten volumes were spread over several years, and issues were often combined (lJ.\L was officially a quarterly). The table of contents sometimes bears a different date or dates from the issues to which it refers, and the printer's dates do not always agree with those on the cover. For example, volume 8 was issued in 1933 (no. 1), 1934 (no. 2) and 1935 (combined nos. 3·4), with a title page dated 1935; the first issue of volume 9 came out in 1936, the remainder (combined nos. 2·4) in 1939, but the title page reads "1936 · 1938," the printer's colophon "1939." As a result, the same article has sometimes been cited by Algonquianists with two or three different dates: for example, "Michelson 1935a" in Aubin's Proto·Algonquian Dictionary (1975) is our Michelson 1933a, but Aubin's "Michelson 1935b" is our Michelson 1935c.

Introduction

xvu

INDEX The index is arranged first of all by language; works dealing with several languages are included under ALGONQUIAN in three sections that precede the individual languages. Where there are sufficient titles to warrant subdivision, the entries under each language are arranged topically. While a full, multi-dimensional index might have been produced automatically, we preferred to rely on human judgement (even though errors, scholarly as well as clerical, may well have been introduced in the process). The majority of titles are indexed only once. Reviews are omitted except for those which go well beyond the work under review. Also omitted are collections (in favour of individual articles) and a few titles where the usual indexing principles proved insufficient or where the trouble of proper indexing would have exceeded the likely benefit. Titles have been shortened liberally and without indication. Under the headings Place Names and Words, titles have been omitted altogether, since otherwise these two categories would take up far more room than is warranted by their value for ordinary linguistics studies. The language and dialect groupings used as main headings in general follow the usage of the new Handbook of North American Indians, in particular as set forth in lves Goddard's chapters on Central and Eastern Algonquian languages (1978b, 1978d). 6 The language (primary) headings and subject (secondary) headings which are listed below are repeated at the end of the Index.

6 Beothuk, Wiyot, and Yurok are included in alphabetical order, but works concerning their relationship to other languages are listed under ALGON· QUIAN (WIDER CONNECTIONS).

xvm

Introduction

Language Headings Algonquian (General) Algonquian (Comparative & Historical) Algonquian (Wider Connections) Abenaki, Eastern

Montagnais

Abenaki, Western

Munsee

Arapaho

N anticoke-Conoy

Atsina

Narragansett

Beothuk

Nawathinehena

Blackfoot

Nipmuck-Pocumtuck

Cheyenne

Ojibwa

Cree

Pamlico

Etchemin

Potawatomi

Fox-Sauk-Kickapoo

Powhatan Quiri pi- U nq uachog

LoupB Mahican Malecite-Passamaquoddy

Shawnee

Massachusett Menomini Miami-Illinois

Unami ("Delaware") Wappinger Wiyot

Micmac

Yurok

Mohegan-Pequot-Montauk

Shinnecock

Introduction

x1x

Subject Headings [General Algonquian]

Surveys Historiography Bibliographies Methodology [Grammatical Studies]

[Sources]

Grammars

Dictionaries

Grammatical Discussions Phonology

Vocabularies ___ : Kin Terms

Morphology & Syntax

Place Names

Semantics

Words

[Studies of Related Topics]

Classification Linguistic History Dialects Language Use _ _ _ ;Loans Writing Primary Education

Texts ___ ;Songs

Bibliography of Algonquian Linguistics

Abbey, Karin » see G. Edward Evans & Karin Abbey, 1979. »

see G. Edward Evans, Karin Abbey, & Dennis Reed, 1977.

Aberle, David F. 1974 Historical reconstruction and its explanatory role in comparative ethnology: a study in method. Joseph G. Jorgenson, ed., Comparative studies by Harold E. Driver and essays in his honor 63-79. New Haven: HRAF Press. Algonquian kinship, pp. 73-75; cf. Charles F. Hockett, The Proto Central Algonquian kinship system, 1964.

Adler, Fred W. 1961 A bibliographical checklist of Chimakuan, Kutenai, Ritwan, Salishan, and Wakashan linguistics. IJAL 27:198-210. Adney, E. T. 1944 The Malecite Indian's names for native berries and fruits. Acadian Naturalist 1:103-110. Adrien, (pere) 1956 Conservatisme et changement chez les Indiens Micmacs. Anthropologica 2:1-16. Ottawa.

2

Ahenakew - Algonquian Linguistics

Ahenakew, Edward 1973 Voices of the Plains Cree. Ruth M. Buck, ed. Toronto: McClelland & Stewart. Pp. 204. scattered Cree terms.

Akhmanova, Olga S. 1959 [Review of] Eastern Ojibwa: grammatical sketch, texts and word list, by Leonard Bloomfield [Charles F. Hockett, ed.], 1958. Voprosy Jazykoznanija, 1959,3:125-127. Alexander, Edward P. 1971 An Indian vocabulary from Fort Christanna, 1716. Virginia Magazine of History and Biography 79:303-313 [+ 3 pl. of facsimiles]. reviewed by Ives Goddard, 1972.

Alford, Danny K. 1974 Cheyenne 'consonant harmony' and other assimilation. Walter C. Kraft, ed., Pacific Northwest Conference on Foreign Languages Proceedings 25.1:13-19. Corvallis: Oregon State U ni versi ty. 1975

Linguistic speculation on the pre-history of the Cheyenne people. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 10-29.

1976

Something possibly unique in human language: Cheyenne cross-over vowels. Mid-America Linguistics Conference Papers, 1975, pp. 1-9. Lawrence: Linguistics Department, University of Kansas.

1977

A plurality puzzle unraveled (or, the importance of being So?taa?e). Berkeley Linguistics Society Proceedings 3:223-240.

1979

Historical riddles in Cheyenne: a re-examination of Goddard's So?taa?e evidence. Berkeley Linguistics Society Proceedings 5:438-452. cf. lves Goddard, The Sutaio dialect of Cheyenne: a discussion of the evidence, 1978.

Algonquian Linguistics - Algonquian

3

Alger, Abby L. 1897 In Indian tents: stories told by Penobscot, Passamaquoddy and Micmac Indians. Boston: Roberts Bros. Pp. x+l39. scattered terms.

Algoma and North-West Colportage Mission Scripture A.B. C. book I Ojebwa kiya Shah yah gah nah she mo n.d. mah guck A. B.C. mahzenahegun. Toronto & Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario: Algoma and North-West Colportage Mission [189-?]. Pp. 15. title translated: Ojibwa and English A.B.C. book.

Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 1981 John D. Nichols, ed.; vols. 6-, 1981-. [London, Ontario: Department of Anthropology, University of Western Ontario; Brandon, Manitoba: Department of Native Studies, Brandon University.] continuation of Algonquian Linguistics Newsletter, 1972-1974, and Algonquian Linguistics, 1978-1980.

Algonquian Conference » see William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth [etc.] Algonquian Conference, 1975-. for a list of earlier Algonquian Conferences see William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference [1974],1975, p. 2. No proceedings were published for the First, Second, Third and Fifth Algonquian Conferences; the papers of the Fourth Algonquian Conference [Big Moose, New York, 1971] were published individually in Studies in Linguistics 23:3-86, 1972 (see Philip L. Barbour, Mary B. Black, Gordon M. Day, 1ves Goddard, T. S. T. Henderson, john Hewson, Frank T. Siebert, Jr., and Dean R. Snow). [N.B.: The 1964 conference which resulted in A. D. DeBlois, ed., Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian),1967 is not properly part of the Algonquian Conference series.]

Algonquian Linguistics 1978 John D. Nichols, ed.; vols. 4-5, 1978-1980. [Thunder Bay, Ontario: Department of Anthropology & Native Teacher Education Programme, Lakehead University.] continuation of Algonquian Linguistics Newsletter; continued as Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics.

Algonquian Linguistics Newsletter 1972 Evelyn M. Todd, ed.; vols. 1-3, 1972-1974. Peterborough, Ontario: Department of Anthropology, Trent University. continued as Algonquian Linguistics.

4

Alison -Algonquian Linguistics

Alison, Robert M. 1976 Mammal and bird names in the Indian languages of Ontario. Toronto: Wildlife Branch, Division of Fish and Wildlife, Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources. Pp.I3. Cree and Ojibwa terms.

Allen, W. S. 1964 Transitivity and possession. Language 40:337-343. Delaware mentioned.

Allouez, Claude 1908 Facsimile of Pere Marquette's Illinois prayer book: it's [sic] history by the owner, Colonel J. L. Hubert Neilson. Quebec: Quebec Literary and Historical Society. Pp. 13+[62]. Marquette was the owner, not the author; cf. Pilling p. 10.

Anderson, Anne 1970a Cree I Nehiyawewin. Edmonton: the author. Pp. 44.

1970b Cree vocabulary. Edmonton: the author. Pp. ll9.

1970c Let's learn Cree: namoya ayiman. Edmonton: the author. Pp. 106.

1970d Reading of different animals: what thev do and their habitats I Ayamechikewin papetos pisiskesak: tanisi e totahkik, tanisi esi taputsichik. Edmonton: the author. Pp. [i]+60. cover title: Cree: what they do book I kekwiiy e totiihkik.

1970e The animals of the wilds: outline drawings of the animals of the wilds. Revised. Edmonton: the author. Pp.65. title on cover: Wild animals I pukwachi pisiskowak; in Cree and English.

Algonquian Linguistics- Anderson 1971 a Learning Cree. Edmonton: the author. Pp. 93.

1971 b Plains Cree dictionary in the "y" dialect. Edmonton: the author. Pp. [viii]+l02; revised edition, 1975. Pp. [x]+257.

1972a Inanimate. Awasis books 3. Edmonton: the author. Pp. 17.

1972b Read and write: the Cree language I Nehiyawewin: ayamichike mena musinahike. Edmonton: the author. Pp. 153. title on inside front cover: ayamechikew-usinahikun: a reading book.

1973

We print and read: Gradel. Edmonton: the author. Pp. 27.

1975

Cree: twelve basic lessons. Basic course: phonetics, proclitics, tenses, structure, grammar, exercises. Edmonton: the author. Pp. [iii]+ lOB.

»

see [anonymous], The oral Cree, 1973.

Anderson, J. W. 1956 Eastern Cree Indians. Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba Transactions, series 3, 11:30-39. Winnipeg. Anderson, Stephen R. 1969 West Scandinavian vowel systems and the ordering of phonological rules. Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Reprint Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club, 1971. Pp. vii+l57. includes Menomini examples; cf. Kenneth L. Miner, Through the years with a small language: more trouble with data in linguistic theory,l979.

197 4

On dis-agreement rules. Linguistic Inquiry 5:445-451. mentions Blackfoot ( p. 445) as a language with simple dis-agreement rule in which agreement marker appears if and only if NP is deleted.

5

6

Anderson- Algonquian Linguistics 1977

On the formal description of inflection. Chicago Linguistic Society Papers 13:15-44.

1980

On the development of morphology from syntax. Jacek Fisiak, ed., Historical morphology 51-69. The Hague: Mouton. Potawatomi inverse forms, pp. 62-66.

Anderson, William P. 1919 Micmac place names in the Maritime provinces and the Gaspe peninsula, recorded between 1852 and 1890 by the ReverendS. T.Rand. Ottawa: Geographic Board. Andre, Anne see An Antane Kapesh. » Angers, Lorenzo, David E. Cooter, & Gerard E. McNulty, eds. see Antoine Silvy, Dictionnaire montagnais-franc;ais, 1974. »

_ __, & Gerard E. McNulty, eds. see Bonaventure Fabvre, Racines montagnaises, 1970. » Anishinaabe Giigidowin 1976 John D. Nichols & Earl Nyholm, eds.; vols. 1-, 1976-. Milwaukee: Wisconsin Native American Languages Project, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1976; Ashland, Wisconsin: Northland College I Bemidji, Minnesota: Bemidji State University 1977; Bemidji, Minnesota: Bemidji State University I Thunder Bay, Ontario: Lakehead University, 1978-1980. Some issues have the title in Potawatomi: Neshnabe gigdowen; subtitles: A bilingual newsletter for Ojibwe and Potawatomi language teachers (vols. 2-4); Language and culture news report (vol. 5). includes texts in various Ojibwa dialects and Potawatomi; also new transcriptions of texts recorded by Henry R. Schoolcraft,]. P. B. ]osselin de fang, Truman Michelson, Charles F. Hockett.

[anonymous] 1872 Familar [sic] phrases to facilitate conversation in the Indian language. Wikwemikong, Ontario: [no publisher]. Pp.62. not in Pilling; copy in Metropolitan Toronto Library.

1904

John Eliot's Logic Primer. American Anthropologist n.s. 6:188-189.

Algonquian Linguistics - Anthony 1905

7

Muskwaki Indians of Iowa. American Anthropologist n.s. 7:575. advance book notice; see C ha kii ta kosi.

1913

Notes sur le nom Quebec. Bulletin des recherches historiques 19:161-182. Micmac.

1969

Indian legends of eastern Canada. Toronto: Education Division, Indian Affairs Branch. Pp. [90); reprinted 1971, 1972. in syllabics; cf. l]AL 39:272, 1973.

1970

Early Canadian Indian writing systems. Tawow 1.2:26-33. Ottawa.

1973a Marjorie Perley, Maliseet. Tawow 3.2:8-11. Ottawa. about Marjorie Perley, teacher of Maliseet; includes the Maliseet names of months, with translations and explanations.

1973b The oral Cree. Tawow 3:32-33. Ottawa. about A nne Anderson and her Cree publications.

1979

Strange parallels in New England: is there a Celtic-Algonquian language connection? Canadian Heritage, December 1979, p. 14. Ottawa. summary of H. Barry Fell, America B.C., 1976, with a few examples of Algonquian place names that sound similar to Celtic words and phrases.

Anthony, AlbertS., ed. see Daniel G. Brinton & AlbertS. Anthony, eds., 1888. » Anthony, Robert J. 1972 A preliminary report on the Swampy Cree of Shamattawa, Manitoba. Linguistic Circle of Manitoba and North Dakota Proceedings 12:24-28. Winnipeg. 1979

[Review of] Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference, ed. by William Cowan, 1978. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 24:55-57.

8

Anthony - Algonquian Linguistics 1980

An educational perspective on native language literacy. Canadian Journal of Anthropology 1:219-227. Edmonton. compares syllabic and Roman orthographies for Cree with respect to ease of learning for first language readers.

»

see Barbara J. Burnaby & Robert J. Anthony, 1979.

_ ___, & Barbara J. Burnaby

1977

Algonquian orthographies in bilingual education: a psycholinguistic approach. Toronto: Office of Research and Development, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education. Pp. ii+62; mimeo.

Arber, Edward, ed. » see John Smith, Travels and works of Captain John Smith, 1910. »

see John Smith, Works, 1608-1631; 1884.

Arlotto, Anthony 1972 Introduction to historical linguistics. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Pp. xiv+274. Prato-Algonquian homeland 237-243.

Arthurson, Virginia 1978 Teaching English as a second language: a native North American outlook. Frank P. Bartunek, ed., School system and native community: comments on educational development 19-27. Brandon, Manitoba: Brandon University Press. teaching English as a second language to Cree speakers.

Assiniwi, Bernard, & Isabelle Myre 1971 Anish-nah-be: comes adultes du pays algonkin. Montreal: Editions Lemeac. Pp. 107. "Lexique des mots indiens" (mostly Cree) 97-105.

1972

Sagana: contes fantastiques du pays algonkin. Montreal: Editions Lemeac. Pp. 115. "Lexique des mots indiens" (Cree and Ojibwa) 109-113.

Algonquian Linguistics- Aubin

9

Aubin, George F. 1972a A historical phonology of Narragansett. Ph.D. dissertation, Brown University. Providence, Rhode Island. Pp. iv+91.

1972b Roger Williams: another view. IJAL 38:266-267. 1975a A Proto-Algonquian dictionary. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 29. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. x+I97. reviewed by Brent DeChene, 1977; reviewed by Ives Goddard, 1978.

1975b More on Narragansett Keesuckquand. IJAL 41:239-240. 1975c The Edison insight and the Williams materials. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 180-195. 1976

Color terms in Narragansett. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 105-114.

1977

Quelques aspects du systeme consonantique du narragansett. William Cowan, ed., Actes du Huitieme Congres des Algonquinistes 151-155.

1978

Toward the linguistic history of an Algonquian dialect: observations on the Wood Vocabulary. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 127-137.

1979

Golden Lake Algonquin: a preliminary report. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 121-125. results of a phonology survey.

1980a Comments on Cotton's Vocabulary. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference 54-60. notes on the Plymouth dialect in Cotton's Vocabulary, compared with the Williams materials and the Wood Vocabulary.

10

Aubin - Algonquian Linguistics

1980b E~endata Algonquiana: corrections in Cotton's "Vocabulary Algonquian Linguistics 5:40-41. 198la Remarks on Golden Lake Algonquin. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference 39-46. 198lb [Review of] Gabekanaansing I At the end of the trail: memories of Chippewa childhood in Minnesota, by Maude Kegg (John D. Nichols, ed.], 1978. IJAL47:87. »

see WilliamS. Simmons & George F. Aubin, 1975.

_ __, & Hong Bae Lee

1968

An etymological word list of reconstructed Proto-Algonquian. Providence, Rhode Island: Department of Linguistics, Brown University.

Pp. iv+I37, mimeo.

Bacon, J. »

see Alan Ford & J. Bacon, 1977.

Bailey, Alfred G. 1937 The conflict of European and Eastern Algonkian cultures 1504-1700: a study in Canadian civilization. New Brunswick Museum Monographic Series 2. Saint John. Pp. 206; second edition, Toronto: University ofT oronto Press, 1969; Pp. xxiii+218.

Bailey, Charles-James N. 1981 On taking the synchronic out of the diachronic. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 26:213-218. comments on Clyne L. Piggott, Implications of linguistic change for concrete phonology, 1980, and joan B. Hooper, A note on reconstruction as evidence for linguistic theory, 1980.

Bain, James, ed. » see Alexander Henry [the elder], Travels and adventures in Canada and the Indian territories between the years 1760 and 1776[1809], 1901. Baker, Marcus 1893 [Review of] Bibliography of the Algonquian languages, by James Constantine Pilling, 1891. American Anthropologist o.s. 6:101-104.

Algonquian Linguistics- Baraga

11

Baker, Virginia 1894 Massasoit's town Sowams in Pokanoket: its history, legends and traditions. Warren, Rhode Island: the author. Pp.43. Wampanoag; reviewed by William W. Tooker, 1904.

Ballantyne, William, et al. » see Paul H. Voorhis et al., 1977. Ballard, W. L. 1978 Linguistic and cultural areal features among the Yuchis, Creeks and Shawnees: questions, proposals and bibliography. IJAL 46:41. author's abstract.

Balter, Leon G. 1940 Courtes instructions en langue crise. Edmonton: La Survivance. Pp. [iii]+574.

Banks, Joyce M. 1980 Books in native languages in the collection of the Rare Books and Manuscripts Division of the National Library of Canada. Ottawa: National Library of Canada. Pp. xiii+93.

Baraby, Anne-Marie, & Alan Ford 1979 Une analyse de I' accord grammatical en montagnais. Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., Linguistique amerindienne I: syntaxe algonquienne 1-22. Baraga, Frederic 1853 A dictionary of the Otchipwe language, explained in English [ ... ]. Cincinnati: Joseph A. Hemann. Pp. vii+662; reprint St. Clair Shores, Michigan: Scholarly Press, 1976. cf. Pilling p. 27.

1878

A dictionary of the Otchipwe language, explained in English. A new edition, by a missionary of the Oblates [i.e., Albert Lacombe]. Part I, English-Otchipwe; Part II, OtchipweEnglish. Montreal: Beauchemin & Valois. Pp. 301 +dii+422; reprint in one \·olume, Minneapolis: Ross & Haines, 1966, 1973. cf. Pilling p. 28.

12

Baraga- Algonquian Linguistics

1970

The history and customs of the North American Indians (1837]. Celje, Slovenija. Pp. 134; in Slovene; original in German, Slovene, and French. cf. Eric P. Hamp, I]AL 43:255,1977.

1976

Chippewa Indians, as recorded by Rev. Frederick Baraga in 1847. Studia slovenica 10. New York & Washington: League of Slovenian Americans. Pp. 79. transcription of manuscript in Schoolcraft Collection, Library of Congress: Answers to the "Inquiries respecting the history, present condition and future prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States", Ance, Keewenaw Bay, Lake Superior, Michigan; Ojibwa words passim, vocabulary (350 items) pp. 72-78.

»

see Rado L. Lencek, Frederic I. Baraga, 1976.

Barbeau, Marius 1957 Tresor des anciens Jesuites. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 153. Ottawa. Pp. x+242. lists early manuscripts.

1960

Legend and history in the oldest geographical names of the St. Lawrence. Canadian Geographical Journal61 :2-9. Algonquian names with translations, but not identified as to language.

Barbour, Philip L. 1967 Chickahominy place names in Captain John Smith's "True Relation". Names 15:216-227. 1971

The earliest reconnaissance of the Chesapeake Bay area: Captain John Smith's map and Indian vocabulary. Virginia Magazine of History and Biography 79:280-302; 80:21-51 (1972).

1973

The function of comparative linguistics in the study of early transcription of Indian words. Studies in Linguistics 23:3-11.

1975

Notes on Anglo-Algonkian contacts 1605-1624. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 112-127.

Algonquian Linguistics- Barrows

13

1976

Ocanahowan and recently discovered linguistic fragments from southern Virginia, c. 1650. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 2-17.

1979

Variant English spellings of Virginia and Maryland Indian place-names before 1620. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 43-59.

1980

The manuscript "Instructions for a voyage to New England" (1608-1610?). William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference 135-142. numerous place names.

1981

On considering the feasibility of establishing key-spellings for Indian place-names in the index to The Complete Works of Captain John Smith. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference 21-30.

_ __,ed. 1969 The Jamestown voyages under the first charter 1606-1609; documents relating to the foundation of Jamestown and the history of the Jamestown colony up to the departure of Captain John Smith, last president of the council in Virginia under the first charter, early in October, 1609. Hakluyt Society, Works, series 2, vols. 136, 137. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press for the Hakluyt Society. 2 vols.; Pp. xxviii+247, viii+[249-]524. includes new editions of fohn Smith's True relation [1608] and Map of Virginia [1612] (cf. Pilling pp. 470-473) and other materials on early Virginia; Appendix ],Indian words and phrases [with comparative notes], pp. 469-472.

Barratt, Joseph 1851 The Indian of New-England, and the north-eastern provinces. Middletown, Connecticut: Charles H. Pelton. Pp. 24; reprint Montreal: Davies Book Co., 1973. Passamaquoddy vocabularies and grammar; cf. Pilling pp. 33-35.

Barrows, Charles H. 1916 Meaning of Indian local names [ ... ]. Springfield, Massachusetts: Connecticut Valley Historical Society. Pp. 100.

14

Barton- Algonquian Linguistics

Barton, Benjamin Smith 1798 New views of the origin of the tribes and nations of America. Second edition. Philadelphia: John Bioren. Pp. i-xii, i-cix, 1-83; reprint Ann Arbor, Michigan: University Microfilms, 1968; reprint New York: Kraus Reprint Co., 1976. cf. Pilling p. 36; 1968 reprint reviewed by Mary R. Haas, 1970.

Basile, Marie-Jeanne 1973 Innupminwan I Ethnocuisine montagnaise. Jose Mailhot, in trod. Universite Laval, Centre d'Etudes Nordiques, Collection Nordicana 35. Quebec. Pp. xi+43. in Montagnais and French; the title page also gives a Montagnais form of the author's name, Mani Han Pahln. »

see Gerard E. McNulty & Marie-Jeanne Basile, 1981.

»

see Gerard E. McNulty, Mani Han Pahin, & Louise BeaudetJoubert, 1974.

___, & Gerard E. McNulty 1971 Atanukana I Legendes montagnaises I Montagnais legends.

Universite Laval, Centre d'Etudes Nordiques, Collection Nordicana 31. Quebec.

Pp. viii+39. for an analysis cf. Denis Brassard, Three Montagnais myths: a structuralist approach, 1980.

Bauer, George W. 1971 Cree tales and beliefs. Northeast Folklore 12. Orono, Maine. Pp. 70. scattered terms from Fort George.

1973

Tales from the Cree. Cobalt, Ontario: Highway Book Shop. Pp. vi+47. scattered names and etymologies from Fort George.

Bauer, (Mrs. George W.), ed. 1971 Traditional Indian recipes from Fort George, Quebec. Cobalt, Ontario: Highway Book Shop. Pp. 56; reprinted 1974, 1975. Montagnais (in syllabics) and English on facing pages.

Bauman, Richard » see Joel Sherzer & Richard Bauman, 1972.

Algonquian Linguistics- Bedard Bear, Ida »

see Shirley Hogue, Ida Bear, & Boniface Guimond, 1973.

Beardy, Robert, et al. » see Paul H. Voorhis et al., 1972. Bearskin, Daisy 1974 [mancataw]: a reading book for Cree children. Toronto: Education Division, Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Pp. ii+IO. Western Montagnais (in syllabics) with English translation.

Beauchamp, William M. 1893 Indian names in New York, with a selection from other states, and some Onondaga names of plants, etc. Fayetteville, New York: H. C. Beauchamp. Pp. [v]+l48. Algonquian names.

1907

Aboriginal placenames of New York. New York State Museum Bulletin 108 (=New York State Museum Annual Report 60, appendix 6, Archaeology 12). Albany. Pp. 333; reprint Detroit: Grand River Books, 1971.

Beaudet, L. 1906 Catalogue des manuscrits et des imprimes en langues sauvages ainsi que de reliques indiennes, exposes a Quebec a I' occasion du XVe Congres International des Americanistes, septembre 1906, [by L. Beaudet]. Quebec: Typ. Dussault & Proulx. Pp. 50. based on a manuscript list by L. Beaudet which he had prepared for Pilling.

Beaudet-Joubert, Louise » see Gerard E. McNulty, Mfmi Hfm Pahin, & Louise BeaudetJoubert, 1974. Beaulieu, Marie-Renee » see Pierre Martin, Marie-Renee Beaulieu, Marcel Foucaudot, Lise Malo-Eliceiry, & Helene Tessier, 1978. Bedard, Rachel, Alan Ford, & Marie Andree Hammond 1980 Les rapports morphologiques entre les verbes TI, T A et AI en montagnais. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference 274-282.

15

16

Beeler- Algonquian Linguistics

Beeler, Madison S. 1968 [Review of] Languages, territories, and names of California Indian tribes, by Robert F. Heizer, 1966. IJAL 34:59-62 Beland, Jean-Pierre 1978 Atikamekw morphology and lexicon. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley. Pp. xv+651.

Bell, Robert 1891 Meanings of Indian geographical names in the country around Sudbury. Geological Survey of Canada Annual Report 5, part 1:91-95 (= appendix 4). Ottawa. 1897

The history of the Che-che-puy-ew-tis: a legend of the northern Crees. Journal of American Folklore 10:1-8. from Rupert's House.

Bellenger, Joseph M., ed. see Antoine Simon Maillard, Grammaire de Ia langue » micmaque, 1964. Belting, Natalia M. 1958 Illinois names for themselves and other groups. Ethnohistory 5:285-291. Beltrami, Anthony F. 1981 Profile of a state: Montana. Charles A. Ferguson & Shirley Brice Heath, eds., Languages in the United States of America 339-380. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. survey including Atsina, Blackfoot, Cheyenne, Cree and Ojibwa.

Beltrami, Giacomo C. 1828 A pilgrimage in Europe and America, leading to the discovery of the sources of the Mississippi and Bloody River[ ... ] [1828]. London: Hunt & Clarke. 2 vols.; Pp.lxxvi+472, 545; reprint of vol. 2, A pilgrimage in America[ ... ), Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1962, Pp. 545. Ojibwa months 2:274-275; cf. Pilling p. 42.

Algonquian Linguistics - Berman

17

Benedict, Ruth 1939 Edward Sapir. American Anthropologist 41:465-477. obituary; bibliography (by Leslie Spier) 469-477.

Benson, Adolph B., ed. » see Pehr Kalm, Peter Kalm's travels in North America: the English version of 1770, revised from the original Swedish, 1937. Benveniste, Emile 1953 The 'Eskimo' name. IJAL 19:242-245. Berkes, Fikret, & Marguerite MacKenzie 1978 Cree fish names from eastern James Bay, Quebec. Arctic 31:489-495. Berlin, Brent 1981 [Review of] Indian names for plants and animals among Californian and other western North American tribes [1904-1938], by C. Hart Merriam [Robert F. Heizer, ed.], 1979. Language 57:245-246. Berloin, A. 1908 La parole humaine: etudes de philologie nouvelle d'apres une langue d' Amerique. Paris: Honore Champion I Montreal: Librairie Beauchemin. Pp. 221. Cree and some Ojibwa "analyzed", compared with Hebrew, Greek, and Latin; reviewed by Alexander F. Chamberlain, 1909.

Berman, Howard 1972 Subordinate clauses in Yurok: a preliminary report. Chicago Linguistic Society, The Chicago which hunt: papers from the relative clause festival256-26l. Chicago. l98la Comment on Proulx's "Yurok fieldwork report". Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6:34. l98lb [Review of] The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment, ed. by Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, 1979. IJAL 47:248-262. Algonquian 252, 256; Yurok 257-260.

18

Bernad- Algonquian Linguistics

Bernad, Marcel 1922 Bibliographie des missionnaires Oblats de Marie-Immaculee I: ecrits des missionnaires Oblats 1816-1915. Liege: H. Dessain. Pp. 147.

Bernard, Angel B. 1970 Indian place names of Cape Breton Island. Tawow 1.1:16-17. Ottawa. Bernier, Bernard 1967 The social organization of the Waswanipi Cree Indians. Montreal: McGill Cree Project, McGill University. Pp. 71; mimeo.

Bever, Thomas G. 1963 Theoretical implications of Bloomfield's "Menomini morphophonemics ". Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Research Laboratory of Electronics, Quarterly Progress Report 68:197-203. 1967

Leonard Bloomfield and the phonology of the Menomini language. Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Cambridge, Massachusetts. for errors of fact, cf. Kenneth L. Miner, Through the years with a small language: more trouble with data in linguistic theory, 1979.

Bibby, Beryl, et al. 1975 Handbook on early childhood. Winnipeg: Native Education Branch, Manitoba Department of Education. Pp. 67. Cree [i.e., Island Lake Ojibwa] and Ojibwa songs.

Biggar, H. P., introd. » see Marc Lescarbot, History of New France [1609], 1907. Binford, Lewis R. 1959 Comments on the "Siouan problem". Ethnohistory 6:28-41. refutation of Carl F. Miller, Re·evaluation of the eastern Siouan problem[ ... ], 1957.

Algonquian Linguistics- Black Bird, Glenda 1975 Mother of Indians. Regina: Saskatchewan Provincial Chapter, I.O.D.E., with the Provincial Library of Saskatchewan. Pp. 25. text in Plains Cree (in syllabics and Roman orthography) and in English.

Bird, Will R. 1928 Nova Scotia and New Brunswick names. Maclean's Magazine 41:54,56,58,60, 63. Micmac placenames.

Bishop, Charles A. 1975 The origin of the speakers of the Severn dialect. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 196-208. 1981

Territorial groups before 1821: Cree and Ojibwa. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 6:158-160.

Bittern, Charles, et al. » see Paul H. Voorhis et al., 1976. Black, Glenn A. 1954 An archaeological consideration of the Walam Olum. Carl F. Voegelin et al., Walam Olum or Red Score 292-348. Black, Mary B. 1967 J\n ethnoscience investigation of Ojibwa ontology and world v1ew. Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford University. Stanford, California. Pp. xii+269.

I969a A note on gender in eliciting Ojibwa semantic structures.

Anthropological Linguistics II: 177-186.

1969b Eliciting folk taxonomy in Ojibwa. Stephen A. Tyler, ed., Cognitive anthropology 165-189. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. 1971

On Ojibwa question constructions. IJAL 37:146-151.

1972

Mythes et structures semantiques: ambigultes referentielles au Lac Weagamow, Ontario. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 2.2:20-28.

19

20

Black - Algonquian Linguistics

1973a Diversity within one Severn Ojibwa speech community. Algonquian Linguistics 2:7-13. 1973b Ojibwa questioning etiquette and use of ambiguity. Studies in Linguistics 23:13-29. 1976

Semantic variability in a northern Ojibwa community. Papers in Linguistics 9.3/4:129-157. Edmonton & Champaign.

1977a Ojibwa power belief system. R. D. Fogelson & R.N. Adams, eds., The anthropology of power 141-151. New York: Academic Press. 1977 b Ojibwa taxonomy and percept ambiguity. Ethos 5:90-118. »

see also Mary B. Rogers.

Black, Meredith Jean 1980 Algonquin ethnobotany: an interpretation of aboriginal adaptation in southwestern Quebec. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 65. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. ix+266. no Algonquin names.

Black, Robert A. 1975 C. F. Voegelin: bibliography. M. Dale Kinkade, Kenneth L. Hale, & Oswald Werner, eds., Linguistics and anthropology: in honor of C. F. Voegelin 11-26. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. Blackbird, Andrew J. 1897 Complete both early and late history of the Ottawa and Chippewa Indians, of Michigan, a grammar of their language, [and] personal and family history of [the] author. Harbor Springs, Michigan: Babcock & Darling. Pp. [4]+94. revised version of History of the Ottawa and Chippewa Indians of Michigan, 1887; cf. Pilling p. 48.

Algonquian Linguistics- Bloomfield

21

Blair, Emma H., ed. 1911 The Indian tribes of the upper Mississippi valley and region of the Great Lakes as described by Nicolas Perrot, French commandant in the Northwest; Bacqueville de Ia Poterie, French royal commissioner to Canada; Morrell Marston, American army officer; and Thomas Forsyth, United States agent at Fort Armstrong. Cleveland: Arthur H. Clark Co. 2 vols.; Pp. 372, 412; reprint in one vol., New York: Kraus Reprint Co., 1969. Contents: Memoir on the manners, customs, and religion of the savages of North America, by Nicolas Perrot (1:23-272); History of the savage peoples who are allies of New France, by Claude Charles LeRoy, Bacqueville de Ia Poterie (1:273-372, 2:11-136); Letter of Major Marston to Reverend Doctor Morse, Fort Armstrong, November,1820 (2:139-182); An account of the manners and customs of the Sauk and Fox nations of Indian tradition [by Thomas Forsyth] (2:183-245 ); Fox vocabulary 2:239-244, other words and names passim.

Blessing, Fred K. 1954 A southern Ojibwa glossary. Minnesota Archaeologist 19.1:2-57. »

see William Craig & Fred K. Blessing, 193 7.

Bloch, Bernard 1949 Leonard Bloomfield. Language 25:87-89. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Portraits of linguists 2:508·518. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1966, 1967. obituary.

Bloomfield, Leonard 1922a [Review of] Language, its nature, development and origin, by Otto Jespersen, 1922. American Journal of Philology 43:370-373. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 102-105, 1970. Algonquian medials p. 372.

1922b [Review of) The Owl sacred pack of the Fox Indians, by Truman Michelson, 1921. American Journal of Philology 43:276-281. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 95-100, 1970.

1924

The Menomini language. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 21.2:336-343.

1925a Notes on the Fox language. IJAL 3:219-232; 4:181-219 (1927).

22

Bloomfield- Algonquian Linguistics

1925b On the sound-system of Central Algonquian. Language 1:130-156. 1927a Literate and illiterate speech. American Speech 2:432-439. Reprinted in Dell H. Hymes, ed., Language in culture and society 391-396, 1964; reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 147-156, 1970. English and M enomini examples.

1927 b The word-stems of Central Algonquian. Festschrift Meinhof: Beitrage zur afrikanischen Sprachwissenschaft 393-402. Hamburg. 1927 c [Review of] E tymologisches W orterbuch der amerikanischen (indianischen) Worter im Deutschen, mit steter Beriicksichtigung der englischen, spanischen und franzosischen Formen, by Karl Lokotsch, 1926. Modern Philology 24:489-491. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 144-146, 1970.

1927d [Review of] The philosophy of grammar, by Otto Jespersen. Journal of English and Germanic Philology 26:444-446. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 141-143, 1970. includes Menomini.

l928a A note on sound-change. Language 4:99-l 00. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 212-213, 1970. Cree evidence from The Pas, Manitoba.

1928b Menomini texts. American Ethnological Society Publications 12. New York. Pp. xi\'+607; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1974. reviewed by Truman Michelson, 1929.

1928c The Plains Cree language. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 22.2:427-431. 1928d The story of Bad-Owl. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 22.2:23-34. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 199-209, 1970. translation of a text which also appears in Bloomfield's Plains Cree texts 190-205, 1934, with an introduction.

Algonquian Linguistics- Bloomfield 1930

23

Sacred stories of the Sweet Grass Cree. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 60. Ottawa. Pp. iii+346; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1976.

1933

Language. New York: Holt. Pp. ix+564. see index s.v. Algonquian; reviewed by Roland G. Kent [with a note on Menomini by George M. Bolling], 1934.

1934a Plains Cree texts. American Ethnological Society Publications 16. New York. Pp. viii+309; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1974. reviewed by David G. Mandelbaum, 1936.

1934b [Review of] Handbuch der erkHirenden Syntax, by Wilhelm Havers. Language 10:32-39. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 281-288, 1970. includes Menomini.

1935

Language. London: George Allen & Unwin. Pp. ix+566. British edition of Language, 1933, using 1PA transcription.

1938

[Review of] A key into the language of America [1643], by Roger Williams [Howard M. Chapin, ed.], 1936. New England Quarterly 11:416-418.

1939

Menomini morphophonemics. Etudes phonologiques dediees a Ia memoire de M. le prince N. S. Trubetzkoy 105-115. Travaux du Cercle Linguistique de Prague 8. Prague. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 351-362, 1970. volume reviewed by Carl F. Voegelin, 1940.

1941

Prato-Algonquian -i ·t- 'fellow'. Language 17:292-297.

1942

Outline guide for the practical study of foreign languages. Baltimore: Linguistic Society of America. Pp.ii+l6. Algonquian passim.

24

Bloomfield- Algonquian Linguistics

1946

Algonquian. Harry Hoijer et al., Linguistic structures of native America 85-129. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 440-488, 1970. cf. Charles F. Hockett, Errata in Bloomfield's Algonquian sketch, 1953, and john Hewson, Errata in Bloomfield's Algonquian sketch, 1972.

1958

Eastern Ojibwa: grammatical sketch, texts and word list. Charles F. Hockett, ed. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Pp. xi+271. reviewed by R. H. Robins, 1958; reviewed by Carl F. Voegelin,/959; reviewed by George L. Trager, 1959; reviewed by Olga S. Akhmanova, 1959.

1962

The Menomini language. Charles F. Hockett, ed. New Haven, Connecticut: Yale University Press. Pp. xi+515. cf. Kenneth L. Miner, Payiakemenewek: a morphemic index to Bloomfield's Menomini, 1975; cf.lves Goddard, Charles F. Hockett, & Karl V. Teeter, Some errata in Bloomfield's Menomini,/972; reviewed by Wallace L. Chafe,/965; reviewed [twice] by Karl V. Teeter, 1970.

1965

Language history [1933]. Harry Hoijer, ed. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Pp. vii, 281-512. "a reprint of Chapters 17-27 of Leonard Bloomfield's Language (1933) made from the original plates without any editorial revision or renumbering of pages."

1970a Letters to Bernard Bloch [1937-1940]. Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 367-368, 1970. concerning Menomini front vowels.

1970b Letters to Charles F. Hockett [1938-1941]. Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 369-376, 1970. concerning Ojibwa.

1975

Menomini lexicon. Charles F. Hockett, ed. Milwaukee Public Museum Publications in Anthropology and History 3. Milwaukee. Pp. xviii+289. title on cover: "Menominee lexicon"; cf. Kenneth L. Miner, ed., An English key to Bloomfield's Menominee Lexicon, 1976; reviewed by Kenneth L. Miner,/977; reviewed by William Bright,/977; reviewed by lves Goddard,/978.

»

see Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology, 1970.

Algonquian Linguistics- Boas »

see obituary by Bernard Bloch, 1949.

»

see obituary by Edgar H. Sturtevant, 1950.

Boas, Franz 1906 The Indian languages of Canada. Ontario [Provincial Museum] Annual Archaeological Report for 1905, pp. 88-106. Toronto. Algonquian 94-95.

1909

William Jones. American Anthropologist n.s. 11:137-139. obituary.

1910

Ethnological problems in Canada. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 15.1:151-160. Reprinted in Franz Boas, Race, language and culture 331-343, New York: Macmillan, 1940. includes "morphological grouping" of Salish-Wakashan and, perhaps, Algonquian.

1911

Introduction. Franz Boas, ed., Handbook of American Indian languages 1:1-83. later editions 1963, 1966; reprinted in Donald E. Hayden eta!., eds., Classics in linguistics 155-234. New York: Philosophical Library, 1967; reprint Seattle: Shorey Book Store, (1970]; parts reprinted in Dell H. Hymes, ed., Language in culture and society 15-22, 121-123, 1964.

1920

The classification of American languages. American Anthropologist 22:367-376. Reprinted in Franz Boas, Race, language and culture 211-218, New York: Macmillan, 1940.

1929

Classification of American Indian languages. Language 5:1-7. Reprinted in Franz Boas, Race, language and culture 219-224, New Yark: Macmillan, 1940.

1963

Introduction [to Handbook of American Indian languages] [1911]. C. I. J. M. Stuart, ed. Washington: Georgetown University Press. Pp. xiv, 70. reviewed by Harry Hoijer, 1965.

25

26

Boas- Algonquian Linguistics

1966

Introduction [to Handbook of American Indian languages] [1911]. Preston Holder, ed. [together with John Wesley Powell, Indian linguistic families of America north of Mexico, 1891 ]. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Pp. ix, 1-79, [81-221]; reprint Gloucester, Massachusetts: Peter Smith, 1971. reviewed by William Bright, 1967.

___,ed. 1911 Handbook of American Indian languages. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 40, pt. 1. Washington. Pp. vii+l069; reprint Oosterhout: Anthropological Publications, 1969. vols. 2, 3, and part of 4 issued later(not Algonquian).

Bock, Philip K. 1966 The Micmac Indians of Restigouche: history and contemporary description. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 213. Ottawa. Pp. ix+95. scattered terms.

1978

Micmac. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:109-122.

Boissevain, Ethel » see Laura E. Conkey, Ethel Boissevain, & Ives Goddard, 1978. Boling, Jerry 1980 Selected problems in Shawnee syntax. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University. Bloomington. Pp.l64.

Bolton, Reginald P. 1920 New York City in Indian possession. Indian Notes and Monographs 2:219-397. New York: Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation. 'Index of the native names recorded in deeds of sale for lands within the city of New York and its vicinity in the seventeenth century' 319-363.

Bolus, Malvina 1965 [Review of] A Blackfoot winter count, by Hugh A. Dempsey, 1965. The Beaver, Winter 1965, pp. 56-57.

Algonquian Linguistics - Bouchard

27

Bonnerjea, Biren 1963 Index to Bulletins 1-100 of the Bureau of American Ethnology, with index to Contributions to North American Ethnology, Introductions, and Miscellaneous Publications. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 178. Washington. Pp. vi+726.

Boon, James A., William C. Sturtevant, Ives Goddard, & Herbert Landar 1973 Publications relevant to the study of linguistics issued by the Smithsonian Institution. Eric P. Hamp, ed., Themes in linguistics: the 1970's, pp. 25-42. The Hague: Mouton. Boon, Thomas C. B. 1960 The use of catechisms and syllabics by the early missionaries of Rupert's Land. The Bulletin: Records and Proceedings of the Committee on Archives of the United Church of Canada 13:8-17. also issued as Canadian Church Historical Society Offprints 21, 1960.

1964

The Institute of Rupert's Land and Bishop David Anderson. Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba Transactions, series3, 17/18:92-114. report (from The Nor'Wester) on the 2nd meeting, April2, 1862, at which Hunter's paper on Cree was read, 96-98.

Boteler, Bette C. 1971 The relationship between conceptual outlooks and the linguistic description of disease and its treatment among the Chippewa and Cree Indians of the Turtle Mountain Reservation. M.A. thesis, University of North Dakota. Grand Forks. Pp. vi+IOO. includes many M etch if ( Franco-Cree) and Ojibwa words and phrases.

Bouchard, Serge 1973 Classification montagnaise de Ia faune: etude en anthropologie cognitive sur Ia structure du lexique "animal indien" chez les Montagnais de Mingan. M.A. thesis, Universite Laval. Quebec. - - - · & Jose Mailhot

1973

Structure du lexique: les animaux indiens. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 3.1/2:39-67.

28

Bourinot- Algonquian Linguistics

Bourinot, John G. 1875 Canadian historic names. Canadian Monthly and National Review 7.4:289-300. mentions Micmac origin of the name Quebec; not in Pilling.

Bourne, Edward G., ed. see Charles Wolley, A two years' journal in New York and part » of its territories in America [1701 ], 1902. Brachet, Joseph see Paul A. Dumouchel & Joseph Brachet, 1942. » Bradley, A. G., introd. see John Smith, Travels and works of Captain John Smith, >> 1910. Bragdon, Kathleen J. 1979 Probate records as a source for Algonquian ethnohistory. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 136-141. 1981 a "Another tongue brought in": An ethnohistorical study of native writings in Massachusetts. Ph.D. dissertation, Brown University. Providence, Rhode Island. 1981 b Linguistic acculturation in Massachusett: 1663-1771. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference 121-132.

Braroe, Eva Ejerhed see Niels W. Braroe & Eva Ejerhed Braroe, 1977. » Braroe, Niels W., & Eva Ejerhed Braroe 1977 Who's in a name: identity misapprehension on the northern Plains. Diogenes 98:71-92. Florence. on Plains Cree naming practices; scattered personal names.

Brassard, Denis 1980 Three Montagnais myths: a structuralist approach. Anthropologica n.s. 22:187-202. Ottawa. cf. Marie-jeanne Basile& Gerard E. McNulty, Atanilkana I Iegendes montagnaises I Montagnais legends, 1971.

Algonquian Linguistics- Bright

29

Brasser, Ted J. C. 1974 Riding on the frontier's crest: Mahican Indian culture and culture change. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 13. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. iv+91.

1978

Mahican. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:198-212.

Bremner, Benjamin 1936 Tales of Abegweit [... ] with an appendix of place-names in Prince Edward Island with their origins or meanings. Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island: Irwin Printing Co. Pp. l32+xiv. appendix includes Micmac names and other words.

Brereton, Mathilda, ed. » see C. Douglas Ellis, Spoken Cree [1962] [Emily Hunter, Mathilda Brereton, & Stan Cuthand, eds.], 1975. Bright, William 1959 [Review of] Yurok language: grammar, texts, and lexicon, by R. H. Robins, 1958. Language 35:100-104. 1964

Bibliography [of Californian Indian languages]. William Bright, ed., Studies in Californian linguistics 217-235. University of California Publications in Linguistics 34. Berkeley. index to bibliography 236-238.

1967

[Review of] Introduction [to Handbook of American Indian languages], by Franz Boas, 1966; Indian linguistic families of America north of Mexico, by John Wesley Powell, 1966; Proofsheets of a bibliography of the languages of the North American Indians, by James Constantine Pilling, 1885; A guide to manuscripts relating to the American Indian[ ... ], by John F. Freeman & Murphy D. Smith, 1966. Language 43:584-586.

1973

North American Indian language contact. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Linguistics in North America 713-726. Current trends in linguistics 10. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Native languages of the Americas 1:59-72. New York: Plenum Press, 1976.

30

Bright- Algonquian Linguistics

1974

North American Indian languages. Encyclopaedia Britannica, 15th ed., Macropaedia 13:108-213.

I977a [Review of] David H. Pentland, C. Douglas Ellis, Carol A. Simpson, & H. Christoph Wolfart, A bibliography of Algonquian linguistics, 1974. Language 53:257-258. 1977 b [Review of] English-Cheyenne student dictionary, by Northern Cheyenne Bilingual Education Program, 1976. Language 53:258-259. l977c [Review of] Menomini lexicon, by Leonard Bloomfield [Charles F. Hockett, ed.], 1975. Language 53:258. »

see Harry Hoijer, Eric P. Hamp, & William Bright, 1965.

Brinton, Daniel G. 1885 The Lenape and their legends; with the complete text and symbols of the Walam Olum, a new translation, and an inquiry into its authenticity. Brinton's Library of Aboriginal American Literature 5. Philadelphia: the author. Pp. viii, 9-262; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1969; reprint St. Clair Shores, Michigan: Scholarly Press, 1972. cf. Pilling p. 57.

1887

On certain supposed Nanticoke words, shown to be of African origin. American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal9.1:350-354. not in Pilling.

1890

Essays of an Americanist. Philadelphia: Porter & Coates. Pp. xii, 17-489; reprint New York: Johnson Reprint Corp., 1970. cf. Pilling p. 553

1891

The American race: a linguistic classification and ethnographic description of the native tribes of North and South America. New York: N.D. C. Hodges. Pp. xvi, 17-392; reprint Philadelphia: David McKay, 1901; reprint New York: Johnson Reprint Corp., 1970. cf. Pilling p. 554; reviewed by Otis Tuft on Mason, 1891.

1893

A vocabulary of the Nanticoke dialect. American Philosophical Society Proceedings 31:325-333.

Algonquian Linguistics- Buck 1897

31

Horatio Hale. American Anthropologist o.s. 10:25-27. obituary; cf. Pilling pp. 218-219 for Hale's publications on Algonquian.

- - - · & AlbertS. Anthony, eds.

1888

A Lenape-English dictionary. From an anonymous manuscript in the Archives of the Moravian Church at Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Philadelphia: Historical Society of Pennsylvania.

Pp. vii+9-236; reprint Ann Arbor, Michigan: University Microfilms International, 1977; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1978. cf. Pilling p. 58; reviewed by H. W. Henshaw, 1890.

Brown, Jennifer S. H. 1977 James Settee and his Cree tradition: An Indian camp at the mouth of Nelson River Hudsons Bay. William Cowan, ed., Actes du Huitieme Congres des Algonquinistes 36-49. Brown, Thomas J. 1922 Place-names of the province of Nova Scotia. Halifax: Royal Print. Pp. 158. includes names of Micmac origin.

Bruff, J. Goldsborough 1949 Gold rush: the journals, drawings, and other papers of J. Goldsborough Bruff [1849-1851]. Georgia W. Read & Ruth Gaines, eds. New York: Columbia University Press. Yurok word list reprinted in Robert F. Heizer & John E. Mills, The four ages of Tsurai 113-117,1952.

Brunei, G. 1975 La structure du lexique revisee: pour une ethnobiologie des 'animaux indiens' montagnais. Recherches Amerindienne au Quebec 5.1:50-51. Bruyere, Paul » see G. Paris & Paul Bruyere, 1968. Buchner, A. P. » see C. J. Wheeler & A. P. Buchner, 1975. Buck, Ruth M., ed. » see Edward Ahenakew, Voices of the Plains Cree, 1973.

32

Burgesse- Algonquian Linguistics

Burgesse, J. Allan 1941 [Review of] Penobscot man: the life history of a forest tribe in Maine, by Frank G. Speck, 1940. Beaver 271.4:38. 1943

Montagnais-Naskapi nomenclature. Primitive Man 16:44-48.

1949

Esquimaux in the Saguenay. Primitive Man 22:23-32. the "Esquimaux" around Tadoussac in the 17th century spoke Montagnais.

Burman, William A. 1883 The Sioux language. Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba Publications 5. Winnipeg. Pp.4. includes a brief comparison of Dakota words and grammatical categories with Cree and Ojibwa, pp. 3-4, to disprove the claim that they are related; Cree loan words in Dakota, p. 4; not in Pilling.

Burnaby, Barbara J. 1973 Second language testing procedures used with native people in Saskatchewan. Regna Darnell, ed., Canadian languages in their social context 157-170. Edmonton & Champaign: Linguistic Research, Inc. 1976

Algonquian languages in Indian education. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 436-449.

1979

[Review of] Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference, ed. by William Cowan, 1979. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 24:154-155.

1980a Languages and their roles in educating native children. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education Press. Pp. xi+417.

1980b Writing in recently alphabetized languages. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference 159-165. 1981

Language shift in northern Ontario. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference 114-120.

»

see Robert J. Anthony & Barbara J. Burnaby, 1977.

Algonquian Linguistics- Cadzow _ _, & Robert J. Anthony

1979

Orthography choice for Cree language in education. Working Papers on Bilingualism 17:107-134. Toronto: Modern Languages Centre, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

syllabic versus Roman orthography in literacy and education.

Burton, Frederick R. 1909 American primitive music with especial attention to the songs of the Ojibways. New York: Moffat & Yard. Pp. 281 +84; reprint Port Washington, New York: Kennikat Press, 1969.

Burwash, Armon 1913 Concerning a few well known Indian names. Ontario [Provincial Museum] Annual Archaeological Report 25:34-36. Toronto. Burwash, Nathaniel 1911 The gift to a nation of written language. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 3, 5(2):3-21. on ]ames Evans's syllabics.

Bushnell, David 1., Jr. 1905 An Ojibway ceremony. American Anthropologist 7:69-73. 1907a Discoveries beyond the Appalachian Mountains in September, 1671. American Anthropologist n.s. 9:45-56. ca. 10 place names.

1907 b Virginia- from ear Iy records. American Anthropologist n.s. 9:31-44. words passim

1911

33

New England names. American Anthropologist 13:235-238. person and place names from 1640 manuscript.

Cadzow, D. A. 1926 Bark records of the Bungi Midewin society. Indian Notes 3:123-134. New York: Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation.

34

Callender- Algonquian Linguistics

Callender, Charles 1962 Social organization of the Central Algonkian Indians. Milwaukee Public Museum Publications in Anthropology 7. Milwaukee. Pp. xiii+I40. includes reconstructions from Charles F. Hockett, The Proto Central Algonquian kinship system, 1964 [sic].

1978a Fox. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:636-647. synonymy by lves Goddard.

1978b Illinois. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:673-680. 1978c Miami. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:681-689. 1978d Sauk. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:648-655. synonymy by lves Goddard.

1978e Shawnee. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:622-635 ___,Richard K. Pope, & Susan M. Pope 1978 Kickapoo. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:656-667. Campanius, Johannes 1937 Martin Luther's Little Catechism, translated into Algonquian Indian by Johannes Campanius [1696]. Isak Collijn, ed. New Sweden Tercentenary Publications. Stockholm & Uppsala: A1mqvist & Wikse11. Pp. [xx]+l60+2!. facsimile reprint with additional notes.

Campbell, George Munroe 1940 Campbell's original Indian dictionary of the Ojibway or Chippewa language. Minneapolis: Campbell Publishing Co. Pp. 80.

Algonquian Linguistics- Canada.

35

Campbell, John 1892 Remarks on preceding vocabularies. Royal Society of Canada Transactions 10(2):26-30. cf. George Patterson, Beothik vocabularies, with a few notes on the Beothiks, 1892.

Campbell, Lyle 1973 Distant genetic relationship and the Maya-Chipaya hypothesis. Anthropological Linguistics 15:113-135. section 1.5 deals with Proto-A lgonquian, Wiyot and Yurok.

1980

Explaining universals and their exceptions. Elizabeth C. Traugott, Rebecca LaBrum, & Susan Shepherd, eds., Papers from the Fourth International Conference on Historical Linguistics 17-26. Amsterdam: J. Benjamins. brief mention of nasalization of Proto-A lgonquian a result of areal diffusion).

•a in Eastern Algonquian (as

___, & Marianne Mithun

1979

Introduction: North American Indian historical linguistics in current perspective. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 3-69.

___, & Marianne Mithun, eds.

1979

The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment. Austin & London: University of Texas Press. Pp. vi+I034. reviewed by Eung-Do Cook, 1980; reviewed by William]. Pulte, 1981; reviewed by Howard Berman, 1981.

Campisi, Jack, ed. » see Lawrence M. Hauptman & Jack Campisi, eds., 1978. Canada. Department of Citizenship and Immigration, Indian Affairs Branch. 1964 Traditional linguistic and cultural affiliations of Canadian Indian bands. Ottawa. Pp. 49; photo-offset from typescript (no maps). later editions entitled: Linguistic and cultural affiliations of Canadian Indian bands; cf. Canada, Department of Indian Affairs and Northern Development, 1967.

36

Canada. Department of Energy- Algonquian Linguistics

Canada. Department of Energy, Mines and Resources. Surveys and Mapping Branch. 1980 Canada: Indian and Inuit communities and languages. Ottawa. map.

Canada. Department of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. 1967 Linguistic and cultural affiliations of Canadian Indian bands. Ottawa. Pp. 26; revised edition, 1970, pp. ii+42; 1979, 1980 (without maps), pp. i+50. cf. Canada, Department of Citizenship and Immigration, Indian Affairs Branch, Traditional linguistic and cultural affiliations of Canadian Indian bands, I964.

Canada. Department of Indian and Northern Affairs. 1979 Indian and Eskimo contributions to the English language. Oracle 21. Ottawa. Canada. Geographic Board. 1913 Handbook of Indians of Canada. James White, ed. Geographic Board Annual Report 10, appendix. Ottawa. Pp. x+632; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1971. reprint of the parts of Frederick W. Hodge, ed., Handbook of American Indians north of Mexico,1907 I 1910, that relate to Canada.

1917

Fifteenth report of the Geographic Board of Canada, containing all decisions to March 31, 1917. Supplement to the Annual Report of the Department of the Interior. Ottawa. Pp. 356. includes many Algonquian names, some with etymologies.

1924

Eighteenth report of the Geographic Board of Canada, containing all decisions to 31 March 1924. Supplement to the Annual Report of the Department of the Interior. Ottawa. Pp. 386. includes many Algonquian names, some with etymologies.

1928

Place-names of Alberta. Ottawa. Pp. 138.

1933

Place-names of Manitoba. Ottawa. Pp. 95.

Algonquian Linguistics- Carver

37

Canger, Una 1977 [Review of] Studies in southeastern Indian languages, ed. by James M. Crawford, 1975. IJAL 43:159-162. Carman, J. N., & K. S. Pond 1955 The replacement of the Indian languages of Kansas by English. Kansas Academy of Science Transactions 58: 131-150. Carriere, Gaston 1951 Contributions des Oblats de Marie Immaculee de langue franc;aise aux etudes de linguistique et d'ethnologie du nord canadien. Culture 12:213-226. Quebec. 1957

Une riche collection de manuscrits en langues indiennes. Culture 18:105-112. Quebec.

1970

Catalogue des manuscrits en langues indiennes, conserves aux archives oblates, Ottawa. Anthropologica n.s. 12:151-179. Ottawa.

1972

Contribution des missionnaires ala sauvegarde de la culture indienne. Etudes Oblates 31:165-204. discusses the Oblates" language studies and their linguistic productions, both manuscript and published.

1973

lmprimes en langues indiennes conserves aux archives historiques oblates, Ottawa. Anthropologica n.s. 15:129-151. Ottawa.

Carroll, Janet F. see H. Christoph Wolfart & Janet F. Carroll, 1973. » »

see H. Christoph Wolfart & Janet F. Carroll, 1981.

Carter, RichardT., Jr. 1980 [Review of] Contributions to Canadian linguistics, by Eric Hamp et al., 1979. American Anthropologist 82:871-873. Carver, Jonathan 1778 Travels through the interior parts of North-America, in the years 1766, 1767, and 1768. London: the author. Pp. xviii+544; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1974. Ojibwa vocabulary 420-438; cf. Pilling p. 68.

38

Carver- Algonquian Linguistics

1781

Travels through the interior parts of North-America, in the years 1766, 1767, and 1768 [1778]. Third edition. London: C. Dilly. Pp. 22+544+(20]; reprint Minneapolis: Ross & Haines, 1956, Pp. 544. Ojibwa vocabulary 414-441; cf. Pilling p. 68.

1976

The journals of Jonathan Carver and related documents, 1766-1770. John Parker, ed. Bicentennial edition. Publications of the Minnesota Historical Society. St. Paul: Minnesota Historical Society Press. Pp. x+244. definitive edition; includes journal of a voyage, 1766-1767, by ]ames Stanley Goddard; bibliography of Carver's Travels 222-231.

Cassidy, Frederic G. 1948 Koshkonong, a misunderstood place-name. Wisconsin Magazine of History 31:429-440. 1973

The names of Green Bay, Wisconsin. Names 21:168-178.

Catlin, George 1973 Letters and notes on the manners, customs, and conditions of the North American Indians[ ... ] [1844]. Marjorie Halpin, in trod. New York: Dover. 2 \'Ois.; Pp. xxiii+264, xvi+266. cf. Pilling p. 75.

Cha kii ta ko si 1907 [History of the Meskwaki Indians, in syllabics]. Iowa City: State Historical Society of Iowa. Chafe, Wallace L. 1962 Estimates regarding the present speakers of North American Indian languages. IJAL 28:162-171.

1965a Corrected estimates regarding speakers of Indian languages. IJAL 31:345-346. 1965b [Review of] The Menomini language, by Leonard Bloomfield [Charles F. Hockett, ed.], 1962. American Anthropologist 67:1016-1017. Chamberlain, Alexander F. 1891 Words of Algonkian origin in the Chinook jargon. Science 18:160-161.

Algonquian Linguistics- Chamberlain 1892

39

The language of the Mississaga Indians of Skiigog, a contribution to the linguistics of the Algonkian tribes of Canada. Ph.D. dissertation, Clark University, 1891. Worcester, Massachusetts. Pp. 84; also Philadelphia: MacCalla, 1892. reviewed by AlbertS. Gatschet, 1892.

1894

Translation into primitive languages: errors and pitfalls, with illustrations from Algonkian dialects. American Association for the Advancement of Science Proceedings 43:346.

1895

On words for "anger" in certain languages. American Journal of Psychology 6:85-92.

1899a American Indian names for white men and women. Journal of American Folklore 12:24-31. 1899b On the words for "fear" in certain languages: a study in linguistic psychology. American Journal of Psychology 10:302-305. 1900

Some items of Algonkian folk-lore. Journal of American Folklore 13:271-277.

1901a An Algonquian loan-word in Kiowa. American Anthropologist n.s. 3:390-391. 1901b Etymology of "caribou". American Anthropologist n.s. 3:587-588. 1901c Significations of certain Algonquian animal-names. American Anthropologist n.s. 3:669-683. 1901d Translation: a study in the transference of folk-thought. Journal of American Folklore 14: 165-171. 1902a Algonkian words in American English: a study in the contrast of the white man and the Indian. Journal of American Folklore 15:240-267. 1902b Notes of [sic] Cree folk-lore. Journal of American Folklore 15:60-62. Cree terms relating to folklore.

40

Chamberlain- Algonquian Linguistics

1903a An Algonquian loan-word in Siouan. American Anthropologist n.s. 5:172-173. 1903b Primitive taste-words. American Journal of Psychology 14:146-153. 1903c The contributions of the American Indian to civilization. American Antiquarian Society Proceedings n.s. 16:91-126. 1905a Primitive hearing and "hearing-words". American Journal of Psychology 16:119-130. 1905b The Algonkian linguistic stock. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 13:5-8. 1906a Acquisition of language by primitive peoples. American Journal of Psychology 17:69-80. 1906b Cree and Ojibwa literary terms. Journal of American Folklore 19:346-347. 1906c Indians of the eastern provinces of Canada.

Ontario [Provincial Museum] Annual Archaeological Report for 1905, pp. 122-136. Toronto.

language, including sample sentences, 134·136.

l906d The Beothucks of Newfoundland. Ontario [Provincial Museum] Annual Archaeological Report for 1905, pp. 117-122. Toronto. languagel21-122.

1907

Thomas Jefferson's ethnological opinions and activities. American Anthropologist n.s. 9:499-509. Jefferson's linguistic research 506-509.

1909

[Review of] La parole h umaine: etudes de philologie nouvelle d'apres une langue d'Amerique, by A. Berloin, 1908. American Anthropologist n.s. 11:123-124.

1910

[Review of] Le parler populaire des Canadiens-Franc;ais, by N.-E. Dionne, 1909. American Anthropologist 12:91.

Algonquian Linguistics- Chapin 1912

41

The problem [of the unity or plurality and the probable place of origin of the American aborigines] from the standpoint of linguistics. American Anthropologist 14:50-57. Reprinted in Frederica de Laguna, ed., Selected papers from the American Anthropologist 1888-1920, pp. 208-215, Evanston, Illinois: Row, Peterson, 1960. criticism of Berloin, John Campbell, Petitot and others who would relate Algonquian and other New World languages to those of the Old World.

»

see obituary by Albert N. Gilbertson, 1914.

_ __,ed. see William W. Tooker, The Indian place-names on Long » Island and islands adjacent with their probable significations, 1911. Chamberlain, Lucia S. 1901 Plants used by the Indians of eastern North America. American Naturalist35:1-10. Chamberlain, Montague 1899 Maliseet vocabulary. William F. Ganong, introd. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard Cooperative Society. Pp.94.

Chambers, E. T. D. 1896a The ouananiche and its Canadian environment. New York: Harper&: Brothers. Pp. xxii+357. "The Montagnais language" 322-327.

1896b The philology of the ouananiche: a plea for the recognition of priority of nomenclature. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 2, 2(2):131-139. the fate of a Montagnais word in English and French.

Chapin, Howard M. 1918 A list of Roger Williams' writings. Rhode Island Historical Society Collections 11:11-17. · Providence. "A useful listing of all of Williams's writings, unpublished at the time of his death, including dates of composition, the various printings, and location of originals." Edward W. Coyle, Roger Williams: a reference guide, 1977, p. 49.

___,ed. see Roger Williams, A key into the language of America [1643], » 1936.

42

Chappell - Algonquian Linguistics

Chappell, Edward 1817 Narrative of a voyage to Hudson's Bay in His Majesty's Ship Rosamond [ ... ] London: J. Mawman. Pp. xi+279; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1970. Cree vocabulary 256-279; cf. Pilling p. 82.

Chaput, Donald 1965 Pronunciation of Algonquian place names. Inland Seas 21:322-324. Vermilion, Ohio. Charency, H. de 1902 Etudes algiques: algonquin. Societe des Americanistes de Paris Journal o.s. 4:8-54. Chateaubriand, Fran~ois Auguste Rene, vicomte de 1964 Voyage en Amerique [1828]. Richard Switzer, ed. Paris: Didier. 2 vols.; Pp. Ixxiii+453. "Edition critique"; cf. Pilling pp. 85-86.

1969

Travels in America. Richard Switzer, tr. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press. Pp. xxi+225. Ojibwa months (from Beltrami) 106; Indian languages 113-120, includes "Natchez" (really Ojibwa, from Lahontan) 113-115.

Chief Stick » see also (chief) Stick Chief Stick, Pat » see Art Raining Bird & Pat Chief Stick, 1971. Chief Stick, Vincent 1972 Wi-sah-ke-chah-k and the weasel. Pictures by Vincent Chief Stick, 6th grade. Box Elder, Montana: Bilingual Education Center, Rocky Boy Reservation. Pp. [iii]+32+[2]. text in English and Plains Cree (in syllabics). Title in syllabics: [wisakecak ekwa oma (sic) sekos].

Chupack, Henry 1969 Roger Williams. New York: Twayne Publishers. Pp. 168. A Key into the Language of America, pp. 63-70.

Algonquian Linguistics- Clayton

43

Clark, Jeffrey » see G. Edward Evans & Jeffrey Clark, 1980. Clark, Jeremiah S. 1899 Rand and the Micmacs. Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island: The Examiner Office. Pp. xiii+81. some Micmac words.

___,ed. » see Silas T. Rand, Rand's Micmac dictionary from phonographic word-lists, 1902. Clarke, Damon » see Michael A. Leeson & Damon Clarke, 1881. Clarke, Sandra » see Marguerite MacKenzie & Sandra Clarke, 1981. ___, & Marguerite MacKenzie

1980

Education in the mother tongue: tokenism versus cultural autonomy in Canadian Indian schools. Canadian Journal of Anthropology I :205-217. Edmonton.

survey of native language programmes at the school level.

Clay, Charles 1938 Swampy Cree legends; being twenty folk tales from the annals of a primitive, mysterious, fast-disappearing Canadian race, as told to Charles Clay by Kuskapatchees, the Smoky One. Toronto: Macmillan of Canada. Pp. xvii+[1]+95. key to pronunciation and meanings of Swampy Cree words, pp. xv-xvii (66-word vocabulary).

1978

Swampy Cree legends, as told to Charles Clay by Kuskapatchees, the Smoky One. Second edition. Bewdley, Ontario: Pine Ridge Publications. Pp. xxviii+95.

Clayton, Mary L. 1976 The redundance [sic] of underlying morpheme-structure conditions. Language 52:295-313. Ojibwa (from Jonathan D. Kaye) 310-311.

44

Clifton - Algonquian Linguistics

Clifton, James A. 1975 Potawatomi leadership roles: on Okama and other influential personages. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 42-99. 1978

Potawatomi. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:725-742.

Clifton, Rodney A. 1976 Semantic structures in Cree language. Journal of American Indian Education 16:19-26. Edmonton. an experiment based on Osgood's "semantic differential technique".

Cohen, Marcel, ed. » see Antoine Meillet & Marcel Cohen, eds., 1924. »

see Antoine Meillet & Marcel Cohen, eds., 1952.

Colby, Charles W., introd. » see Alexander Mackenzie, Voyages from Montreal [ ... ] to the frozen and Pacific Oceans in the years 1789 and 1793 [1801 ]; 1927. Coleman, Ned R. » see Linda K. Jones & Ned R. Coleman, 1979. Collijn, Isak, ed. » see Johannes Campanius, Martin Luther's Little Catechism, translated into Algonquian Indian, [1696], 1937. Collins, Wesley 1979 An unlikely marriage: a merger of prosodic and phonemic analysis. Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota, Workpapers 11:3-13. Huntington Beach, California. Cheyenne.

Columbus, Frederick 1974 Introductory workbook in historical phonology. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Slavica Publishers. Pp.40. "Proto-Central-A lgonquian ", p. 30: data from Bloom field but respelled, making solution impossible.

Algonquian Linguistics- Cooper

45

Comrie, Bernard 1980 Inverse verb forms in Siberia: evidence from Chukchee, Koryak and Kamchadal. Folia Linguistica Historica 1:61-74. typological parallels to the Algonquian direct-inverse category.

Conkey, Laura E., Ethel Boissevain, & lves Goddard 1978 Indians of southern New England and Long Island: late period. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:177-189. synonymy by lves Goddard.

Cook, Eung-Do 1980 [Review of] The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment, ed. by Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, 1979. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 25:80-83. - - - · & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds.

1978

Linguistic studies of native Canada. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press I Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Pp. vi+279. reviewed by William Cowan, 1979; reviewed by M. Dale Kinkade, 1980; reviewed by Timothy Dunnigan, 1980.

Cooper, John M. 1928a Northern Algonkian scrying and scapulimancy. Festschrift, publication d'hommage offerte au P. W[ilhelm] Schmidt 205-217. Vienna. l928b Primitive languages. Primitive Man 1:17-23. 1928c Some notes on the Waswanipi. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 22.2:459-461. 1930

Field notes on northern Algonkian magic. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 23:513-518.

1934

The northern Algonquian supreme being. Catholic University of America Anthropological Series 2. Washington. Pp. 78: also in Primitive Man 6:41-114, 1934; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1978. mostly Cree, west coast of james Bay; reviewed by A. Irving Hallowell, 1935.

46

Cooper- Algonquian Linguistics

1936

Notes on the ethnology of the Otchipwe of Lake of the Woods and Rainy Lake. Catholic University of America Anthropological Series 3. Washington. Pp.29.

1939

Truman Michelson. American Anthropologist 41:281-285. obituary and bibliography.

1945

Tete-de-Boule Cree. IJAL 11:36-44.

1957

The Gros Ventres of Montana, part 2: religion and ritual. Regina Flannery, ed. Catholic University of America Anthropological Series 16. Washington. for part 1 see Regina Flannery, 1953.

Cooter, David E. 1974 Remarques sur quelques mots composes tires du dictionnaire du Pere Antoine Silvy. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 4.2:39-42. Montagnais noun incorporation.

___,ed. » see Antoine Silvy, Dictionnaire montagnais-fran\ais (Lorenzo Angers, David E. Cooter, & Gerard E. McNulty, eds.), 1974. Cope, Leona 1919 Calendars of the Indians north of Mexico. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 16:119-176. Copway, George 1850 The traditional history and characteristic sketches of the Ojibway nation. London: Charles Gilpin. Pp. xii+298; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1972. Ojibwa song 106, short vocabulary 125; cf. Pilling 93.

Corbiere, Melvina » see Mary Lou Fox & Melvina Corbiere, Why the beaver has a broad tail: an Ojibwe-English booklet, 1974.

Algonquian Linguistics- Cowan Cormier, Clement 1966 L'origine et l'histoire du nom Acadie, avec un discours sur d'autres noms de lieu acadiens. Onomastica 31. Winnipeg: Academie Ukrainienne Libre de Sciences. Pp. 15.

Coues, Elliott, ed. » see Alexander Henry [the younger), New light on the early history of the greater northwest: the manuscript journals of Alexander Henry and of David Thompson 1799-1814; 1897. Cowan, William 1969a PA •a·, •k and •t in Narragansett. I]AL 35:28-33. 1969b [Review of] Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian), ed. by A. D. DeBlois, 1967. IJAL 35:270-274. 1971

Workbook in comparative reconstruction. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Pp. x+ll2. Algonquian 9-JO, 43,63-64, 74-75,96.

1972

Reduplicated bird names in Algonquian. IJAL 38:229-230.

1973a Narragansett 126 years after. I]AL 39:7-13. 1973b Pequot from Stiles to Speck. IJAL 39:164-172. 1974

Native languages of North America: the European response. American Indian Culture and Research Journall.2:3-l0. Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles.

1975

[Review of] A key into the language of America, by Roger Williams [John J. Teunissen & Evelyn J. Hinz, eds.), 1973. Language 51:761-764.

1976

The generation gap in Montagnais dialectology. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 323-338.

47

48

Cowan - Algonquian Linguistics

1977a

•xk/~ proto-algonquien dans le montagnais du 17e siecle. William Cowan, ed., Actes du Huitieme Congres des Algonquinistes 143-150.

1977 b [Review of] Dictionnaire montagnais-fran~ais, by Antoine Silvy [Lorenzo Angers, David E. Cooter, & Gerard E. McNulty, eds.], 1974. IJAL 43:73-75. 1979a Pierres tom bales indiennes a Moisie. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 3-9. Montagnais gravestones.

1979b Sibilant-stop clusters in Montagnais. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 24:1-6. 1979c [Review of] Linguistic studies of native Canada, ed. by Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, 1978. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 24:57-58. includes essential corrections.

1979d [Review of] The "Mots loups" of Father Mathevet, by Gordon M. Day, 1975. IJAL 45:88-94. 198la Back unrounded vowels in Eastern Algonquian. Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6:45-46. 198lb Pyrlaeus' Nanticoke numerals. Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6:18. cf.lves Goddard, Pyrlaeus's Nanticoke numbers again, 1981.

___,ed. 1975 Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference [Ottawa], 1974. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 23. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. '+394. cf. p. 2 fora list of earlier Algonquian Conferences.

1976

Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference [Niagara-on-theLake, Ontario], 1975. Ottawa: Carleton University. Pp. 495+[3]+19.

Algonquian Linguistics- Craik 1977

49

Actes du Huitieme Congres des Algonquinistes [Montreal, 1976]. Ottawa: Carleton University. Pp. 264.

1978

Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference [Worcester, Massachusetts, 1977]. Ottawa: Carleton University. Pp. i+273. reviewed by Robert]. Anthony, 1979; reviewed by Claude Levi-Strauss, 1980.

1979

Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference [Fredericton, New Brunswick, 1978]. Ottawa: Carleton University. Pp. ii+236. reviewed by Barbara]. Burnaby, 1979; reviewed by Paul V. Kroskrity, 1981.

1980

Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference [Ottawa, 1979]. Ottawa: Carleton University. Pp. ii+293. reviewed by David H. Pentland, 1981.

1981

Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference [Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1980]. Ottawa: Carleton University. Pp. i+l38.

»

see also Algonquian Conference.

Coyle, Edward W. 1977 Roger Williams: a reference guide. Boston: G. K. Hall. Pp. xii+I02.

Craig, William, & Fred K. Blessing 1937 An Ojibwa vocabulary. Minnesota Archaeologist 3:74-78. Craik, Brian 1979 We are divided by the light: experience and belief in a Cree society. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 66-78. East Cree terms in relation to beliefs about the dead.

50

Crawford- Algonquian Linguistics

Crawford, James M. 1975 Southeastern Indian languages. James M. Crawford, ed., Studies in southeastern Indian languages 1-120. 1978

The Mobilian trade language. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. Pp. viii+l42. discusses possible Algonquian loan words (chapter 4) and the Spanish origin of •Io•liya·- 'money; silver' (from an unpublished paper by Frank T. Siebert, Jr.]; reviewed by ]ames A. Fox, 1980.

___ ,ed. 1975 Studies in southeastern Indian languages. Athens: University of Georgia Press. Pp. viii+[2)+453. Shawnee, Powhatan; reviewed by Una Canger, 1977; reviewed by lves Goddard, 1978.

Crawford, John C. 1973 Linguistic and sociolinguistic relationships in the Michif language. Linguistic Circle of Manitoba and North Dakota Proceedings 13:18-22. Winnipeg. M hchif ( Franco-Cree ).

Crawford, John G. 1898 Indians of New Hampshire: etymology of their language. Manchester Historic Association Collections 1.2:177-188. Manchester, New Hampshire. "Penacook", actually Abenaki from joseph Laurent, New familiar A benakis and English dialogues, 1884.

Croft, Kenneth 1948 A guide to source material on extinct North American Indian languages. IJAL 14:260-268. 1953

[Review of] Cheyenne grammar, by Rodolphe Petter, 1952. IJAL 19:154-156.

Cuoq, Jean-Andre 1866 Etudes philologiques sur quelques langues sauvages de !'Amerique, par N. 0. [i.e., Jean-Andre Cuoq]. Montreal: Dawson Brothers. Pp. 160; reprint East Ardsley, Yorkshire: S. R. Publications Johnson Reprint Corp. i The Hague: Mouton, 1966. Algonquin; cf. Pilling p: 100.

New York:

Algonquian Linguistics- Darnell 1891

Grammaire de la langue algonquine. Societeroyale du Canada, Memoires 9(1 ):85-114; 10(1 ):41-119, 1892.

1894

Anotc kekon. Societeroyale du Canada, Memoires 11(1 ): 137-179.

51

Anotc kekon 'melanges'; supplement to Grammaire de Ia langue algonquine,

1891.

Curtis, Edward S. 1907 The North American Indian: being a series of volumes picturing and describing the Indians of the United States and Alaska. Frederick W. Hodge, ed. [Seattle, Washington]: the author I Cambridge, Massachusetts: U ni versi ty Press [sic], 1907-1930. 20 vols.; reprint New York: Johnson Reprint Corp., 1970. vocabularies: A tsina 5:169-177 (1909 ); Arapaho, Blackfoot & Cheyenne 6:167-173 (1911 ); Wiyot & Yurok 13:263-272 (1924); Cree 18:205-210 (1928); Cheyenne 19:230-238 (1930); reviewed [vol. 5] by William john McGee, 1910; reviewed [vols. 6-8] by William Curtis Farabee, 1911.

Cuthand, Stan, ed. » see C. Douglas Ellis, Spoken Cree [1962] [Emily Hunter, Mathilda Brereton, & Stan Cuthand, eds.], 1975. Dalrymple, E. A. 1858 [Vocabulary of the Pamunkey Indians]. Historical Magazine and Notes and Queries Concerning the Antiquities, History and Biography of America, first series, 2:182. Reprinted in John G. Pollard, The Pamunkey Indians of Virginia, 1894, p. 12. "The following words [eight words and the numerals 1-8 and 10] were found still surviving in 1844"; cf. Pilling p. 103; cf. Benita]. Howell, RichardS. Levy, & Alvin Luckenbach, What is Dalrymple's Pamunkey, 1979.

Daniels, Billy, Jr., & Mary Daniels 1975 Potawatomi traditional writing. John D. Nichols, ed. Milwaukee: Great Lakes Inter-tribal Council, Inc. I University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Pp. \·i+34.

Daniels, Mary » see Billy Daniels, Jr. & Mary Daniels, 1975. Darnell, Regna 1971 The bilingual speech community: a Cree example. Regna Darnell, ed., Linguistic diversity in Canadian society 155-172. Edmonton & Champaign: Linguistic Research, Inc.

52

Darnell - Algonquian Linguistics

1974

Correlates of Cree narrative performance. Richard Bauman & Joel Sherzer, eds., Explorations in the ethnography of speaking 315-336. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1976

[Review of] Plains Cree: a grammatical study, by H. Christoph Wolfart, 1973. Language 52:516-520.

1979a Cree-English bilingualism in northern Alberta. William C. McCormack & Stephen A. Wurm, eds., Language and society: anthropological issues 389-400. The Hague: Mouton. applied linguistics and Cree language maintenance.

1979b Reflections on Cree interactional etiquette: educational implications. Southwest Educational Development Laboratory, Sociolinguistic Working Papers 57. Austin, Texas. Pp.24.

1979c Towards a cultural semantics of Cree. Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., Linguistique amerindienne 1: syntaxe algonquienne 23-33.

1979d [Review of] Cree narrative: expressing the personal meanings of events, by Richard J. Preston, 1975. American Anthropologist81:727-728. ___, & Anthony L. Vanek

1972

Two trails: a proposal for Cree educational television. Prince Albert: Saskatchewan NewS tart. Pp. \'+65. discusses differences between Cree and English.

1973

The psychological reality of Cree syllabics. Regna Darnell, ed., Canadian languages in their social context 171-191. Edmonton & Champaign: Linguistic Research, Inc.

1976

The semantic basis of the animate/inanimate distinction in Cree. Papers in Linguistics 9.3/4:159-180. Edmonton & Champaign.

Daviault, Diane 1981 Dialectologie algonquine: les demonstratifs. Lynn Drapeau, ed.,.Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes 1-20.

Algonquian Linguistics- Dawson

53

___, M. Dufresne, S. Girouard, Jonathan D. Kaye, & P. Legault 1978 L'algonquin du nord. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 55-60. David, C.-E. 1907 Les Montagnais du Labrador et duLac St. Jean. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 15.1:205-211. Davidson, D. Sutherland 1926 The family hunting territories of the Grand Lake Victoria Indians. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 22.2:69-95. Rome. Algonquin names and nicknames with translations 84-85, 90-95.

1928

Folk tales from Grand Lake Victoria, Quebec. Journal of American Folklore 41:275-282. scattered names and terms.

Davidson, John F. 1945 Ojibwa songs. Journal of American Folklore 58:303-305. Davis, Irvine 1961 The native languages of America: a survey of recent studies. Phonetica 7:40-63. 1962

Phonological function in Cheyenne. IJAL 28:36-42.

Dawson, K. C. A. 1975 The western area Algonkians. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 30-41. 1976

Historic populations of northwestern Ontario. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 157-174. locations of Algonquian and Siouan tribes in the seventeenth century.

Dawson, Samuel E. 1905 The Saint Lawrence, its basin and borderlands: the story of their discovery, exploration and occupation. London: Lawrence. the Micmac origin of the word Acadia 249-250.

54

Day - Algonquian Linguistics

Day, Gordon M. 1958 [Review of] Indian place names in Vermont, by John C. Huden, 1957. New England Quarterly 31:273-274. 1959a Dartmouth and St. Francis. Dartmouth Alumni Magazine 52:28-30. Reprinted in From Hano\'er9.3:12·14.

1959b Note on St. Francis nomenclature. IJAL 25:272-273. 1959c [Review of] Les Abenaquis sur la Chaudiere, by Honorius Provost, 1958. Ethnohistory 6:87-89. 196la A bibliography of the Saint Francis dialect. IJAL 27:80-85. 1961 b The name Contoocook. IJAL27:168-171. 1962a English-Indian contacts in New England. Ethnohistory 9:24-40. 1962b Rogers' Raid in Indian tradition. Historical New Hampshire 17:3-17. 1962c The Dartmouth Algonkian collection. Dartmouth College Library Bulletin 5:41-43. Dartmouth, New Hampshire. l963a The tree nomenclature of the Saint Francis Indians. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 190:37-48. Ottawa. l963b [Review of] Indian place names of New England, by John C. Huden, 1962. American Anthropologist 65: ll98-ll99. 1964

A St. Francis Abenaki vocabulary. IJAL 30:371-392.

1965a The identity of the Sokokis. Ethnohistory 12:237-249. 1965 b The Indian occupation of Vermont. Vermont History 33:365-374.

Algonquian Linguistics- Day

55

l965c [Review of] Indian place names in New Jersey, by Donald W. Decker, 1964. American Anthropologist 67:592-593. l967a An Agawam fragment. IJAL 33:244-247. 1967 b Historical notes on New England languages. A. D. DeBlois, ed., Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian) 107-112. 1967c Iroquois: an etymology.

Elisabeth J. Tooker, ed., Iroquois culture, history, and prehistory: proceedings of the 1965 (=16th] Conference on Iroquois Research 57-61. New York State Museum and Science Service. Albany.

also in Ethnohistory 15:389-402, 1968.

1969

The Indian languages of the upper Connecticut Valley. William R. Young, ed., An introduction to the archaeology and history of the Connecticut Valley Indian 1:74-79. Springfield, Massachusetts: Museum of Science.

1971

The eastern boundary of Iroquoia: Abenaki evidence. Man in the Northeast 1:7-13.

l972a Oral tradition as complement. Ethnohistory 19:99-l 08. l972b The name 'Algonquin'. IJAL 38:226-228. l973a Missisquoi: a new look at an old village. Man in the Northeast 6:51-57. l973b The problem of the Openangos. Studies in Linguistics 23:31-37. 1974

Henry Tufts as a source on the eighteenth century Abenakis. Ethnohistory 21:189-197.

l975a Early Merrimack toponymy. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 372-389.

56

Day- Algonquian Linguistics

1975b The "Mots loups" of Father Mathevet [ca. 1748-1754]. National Museum of Man Publications in Ethnology 8. Ottawa. Pp. 430. reviewed by William Cowan, 1979.

1976

The Western Abenaki transformer. Journal of the Folklore Institute 13:75-89.

1977

Indian place-names as ethnohistoric data. William Cowan, ed., Actes du Huitieme Congres des Algonquinistes 26-31.

1978a Nipissing. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:787-791. 1978b Western Abenaki. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:148-159. 1979

Arosagunticook and Androscoggin. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 10-15.

198la Abenaki place-names in the Champlain Valley. IJAL47:143-171. 1981 b The identity of the Saint Francis Indians. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 71. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. vi+l57.

___, & Bruce G. Trigger

1978

Algonquin. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:792-797.

Dean, Nora Thompson 1975 A reply to "A further note on Delaware clan names". Man in the Northeast 9:63-67. cf. fay Miller, Delaware clan names, 1973; cf. 1ves Goddard, A further note on Delaware clan names, 1974.

1979

Lenape language lessons: lessons one and two. Dewey, Oklahoma: Touching Leaves Indian Crafts. Pp. 30. includes cassette tape.

Algonquian Linguistics- Delisle 1980

57

Lenape language lessons: lessons three and four. Dewey, Oklahoma: Touching Leaves Indian Crafts. Pp. 34. includes cassette tape.

»

see Jay Miller & Nora Thompson Dean, 1978.

DeBlois, A. D. » see Alphonse Metallic & A. D. DeBlois, 1979. ___,ed. 1967 Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian). National Museum of Canada Bulletin 214. Ottawa. Pp. vii+l62. reviewed by William Cowan, 1969; reviewed by Carl F. Voegelin, 1969.

DeChene, Brent 1977 [Review of] A Prato-Algonquian dictionary, by George F. Aubin, 1975. Language 53:499-500. 1979

The historical phonology of vowel length. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistic Club. Pp. x+l20. Cheyenne data from Danny K. Alford, Linguistic speculation on the pre-history of the Cheyenne people, 1975.

Decker, Donald W. 1964 Indian place names in New Jersey. Cedar Grove, New Jersey: Phillips-Campbell Publishing Co. Pp. ix+lll. reviewed by Gordon M. Day, 1965.

DeLancey, Scott 1981 An interpretation of split ergativity and related patterns. Language 57:626-657. Potawatomi, Ojibwa, Blackfoot 643.

Delisle, Gilles L. 1970 Southwestern Chippewa: a teaching grammar. Minneapolis: Department of American Indian Studies, University of Minnesota. Pp. vii+229; mimeo.

1972

Universals and person pronouns in southwestern Chippewa. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota. Minneapolis. Pp. iii+l91.

58

Delisle- Algonquian Linguistics

l973a Non-standard concord and the marking hypothesis. Working Papers on Language Universals 11:85-138. Stanford, California: Language Universals Project, Stanford University. author's abstract in I]AL 42:257-258,1976.

1973b On the so-called fourth person in Algonquian. Working Papers on Language Universals 12:69-83. Stanford, California: Language Universals Project, Stanford University. data from Arapaho and Ojibwa; author's abstract in I]AL 42:359, 1976.

1974

The fourth person fiction in Algonkian. Linguistics 132:19-32. The Hague.

___, & Emmanuel L. Metallic

1976

Micmac teaching grammar (preliminary version). Ecowi, Quebec: Thunderbird Press, Manitou College. Pp. xii+573; mimeo.

Dempsey, Hugh A. 1965 A Blackfoot winter count. Glenbow Foundation Occasional Papers 1. Calgary. Pp. 20. reviewed by Malvina Bolus, 1965.

1969

Indian names for Alberta communities. Glenbow-Alberta Institute Occasional Papers 4. Calgary. Pp. 20. reviewed by Maurice A. Mook, 1970.

___,ed. see Joseph F. Dion, My tribe the Crees, 1979. » »

see Robert T. Rundle, The Rundle journals, 1840-1848; 1977.

Denny, J. Peter 1974a L'algonquien, une langue sensible a l'environnement. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 4.2:34-37. translation of]. Peter Denny, Sensitivity to the environment[ ... ], 1974.

1974b Semantics and the teaching of elementary school in native languages. Department of Psychology Research Bulletin 290, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. Pp. 10.

Algonquian Linguistics- Denny

59

l974c Semantics and the teaching of elementary grades in native languages. Canadian Ethnology Society Proceedings 1:97-107. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 17. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. 1974d Sensitivity to the environment in Algonquian language [sic]. Department of Psychology Research Bulletin 293, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. Pp. 5.

1975

Semantic organization in relation to the traditional Algonquian economy. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 336-343.

1976

What are noun classifiers good for? Chicago Linguistic Society Papers 12:122-132.

1977a Process and state meanings of the abstract finals in Ojibway inanimate intransitive verbs. Department of Psychology Research Bulletin 414, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. Pp.55.

1977 b Semantics of abstract finals in inanimate intransitive verbs. William Cowan, ed., Actes du Huitieme Congres des Algonquinistes 124-142. 1978a The semantic roles of medials within Algonquian verbs. IJAL 44:153-155. 1978b Verb class meanings of the abstract finals in Ojibway inanimate intransitive verbs. IJAL 44:294-322. 1979a Roots for rounded shapes. Algonquian Linguistics 4:26-27. l979b The 'extendedness' variable in classifier semantics: universal features and cultural variation. Madeleine Mathiot, ed., Ethnolinguistics: Boas, Sapir, and Whorf revisited 97-119. The Hague: Mouton. 1980

Ojibway shape roots meet the "carpentered" environment. Algonquian Linguistics 5:49-50.

60

Denny - Algonquian Linguistics

198la Algonquian word structure from the viewpoint of logical semantics. Lynn Drapeau, ed., Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes 21-29. 1981 b Cultural ecology of mathematics: Ojibway and Inuit hunters. Cogmem 2. London, Ontario: Centre for Cognitive Studies, University of Western Ontario. Pp.54.

___, & Jose Mailhot

1976

The semantics of certain abstract elements in the Algonquian verb. IJAL 42:91-98.

___, & Lorraine Odjig

1972a A semantically organized list of Ojibway numeral classifiers. Department of Psychology Research Bulletin 239, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. Pp.4. "revised February, 1973"

1972b Guide to possible writing systems for Ojibway. Department of Psychology, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. Pp. 28.

1972c Notes on Ojibway numeral classifiers. Ojibwa Mathematics Project Working Paper 2, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. 1972d The meaning of ninkotw 'one' and pgikw 'one' in Ojibway. Department of Psychology Research Bulletin 240, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. Pp. 5; also in IJAL 39:95-97, 1973.

1972e The meaning of the two Ojibwa words for 'one', ninko and peshikw. Ojibwa Mathematics Project Working Paper 1, University of Western Ontario. London, Ontario. Denny, Walter A. 1975 Animal stories as handed down by the old people. Rocky Boy's Reservation, Montana: Chippewa-Cree Research. Pp. xiv+47+xiii+32. English text (with some words in Cree syllabics) in one half, Cree text (in syllabics) in other half(inverted, beginning from back cover). Title in syllabics: [pisiskiwak eacimikik eayaso witamakecik, wiya wakayos].

Algonquian Linguistics- Desrosiers

61

Densmore, Frances 1910 Chippewa music [1]. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 45. Washington. Pp. xix+216; reprinted in Chippewa music, 1973.

1913

Chippewa music [2]. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 53. Washington. Pp. 334; reprinted in Chippewa music, 1973.

1926

Studies of Indian music among the Menomini. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 78.1:119-125. Washington.

1929a Chippewa customs. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 86. Washington. Pp. xii+204; reprint Minneapolis: Ross & Haines, 1970; reprint New York: Johnson Reprint Corp., 1970. Ojibwa vocabulary 12-22.

1929b Music of the Winnebago and Menominee Indians. Explorations and Fieldwork of the Smithsonian Institution in 1928, 189-198. Washington. 1932

Menominee music. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 102. Washington Pp. xxii+230.

1936

Cheyenne and Arapaho music. Southwest Museum Papers 10:9-111. Albuquerque.

1973

Chippewa music. Thomas Vennum, Jr., introd. Minneapolis: Ross & Haines. Pp. xii+xix+216+xxi+341. reprint of 1910 and 1913 works.

»

see Charles Hofmann, ed., Frances Densmore and American Indian music: a memorial volume, 1968.

Desrosiers, Leo-Paul 1937 La connaissance des langues indiennes dans Ia Nouvelle-France. Universite d'Ottawa Revue 7:145-159. Desrosiers, Roland 1977 Charmes d'amour ojibwa: essai d'analyse structurale de mythes . Ojibwa. M.A. thesis, Universite Laval. Quebec.

62

Desrosiers-Algonquian Linguistics

1978

Mediation, armature et structure en mythologie: propositions sur un cas ojibwa. Anthropologie et societes 2.2:141-157. Universite Laval, Quebec. analysis of texts from William ]ones, Ojibwa texts, 1917.

Dewdney, Selwyn H. 1975 The sacred scrolls of the southern Ojibway. Toronto: University of Toronto Press for the Glenbow-Alberta Institute. Pp. viii+l99.

Dexter, Ralph W. see Frank G. Speck & Ralph W. Dexter, 1951. » Dickson, FrederickS. 1919 A famous Indian dictionary. Yale Review 8:770-783. on Rasles's manuscript.

Oil, Anwar S., ed. see Mary R. Haas, Language, culture and history: essays by » Mary R. Haas, 1978. Dion, Joseph F. 1979 My tribe the Crees. Hugh A. Dempsey, ed. Calgary: Glenbow Museum. Pp. x+l94. Cree personal names.

Dionne, N .-E. 1907 Les langues sauvages du Canada et l'oraison dominicale. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 15.2:211-215. comparison of Montagnais Lord's Prayer of 1634 & 1767.

1909

Le parler populaire des Canadiens-Fran~ais ou lexique des canadianismes. Quebec: Laflamme & Proulx. Pp. xxxiv+671. reuiewed by Alexander F. Chamberlain, 1910.

Dixon, Roland B. 1921 Words for tobacco in American Indian languages. American Anthropologist 23:19-49. Algonquian 22-25.

see obituary by Alfred M. Tozzer & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1936.

Algonquian Linguistics- Dorsey

63

___, & Alfred Louis Kroeber

1903

The native languages of California. American Anthropologist n.s. 5: l-26.

1907

Numeral systems of the languages of California. American Anthropologist n.s. 9:663-690. Wiyot & Yurok numerals 674.

1912

Relationship of the Indian languages of California. American Anthropologist 14:691-692.

l913a New linguistic families in California. American Anthropologist 15:647-655. Ritwan 653-655.

l913b Relationship of the Indian languages of California. Science 37:225. announces (previously suggested) Ritwan.

1919

Linguistic families of California. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 16:47-118. Berkeley. Ritwan 112-113.

Dodd, Thomas N., Jr. 1962 The Cree Indian dialect spoken at Nemaska. American Philosophical Society Year Book 1962, pp. 514-515. Philadelphia. 1963

The Cree Indian dialect spoken at Nemaska, Quebec. American Philosophical Society Year Book 1963, pp. 524-525. Philadelphia.

Dorion, Henri 1967 Les noms de lieux montagnais des environs de Mingan. Groupe GECET, Contribution a Ia connaissance de la choronymie aborigene de la Cote-Nord 22-23. Quebec: Universite Laval. 1977

Le contact des toponymies indigene et eurogene au Quebec: aspects methodologiques. Onoma 21:262-271.

Dorsey, George A. 1903 The Arapaho sun dance: ceremony of the offering lodge. Field Museum Anthropological Series 4. Chicago. Pp. 228.

Dorsey -Algonquian Linguistics

64

- - - · & Alfred Louis Kroeber

1903

Traditions of the Arapaho. Field Museum Anthropological Series 5. Chicago. Pp. 475; reprint New York: Kraus Reprint Co., 1970.

Douaud, Patrick C. 1980 Metis: a case of triadic linguistic economy. Anthropological Linguistics 22:392-414. Cree, French and English at Lac LaBiche, Alberta; Franco-Cree.

Doughty, Arthur G., ed. see John Knox, An historical journal of the campaigns in North » America[ ... ], 1914-1916. _ __, & Chester Martin, eds. »

see Henry Kelsey, The Kelsey Papers, 1929.

Douglas, R., ed. 1925 Place-names of Prince Edward Island with meanings. Ottawa: Geographic Board of Canada, Department of the Interior. Pp. 55. scattered names derived from Micmac, with etymologies.

Douglas-Lithgow, R. A. 1909 Dictionary of American-Indian place and proper names in New England. Salem, Massachusetts: Salem Press. Pp. xxii+400. reviewed by fames Mooney, 1910.

Drapeau, Lynn 1978 Aspects de Ia neologie denominative en montagnais. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 214-223. 1979a Aspects de Ia morpho Iogie du nom en montagnais. Ph.D. dissertation, Universite de Montreal. Pp. 396. author's abstract in Algonquian Linguistics 5:5-7.

1979b Les noms composes en montagnais. Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., Linguistique amerindienne I: syntaxe algonquienne 35-73.

Algonquian Linguistics- Drechsel 1980a Le role des racines en morphologie derivationnelle. Recherches linguistiques a Montreal I Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics 14:299-312. 1980b Les emprunts au franc;ais en montagnais. Cahiers de linguistique de l'Universite du Quebec a Montreal 10:29-49. 198la La diffusion lexicale d'une reanalyse lexicale. Lynn Drapeau, ed., Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes 51-64. 1981 b La palatalisation dentale en montagnais de Betsiamites: notes sur un changement en cours. Lynn Drapeau, ed., Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes 31-34. 198lc Le point sur les Iii. Lynn Drapeau, ed., Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes 35-49. 1981 d T -palatalization: an incipient change in Montagnais phonology. IJAL 47:342-344. _ _,ed. 1981 Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes. Recherches linguistiques a Montreal I Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics 16. Universite du Quebec a Montreal. Pp. iii+228.

---·Alan Ford, & Micheline Noreau-Hebert 1974 Sur Ia dialectologie phonologique du montagnais. Recherches linguistiques a Montreal I Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics 3:43-53. also in William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference

344-361, 1975.

Drechsel, Emanuel J. 1981 A preliminary sociolinguistic comparison of four indigenous pidgin languages of North America (with notes toward a sociolinguistic typology in American Indian linguistics). Anthropological Linguistics 23:93-112. reviews information on Delaware jargon.

65

66

Driver- Algonquian Linguistics

Driver, Harold E. 1975 Culture groups and language groups in native North America. M. Dale Kinkade, Kenneth L. Hale, & Oswald Werner, eds., Linguistics and anthropology: in honor of C. F. Voegelin 99-111. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. correlates culture groups and language groups, including Algonquian, Muskogean, Salish, Wakashan.

Dryer, MatthewS. 1980 The positional tendencies of sentential noun phrases in universal grammar. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 25:123-195. Ojibwa 133, 139; Blackfoot 138-139.

Dufresne, M. see Diane Daviault, M. Dufresne, S. Girouard, Jonathan D. » Kaye, & P. Legault, 1978. Dumouchel, Paul A., & Joseph Brachet 1942 Grammaire saulteuse. St. Boniface, Manitoba: Province Oblate du Manitoba. Pp. xii+l51.

Dunlap, A. R. 1949 A bibliographical discussion of the Indian languages of the Delmarva peninsula. Archaeological Society of Delaware Bulletin 4.5:2-5. 1962

[Review of] The origin and meaning of the Indian place names of Maryland, by Hamill Kenny, 1961. American Speech 37:55-57.

___, & Clinton A. Weslager

1950

Indian place-names in Delaware. Wilmington: Archaeological Society of Delaware. Pp. 61.

1967

Two Delaware Valley Indian place names. Names 15:197-202.

Dunn, Caroline 1937 Jacob Piatt Dunn: his Miami language studies and Indian manuscript collection. Indiana Historical Society Prehistory Research Series 1:25-59. Indianapolis.

Algonquian Linguistics- Dutilly

67

Dunn, Jacob P. 1908 True Indian stories with glossary of Indiana Indian names. Indianapolis: Sentinel Printing Co. Pp. viii+320. reviewed by ]ames Mooney, 1909.

Dunnigan, Timothy 1980 [Review of] Linguistic studies of native Canada, ed. by Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, 1978. American Anthropologist 82:413. »

see Kenneth Truitner & Timothy Dunnigan, 1972.

»

see Kenneth Truitner & Timothy Dunnigan, 1975.

___,Patrick O'Malley, & Linda Schwartz 1978 A functional analysis of the Algonquian obviative. Minnesota Papers in Linguistics and Philosophy of Language 5:7-21. Minneapolis. Dunning, Robert W. 1959 Social and economic change among the Northern Ojibwa. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Pp. x+217. scattered terms.

DuPonceau, PeterS., ed. » see David Zeisberger, Grammar of the language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians, 1827. »

see John Eliot, A grammar of the Massachusetts Indian language (1666], 1822.

»

see John Eliot, The Indian grammar begun[ ... ] [1666], 1832.

Dustin, Fred 1928 Some Indian place names around Saginaw. Michigan History Magazine 12:729-739. Reprinted in Michigan Archaeologist 14:117-125, 1968.

Dutilly, Artheme 1941 [Indian language manuscripts.] American Philosophical Society Year Book 1940, pp. 160-161. Philadelphia.

Dutilly- Algonquian Linguistics

68

1944

An inexhaustible source of linguistic knowledge. American Philosophical Society Proceedings 87:403-406. Philadelphia.

Dysart, Stella see Maria Ross & Stella Dysart, [197-]. » »

see also Stella Neff.

Eames, Wilberforce, ed. see John Eliot, The logick primer [1672], 1904. » Eckstorm, Fanny Hardy 1941 Indian place-names of the Penobscot valley and the Maine coast. University of Maine Studies in History and Government, series 2, 55(= The Maine Bulletin 44.4). Pp. xxix+272; reprint Orono: University of Maine Press, 1960. reviewed by Frank T. Siebert, Jr., 1943.

\

Edgerton, Franklin 1943 Notes on early American work in linguistics. American Philosophical Society Proceedings 87:25-34. Edwards, Mary 1954 Cree, an intensive language course. Meadow Lake, Saskatchewan: Northern Canada Evangelical Mission. Second edition, Prince Albert, Saskatchewan, 1961; Pp. [192).

1965

Chippewa texts. Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota, Workpapers 9.2:72-76. Grand Forks. from White Earth, Minnesota.

1979

Cree: an intensive language course [1954]. Ida McLeod, ed. Saskatoon: Saskatchewan Indian Cultural College. Pp. xi\'+249. orthographic and stylistic revisions.

Eggan, Fred 1937 The Cheyenne and Arapaho kinship system. Fred Eggan, ed., Social anthropology of North American tribes 35-98. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Second edition, 1955; pp. 33-95. kinship terms 45.

Algonquian Linguistics- Ellis

69

Ehman, Dan n.d. Cree stories from Moose Lake. Winnipeg: Native Education Branch, Manitoba Department of Education, [197-]. Pp. ii+41. stories in Swampy Cree (in syllabics), with English translations.

Elfving, Fredrik, & Georg Schauman, eds. » see Pehr Kalm, Pehr Kalms resa till Norra Amerika, 1904. Eliot, John 1822 A grammar of the Massachusetts Indian language [1666]. Peter S. DuPonceau, ed.; John Pickering, introd. Boston: Phelps & Farnham. Pp. 1-28, 3-66, i-lvi; reprint Ann Arbor, Michigan: University Microfilms International, 1979. "As published in the Massachusetts Historical Collections" but with two pages on "Nanticoke" numerals added by DuPonceau; cf. Pilling p. 173.

1832

The Indian grammar begun[ ... ] [1666]. PeterS. DuPonceau, ed.; John Pickering, introd. Massachusetts Historical Society Collections, second series, 9:223-312, 1-liv. facsimile reprint, New York: Johnson Reprint Corp., 1968. reprint of 1822 edition; cf. Pilling p. 173.

1877

The Indian primer: or, The way of training up of our Indian youth in the good knowledge of God [1669]. John Small, introd. Edinburgh: Andrew Elliot. Pp. xi, 64 unnumbered leaves; reprint Ann Arbor, Michigan: University Microfilms International, 1956, 1979. cf. Pilling p. 130.

1896

The Indian grammar begun[ ... ] [1666]. Old South Leaflets, vol. 3, no. 52. Boston. Pp. 16 [omitting all ,·erb paradigms]; reprint, New York: Burt Franklin, [no date]. cf. Pilling pp.172-173.

1904

The logick primer [1672]. Wilberforce Eames, ed. Cleveland: Burrows Brothers. Pp. 94. cf. Pilling pp. 173-174.

Ellis, C. Douglas l960a A note on okima·hka·n. Anthropological Linguistics 2.3: I.

70

Ellis- Algonquian Linguistics

1960b Tagmemic analysis of a restricted Cree text. Canadian Linguistic Association Journal6:35-59. 1961

The so-called interrogative order in Cree. IJAL 27:119-124.

1962

Spoken Cree, west coast of James Bay, part 1. Toronto: Dept. of Missions, Anglican Church of Canada. Paginated by section. no more published

1964

The missionary and the Indian in central and eastern Canada. Arctic Anthropology 2.2:25-32. on ]ames Evans's syllabary

1971

Cree verb paradigms. IJAL 37:76-95.

1973

A proposed standard Roman orthography for Cree. Western Canadian Journal of Anthropology 3.4:1-37. Edmonton.

1975

Spoken Cree [1962]. Emily Hunter, Mathilda Brereton, & Stan Cuthand, eds. Edmonton: Alberta Department of Education. 2 \'Ols.; Pp. 93, 149. Plains Cree version, Blue Quills Native Education Council, St. Paul, A Iberia.

1978

[Review of] Meet Cree: a practical guide to the Cree language, by H. Christoph Wolfart & Janet F. Carroll, 1973. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 23:194-197.

»

see David H. Pentland, C. Douglas Ellis, Carol A. Simpson, & H. Christoph Wolfart, 1974.

Elmendorf, William W. » see Robert F. Heizer & William W. Elmendorf, 1942. Elsasser, Arnold B. 1978 Wiyot. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 8:155-163. Wiyot language 155·156; a few words (from Teeter) passim.

Algonquian Linguistics- Evans

71

Ely, William D. 1892 A keyhole for Roger Williams' Key, or a study of suggested misprints in its sixteenth chapter. Providence, Rhode Island: Standard Printing Co. 1894

Roger Williams' Key: beanes vs. barnes. Rhode Island Historical Society Publications 2:189-196. Providence. cf. William W. Tooker, Roger Williams vindicated [... ],1894; cf. also William W. Tooker, The Key-fact versus theory: a final answer to Wm. D. Ely, 1895.

Emeneau, Murray B. 1948 Taboos on animal names. Language 24:56-63. Erickson, Barbara E. 1965 Patterns of person-number reference in Potawatomi. IJAL 31:226-236. »

see Kenneth L. Pike & Barbara E. Erickson, 1964.

Erickson, Vincent 0. 1978 Maliseet-Passamaquoddy. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:123-136. 1979

The Thomas "Kyrie" manuscript. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 79-91. Malecite writing of Latin.

1981

Quatre cas d'adoption et de changement de nom chez les Malecites de la reserve de Tobique (Nouveau-Brunswick) au XIXe siecle. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 11:221-230. Montreal. Malecite family names.

Evans, G. Edward, & Karin Abbey 1979 Bibliography of language arts materials for native North Americans: bilingual, English as a second language, and native language materials 1975-1976, with supplemental entries for 1965-1974. Los Angeles: American Indian Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles. Pp. XX\'iii+I20.

72

Evans- Algonquian Linguistics

___,Karin Abbey, & Dennis Reed 1977 Bibliography of language arts materials for native North Americans: bilingual, English as a second language, and native language materials 1965-1974. Los Angeles: American Indian Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles. Pp. 283. by language; indexed by author and title.

_ _, & Jeffrey Clark

1980

North American Indian language materials 1890-1965: an annotated bibliography of monographic works. Los Angeles: American Indian Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles. Pp. xxi+I54.

Evans, James 1954 Cree syllabic hymn book [1841]. Margaret V. Ray, introd.; Raymond B. Horsefield, tr. Bibliographical Society of Canada Facsimile Series 4. Toronto. Pp. 23. facsimile of the earliest surviving work in Cree syllabics, with introduction and translation; original not in Pilling.

Fabvre, Bonaventure 1970 Racines montagnaises (compilees aTadoussac avant 1695 ). Lorenzo Angers & Gerard E. MeN ul ty, eds. Universite Laval, Centre d'Etudes Nordiques, Travaux divers 29. Quebec. Pp. x+387. reviewed by john Hewson, 1973.

Farabee, William Curtis 1911 [Review of] The North American Indian [vols. 6-8], by Edward S. Curtis, 1907. American Anthropologist 13:609-615. Faraud, Henry J. 1866 Dix-huit ans chez les sauvages [... ]. Paris: Perisse freres. Pp. X\'i+456; reprint New York: S. R. Publishers 1 New York: Johnson Reprint Corp. 1 The Hague: Mouton, 1966. Cree 82-86; tribal names 333-383; cf. Pilling p. 191.

Algonquian Linguistics- Feister

73

Faries, Richard, ed. 1938 A dictionary of the Cree language as spoken by the Indians in the provinces of Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta. Toronto: Church of England in Canada. Pp. ix+51l0; reprint 1972 (without indication). revised version of E. A. Watkins, A dictionary of the Cree language, 1865; cf. Pilling p. 521.

Favre, B. 1954 La grammaire de la langue menomonie [sic] du P. AntoineMarie Gachet. Anthropos 49:1094-1100. Featherly, Bernadine, et al. 1979 TripleS Northern Cheyenne Oral Language Program: teacher's manual. Anchorage, Alaska: National Bilingual Materials Development Center. Pp. vi+11l8.

Feest, Christian F. 1978a Nanticoke and neighboring tribes. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:240-252. 1978b North Carolina Algonquians. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:271-181. 1978c Virginia Algonquians. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:253-270. »

see Johanna E. Feest & Christian F. Feest, 1978.

Feest, Johanna E., & Christian F. Feest 1978 Ottawa. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:772-786. Feister, Lois M. 1973 Linguistic communication between the Dutch and Indians in New Netherlands. Ethnohistory 20:25-38. Reprinted in Lawrence M. Hauptman 8c jack Campisi, eds., Neighbors and intruders: an ethnohistorical exploration of the Indians of Hudson's River 181-196, 1978.

74

Fell- Algonquian Linguistics

Fell, H. Barry 1976 America B.C.: ancient settlers in the New World. New York: Quadrangle, The New York Times Book Co. Pp. viii+312. alleged connections between Algonquian and Old World languages; cf.lves Goddard & William W. Fitzhugh, Barry Fell reexamined, 1978; cf.lves Goddard & William W. Fitzhugh, A statement concerning America B.C., 1979.

Fenton, William N. 1938 [Review of] Oklahoma Delaware ceremonies, feasts and dances, by Frank G. Speck, 1937. American Anthropologist 40:304-305. Fidelholtz, James L. 1964 The Fox language: as described by Bloomfield, Jones, and Michelson. Harvard University Department of Linguistics, Seminar in American Indian Linguistics, Papers I. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. i+31; mimeo.

1968

Micmac morphophonemics. Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. 802.

1971

On the indeterminacy of the representation of vowel length. Papers in Linguistics 4:577-594. Edmonton & Champaign.

1972

[Review of] Man's many voices: language in its cultural context, by Robbins Burling, 1970. IJAL 38:270-276. comments on Micmac loanwords from French and English 275.

1973

The methodology and motivation of transformational grammar. Roger W. Shuy, ed., Some new directions in linguistics 82-94. Washington: Georgetown University Press. Micmac k and q, pp. 85-87.

1976

Some considerations in developing an orthography for the Micmac language. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 361-413. corrections and additions: Algonquian Linguistics 4:8-9, 1978.

Algonquian Linguistics- Flannery 1978

75

Micmac intransitive verb morphology. Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Linguistic studies of native Canada 67-87.

Fiero, Charles E., ed. see Norman Quill, The moons of winter and other stories, 1965. » ___, & Norman Quill 1964 Ojibwa assimilation. Red Lake, Ontario: Northern Light Gospel Missions. Pp. [48]; paginated by sections; revised editions Loman, Minnesota: Northern Light Gospel Missions, 1967; Red Lake, Ontario: Northern Light Gospel Missions, 1973. Berens River 0 j i bwa.

Fine Day 1973 My Cree people. Adolf Hungry Wolf, introd. Invermere, B.C.: Good Medicine Books. Pp. 64. Plains Cree words passim, song text.

Fisher, Margaret Welpley, ed. see William Jones, Ethnography of the Fox Indians, 1939. » Fitzhugh, William W. see lves Goddard& William W. Fitzhugh, 1978. » »

see lves Goddard & William W. Fitzhugh, 1979.

Flannery, Regina 1936 [Review of] Naskapi: savage hunters of the Labrador peninsula, by Frank G. Speck, 1935. American Anthropologist 38:491-492. 1938

Cross-cousin marriage among the Cree and Montagnais of James Bay. Primitive Man 11:29-34.

1946

Men's and women's speech in Gros Ventre. IJAL 12:133-135.

1953

The Gros Ventres of Montana, part 1: social life. Catholic University of America Anthropological Series 15. Washington. Pp. xiii+221. for part 2 see john M. Cooper, 1957.

76

Flannery - Algonquian Linguistics

___,ed. » see John M. Cooper, The Gros Ventres of Montana, part 2: religion and ritual, 1957. Flom, George T. 1906 Syllabus of vowel and consonantal sounds, in Meskwaki Indian. Iowa City: State Historical Society of Iowa. Flower, F. A. 1906 Ancient American free delivery. Records of the Past 5:363-365. Ojibwa "hieroglyphics".

Fobes, Charles B. 1963 Indian names for Maine mountains. Appalachia 34:521-529. Ford, Alan 1976 L'accentuation dans le montagnais de Ia Moisie. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 34 7-360. 1978

L'alternance n/yod en mushuau innu. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 237-245.

1979a A propos de l'ordre des constituants en montagnais.

Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., Linguistique amerindienne 1: syntaxe algonquienne 75-85.

1979b Une ambiguite structurale de surface en montagnais. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 218-226. 1981

L'obviation en montagnais. Lynn Drapeau, ed., Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes 65-82.

»

see Anne-Marie Baraby & Alan Ford, 1979.

»

see Lynn Drapeau, Alan Ford, & Micheline Noreau-Hebert, 1974.

»

see Rachel Bedard, Alan Ford, & Marie Andree Hammond, 1980.

Algonquian Linguistics- Fox

J. Bacon Cours programme d'une langue: langue montagnaise. Montreal: Librairie de l'Universite de Montreal.

___, &

1977

Pp. 118; mimeo. also cited as "Clem" Ford& "Bibit" Bacon.

- - - · & Jim Lees

1979

Cree relative clauses. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 126-135.

- - - · & Jim Lees, eds.

1979

Linguistique amerindienne 1: syntaxe algonquienne. Recherches linguistiques a Montreal I Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics 12. Universite de Montreal. Pp. 204.

___,etal. 1980 Phonologie et morphologie des flexions: rapport preliminaire sur Ia dialectologie des parlers cri-montagnais du Quebec, premiere partie. Cahiers de linguistique de l'Universite du Quebec a Montreal 10:85-118. Foss, Rose, et al. 1971 Ojibwe lessons. Minneapolis: Department of American Indian Studies, University of Minnesota. mimeo.

Foucaudot, Marcel » see Pierre Martin, Marie-Renee Beaulieu, Marcel Foucaudot, Lise Malo-Eliceiry, & Helene Tessier, 1978. Fox, Jacinta, & Donald G. Frantz 1979 Blackfoot clitic pronouns. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 152-166. Fox, James A. 1980 [Review of] The Mobilian trade language, by James M. Crawford, 1978. American Anthropologist 82:606-608.

77

78

Fox- Algonquian Linguistics

Fox, Mary Lou, & Melvina Corbiere 1974 Why the beaver has a broad tail: an Ojibwe-English booklet. Cobalt, Ontario: Highway Book Shop. Pp.l2. from Wikwemikong; Ojibwa title: A mik gazhi debinung we zawonugom.

Frachtenberg, Leo]. 1918 Comparative studies in Takelman, Kalapuyan and Chinookan lexicography: a preliminary paper. IJAL 1:175-182. critique of Sapir's connection of Wiyot and Yurok to Algonquian 177-178.

Frame, Elizabeth 1892 A list of Micmac names of places, rivers, etc. in Nova Scotia. Cambridge, Massachusetts: John Wilson & Son. Pp.l2.

Francis, Gordon, & Kenneth Hale 1970 Migemeoeoogemg (Speaking Micmac) in two versions, with a short appendix containing suggestions for typing Micmac. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Linguistics Department, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Pp. 70; mimeo.

Franklin, John 1823 Narrative of a journey to the shores of the polar sea in the years 1819,20,21, and22. London: John Murray. Pp. xxii+768; reprint Edmonton: Hurtig, 1969; reprint l\'ew York: Greenwood Press, 1969. Blackfoot vocabulary by john Richardson, 109; cf. Pilling p.195.

Frantz, Donald G. 1966a Correspondence on Blackfoot. IJAL 32:212-213. cf. A. E. Meeussen, Correspondence on Blackfoot, 1966.

1966b Person indexing in Blackfoot. IJAL 32:50-58. 1967

Blackfoot paradigms and matrices. A. D. DeBlois, ed., Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian) 140-146.

1968

The reciprocal in Blackfoot (and English). Glossa 2:185-190.

Algonquian Linguistics- Frantz 1970

79

Toward a generative grammar of Blackfoot (with particular attention to selected stem formation processes). Ph.D. dissertation, University of Alberta. Edmonton. Reprint, Summer Institute of Linguistics Publications in Linguistics and Related Fields 34, Norman, Oklahoma, 1971; Pp. Yiii+ 151. reviewed by Ives Goddard, 1974.

1972a Cheyenne distinctive features and phonological rules. IJAL 38:6-13. l972b The origin of Cheyenne pitch accent. IJAL 38:223-225. 1973

Three incompatible hypotheses: evidence from Blackfoot. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 18:7-14.

1974a Blackfoot and Weggelaar's "The Algonquian verb". IJAL 40:253-256. 1974b Generative semantics: an introduction, with bibliography. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club. Pp. 46, mimeo. Blackfoot 14-22.

·1976a Equi-subject clause union. Berkeley Linguistics Society Proceedings 2: 179-187. Blackfoot and Micmac examples.

1976b Unspecified-subject phenomena in Algonquian. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Seventh Algonquian Conference 197-216. 1977

On downstairs transitivity in causative clause unions. Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota, Workpapers 21:77-87. Huntington Beach, California. Blackfoot 78-79.

1978a Abstractness of phonology and Blackfoot orthography design. William C. McCormack & Stephen A. Wurm, eds., Approaches to language: anthropological issues 307-325. The Hague: Mouton. 1978b Antipassive in Blackfoot. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 195-203.

80

Frantz-Algonquian Linguistics

1978c Copying from complements in Blackfoot. Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Linguistic studies of native Canada 89-109. 1978d [Review of] English-Cheyenne student dictionary, by Northern Cheyenne Bilingual Education Program, 1976. IJAL 44:77-78. 1979a Grammatical relations in universal grammar. Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota, Workpapers 23, Supplement. Huntington Beach, California. Pp. '+76.

Blackfoot and Micmac illustrations.

1979b Multiple dependency in Blackfoot. Berkeley Linguistics Society Proceedings 5:77-80. 1980

Ascensions to subject in Blackfoot. Berkeley Linguistics Society Proceedings 6:293-299.

1981

A relational grammar approach to Blackfoot syntax. Algonquian and lroquoian Linguistics 6:27. author's abstract.

»

see Jacinta Fox & Donald G. Frantz, 1979.

Freeman, John F., & Murphy D. Smith 1966 A guide to manuscripts relating to the American Indian in the library of the American Philosophical Society. American Philosophical Society Memoir 65. Philadelphia. reviewed by William Bright, 1967.

Freund, Robert 1980 Student errors in Ojibwa verb conjugation. Minnesota Papers in Linguistics and Philosophy of Language 6:48-58. Minneapolis. Freund, Virginia, ed. see William Strachey, The historie of travell into Virginia >> Britania (1612) [Louis B. Wright & Virginia Freund, eds.], 1953.

Algonquian Linguistics- Gahan

81

Fried, Jacob 1955 Bibliography and analysis of published literature on Amerindian languages in the province of Quebec. Jacob Fried, ed., A survey of the aboriginal populations of Quebec and Labrador 1-73. Eastern Canadian Anthropological Series I. Montreal: Department of Anthropology, McGill U ni versi ty. Frisch, Jack A. 1964 Cognatic kinship organization among the northeast Algonkians. M.A. thesis, Indiana University. Bloomington. Pp. 61; reprint, Saint Mary's l' niYersity Occasional Papers in Anthropology 2, Halifax, NoYa Scotia, 1977; Pp. xi,+61.

Fuller, Judith W. 1981 Theme, rheme, and word order in Ojibwe. Minnesota Papers in Linguistics and Philosophy of Language 7:123-148. Minneapolis. Gachet, Antoine-Marie 1890 Cinq ans en Amerique: journal d'un missionnaire. Fribourg: Revue de Ia Suisse catholique. Pp. 611; pp. 289-315 reprinted in Antoine-Marie Gachet, Grammaire de Ia langue menomonie 12-43 [microfiche), 1954. "Notice sur Ia langue des Folles-avoines," pp. 289-315; not in Pilling.

1954

Grammaire de Ia langue menomonie [sic]. Micro-Bibliotheca Anthropos 21. Pp. 456. cf. B. FaPre, La grammaire [ ... ) du P. Antoine-Marie Gachet,/954.

Gagne, Raymond C. 1979 The maintenance of the native languages. J. K. Chambers, ed., The languages of Canada 115-129. Montreal: Didier. Gagnon, Ernest 1907 Les sam·ages de I' Amerique et l'art musical. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 15.1:179-188. Ojibwa song te.xt,/82.

Gahan, Laurence K. 1960 Methods of translating Indian place names. Massachusetts Archaeological Society Bulletin 21.3/4:46-4 7.

82

Gahan-Algonquian Linguistics

1961

Gleanings from the Indian languages. Massachusetts Archaeological Society Bulletin 22.3/4:65-67.

Gaines, Ruth, ed. » see J. Goldsborough Bruff, Gold rush [Georgia W. Read & Ruth Gaines, eds.], 1949. Gallatin, Albert 1836 A synopsis of the Indian tribes within the United States east of the Rocky Mountains, and in the British and Russian possessions in North America. Archaeologia Americana(= American Antiquarian Society Transactions) 2. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. xiii+423; reprintll:ew York: AMS Press. 1980. cf. Pi IIi ng p. 198.

Ganong, William F. 1896 A monograph of the place-nomenclature of the province of New Brunswick. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 2, 2(2): 175-289. Reprint [pp. 17i-2J.1, "·ith corrections and additions from Ganong's personal copy]. J. Alan Rayburn. ed .. Geographical names of ll:e"· Bruns\\·ick 1-31, Canadian Permanent Committeee on Geographical !I: ames, Toponymy Studies 2. Ottawa. Micmac and Malecite names, pp. JO.Ji [of reprint].

1899

A monograph of historic sites in the province of New Brunswick. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 2, 5(2):213-357. etymologies of Indian placenames passim.

1903

Algonkian words in American English. Journal of American Folklore 16:128.

1906

Additions and corrections to monographs on the placenomenclature, cartography, historic sites, boundaries and settlement-origins of the province of New Brunswick. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 2, 12(2):3-157.

1910

Notes on the natural history and physiography of New Brunswick. Natural History Society of New Brunswick, Bulletin 6:199-218. in-depth discussion of a few place names from Micmac, 202.

1911

An organization of the scientific im·estigation of the Indian place-nomenclature of the Maritime prO\·inces of Canada. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 3, 5(2): 179-193; 6(2):179-199; 7(2):81-106; 8(2)259-293; 9(2):375-448; 1911-1915.

Algonquian Linguistics- Gathercole 1917

83

The origin of the place-names Acadia and Norumbega. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 3, 11(2): l 05-111. Definitive evidence upon the origin of the name Acadia 105-107; The origin of the place-name Norumbega 107-111.

1926

The origin of the major Canadian place-names Fundy and Miramichi. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 3, 20(2):15-35.

1928

The origin of the east-Canadian place-names Gaspe, Blomidon, and Bras d'Or. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 3, 22(2):249-270. Gaspe probably from Micmac.

1929

Crucial maps in the early cartography and place-nomenclature of the Atlantic coast of Canada. Royal Society of Canada Transactions, series 3, 23(2): 135-175; 24(2): 135-188; 25(2): 169-203; 26(2): 125-179; 27(2): 149-195; 28(2):149-294; 29(2):101-129; 30(2):109-129; 31(2):101-130; 1929-1937.

1964

Crucial maps in the early cartography and place-nomenclature of the Atlantic coast of Canada [1929-1937]. Theodore E. Layng, ed. Royal Society of Canada Special Publications 7. Toronto: University of Toronto Press in co-operation with the Royal Society of Canada. Pp. xdi+511.

___,ed. » see Chrestien LeClercq, New relation of Gaspesia, with the customs and religion of the Gaspesian Indians [1691 ], 1910. ___, introd. » see Montague Chamberlain, Maliseet vocabulary, 1899. Gathercole, Geoffrey 1978 Instrumental phonetic studies and linguistic analysis: the case of Kansas Potawatomi. Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics 3:20-33. Lawrence. 1979

The obviative suffix -ni- in Algonquian. Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics 4.2:17-23. Lawrence.

1980

Tonogenesis and the Kickapoo tonal system. Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics 5.2:[]. Lawrence.

84

Gatschet- Algonquian Linguistics

Gatschet, AlbertS. 1885 The Beothuk Indians [l-3]. American Philosophical Society Proceedings 22:408-424; 23:411-432 (1886); 28:1-16 (1890). Reprinted in J.P. Howley, The Beothucks or Red Indians 302-322, 1915.

1892a The fish in local onomatology. American Anthropologist o.s. 5:361-362. Ojibwa & non-A lgonquian.

1892b [Review of] The language of the Mississaga Indians of Skiigog, by Alexander F. Chamberlain, 1892. American Anthropologist o.s. 5:388-390. 1895

Tecumseh's name. American Anthropologist o.s. 8:91-92.

1896

[Review of] John Eliot's first Indian teacher and interpreter, by William W. Tooker, 1896. American Anthropologist o.s. 9:217.

1898

The meaning of 'Merrimac'. American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal20:305-306.

1899

"Real," "true," or "genuine" in Indian languages. American Anthropologist n.s. 1:155-161.

1900

Micmac fans and games. University of Pennsylvania Free Museum, Science and Art Bulletin 2.3:190-194.

1973

Narragansett vocabulary collected in 1879. IJAL 39:14.

»

see obituary by James Mooney, 1907.

Geary, James A. 1941 Proto-Algonquian •c;k: further examples. Language 17:304-310. 1943

The Prato-Algonquian form for 'I- thee'. Language 19:147-151.

1945a Algonquian nasaump and napopi: French loanwords? Language 21:40-45. reviewed by W. D. Preston,l945.

Algonquian Linguistics- Gerard

85

1945b The changed conjunct verb (without -ni) in Fox. IJAL 11:169-181. 1946a The changed conjunct (with -ni) and the interrogative in Fox.

IJAL 12:66-78.

1946b The subjunctive in Fox.

IJAL 12:198-203.

1953

Strachey's vocabulary of Indian words used in Virginia, 1612. William Strachey, The historie of travell into Virginia Britania (1612) [Louis B. Wright& Virginia Freund, eds.], pp. 208-214 (= appendix B).

1955

The language of the Carolina Algonkian tribes. David B. Quinn, ed., The Roanoke voyages 1584-1590, pp. 873-900.

Geers, Gerardus Johannes 1917 The adverbial and prepositional-prefixes in Blackfoot. Doctoral dissertation, Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden. Leiden: L. van Nifterik. Pp. 132+7. reviewed by Alfred Louis Kroeber,I918.

Gerard, William R. 1899 The adopted Indian word "poquosin ". American Anthropologist n.s. 1:586-587. 1903

Algonquian names for pickerel. American Anthropologist n.s. 5:581-582.

1904

The Tapehanek dialect of Virginia. American Anthropologist n.s. 6:313-330.

1905

Some Virginia Indian words. American Anthropologist n.s. 7:222-249.

1906

The "Virginia" potato. Scientific American 95: 187.

1907

Virginia's Indian contributions to English. American Anthropologist n.s. 9:87-112.

1908

The term tomahawk. American Anthropologist n.s. 10:277-280.

86

Gerard- Algonquian Linguistics

1911

Kalamazoo. American Anthropologist 13:337-338.

1912

The root kompau: its forms and meaning. American Anthropologist 14:574-576.

Gibbs, George 1853 Vocabularies of Indian languages of northwest California. Henry R. Schoolcraft, Historical and statistical information respecting the history, condition and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States[ ... ] 3:425-445. Reprinted in Stephen Powers, Tribes of California, 1877. Wiyot 434-440, Yurok 440-445.

Gibson, Ann J., & John H. Rowe 1961 A bibliography of the publications of Alfred Louis Kroeber (1876-1960). Berkeley: Department of Anthropology, University of California. Pp. 51. "additions, july, 1961 ".

Gifford, Edward W. 1922 California kinship terminologies. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 18. Berkeley. Pp. 285. Yurok 27-29, Wiyot 29-30.

Gilbert, Louis » see Gerard E. McNulty & Louis Gilbert, 1981. Gilbertson, Albert N. 1914 In memoriam: Alexander Francis Chamberlain. American Anthropologist 16:337-348. obituary and bibliography.

Gilfillan, Joseph A. 1894 Eliot's Bible and the Ojibway language. American Antiquarian Society Proceedings 9:314-319. Gille, Johannes l939a -ininiwek [sic]: eine Algonkingruppe. Gottinger Volkerkundliche Studien I :248-262. band synonymy and classification.

Algonquian Linguistics- Gleason

87

1939b Die Montagnais in [sic] 1535. Gottinger VOlkerkundliche Studien 1:263-267. early use of the term 'Montagnais'.

1939c Weskarini und Ur-Algonkin: zur Kenntnis der friihen Algonkinbanden des mittleren Ottawa. Gottingen: C. Trute. Pp.l6.

l939d Zur Frage nach den Ur-Algonkin. Gottingen. 1939e Zur Lexikologie des Alt-Algonkin. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 71:71-86. on Lahontan's dictionary and later versions thereof.

1940

Montagnais und Canadiens. Anthropos 35/36:153-165.

Gilliam, Charles E. 1947 Powhatan Algonkian bird names. Washington Academy of Sciences Journal37:l-2. 1970

[Note on Monacan]. Names 18:324. derives Monacan (village in Virginia) from Memonini [sic] mo·na·he·ka·ni [sic] 'where there is a dug land'.

Gilstrap, Roger 1978 Algonquin dialect relationships in northwestern Quebec. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 44. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. '-i+70.

Girouard, S. see Diane Daviault, M. Dufresne, S. Girouard, Jonathan D. » Kaye, & P. Legault, 1978. Glass, Ervin Bird 1898 The Cree language. Royal Canadian Institute Proceedings n.s. I: 104-106. Gleason, Henry A., Jr. 1955 An introduction to descriptive linguistics. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Pp. 389; revised edition, 1961, Pp. ,·iii+503. see index s.t't'. Algonquian and Cree.

88

Glover- Algonquian Linguistics

Glover, Richard, introd. see Andrew Graham, Andrew Graham's observations on » Hudson's Bay 1767-91; 1969. Goddard, I ves 1963 The Algonquian independent indicative. Honors' thesis in Linguistics and the Classics, Harvard University. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. ii+65.

1965a A sketch of Arapaho linguistic history. Harvard University Department of Linguistics, Seminar in American Indian Languages, Papers 2. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. 48, mimeo.

l965b The Eastern Algonquian intrusive nasal. IJAL 31:206-220. 1966

[Review of] The Wiyot language, by Karl V. Teeter, 1964. IJAL 32:398-404. corrections: I]AL 33:261, 1967.

1967a Notes on the genetic classification of the Algonquian languages. A. D. DeBlois, ed., Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian) 7-12. 1967 b The Algonquian independent indicative. A. D. Deblois, ed., Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian) 66-106. based on 1963 thesis.

1969

Delaware verbal morphology: a descriptive and comparative study. Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. xx+200; reprint, with additions and corrections, New Yark: Garland, 1979.

1970

Preliminary informal statement on Malecite prosodies. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Department of Linguistics, Harvard University. mimeo.

1971 a More on the nasalization of P A •a· in Eastern Algonquian. IJAL 37:139-145.

Algonquian Linguistics- Goddard

89

197lb The ethnohistorical implications of early Delaware linguistic materials. Man in the Northeast 1:14-26. Reprinted, with many misprints, in Lawrence M. Hauptman & jack Campisi, eds., Neighbors and intruders: an ethnohistorical exploration of the Indians of Hudson's River 88·102, 1978.

1972a Algonquian linguistics in the northeast: 1971. Man in the Northeast 3:55-56. 1972b Historical and philological evidence regarding the identification of the Mascouten. Ethnohistory 19:123-134. 1972c Three new Algonquian languages. Algonquian Linguistics Newsletter 1.2/3:5-6. 1972d [Review of] An Indian vocabulary from Fort Christanna, 1716, by Edward P. Alexander, 1971. IJAL 38:220. 1973a Delaware kinship terminology (with comparative notes). Studies in Linguistics 23:39-56. 1973b Philological approaches to the study of North American Indian languages: documents and documentation. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Linguistics in North America 727-745. Current trends in linguistics 10. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Nati\·e languages of the Americas I :73-91. New York: Plenum Press, 1976.

l973c Prato-Algonquian •nl and •ne. IJAL 39:1-6. 1973d Publications on North American Indian languages issued by the Smithsonian Institution. Eric P. Hamp, ed., Themes in linguistics: the 1970's, pp. 19-24. The Hague: Mouton. 1973e [Review of] A key into the language of America, by Roger Williams [John J. Teunissen & Evelyn J. Hinz, eds.], 1973. Ethnohistory 20:199-200. 1974a A further note on Delaware clan names. Man in the Northeast 7:106-109. cf. jay Miller, Delaware clan names,/973; cf. Nora Thompson Dean, A reply to "A further note on Delaware clan names",/975.

90

Goddard- Algonquian Linguistics

l974b An outline of the historical phonology of Arapaho and Atsina. IJAL 40:102-116. l974c Dutch loan words in Delaware. Herbert C. Kraft, ed., A Delaware Indian Symposium 153-160. Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Commission Anthropological series 4. Harrisburg. l974d Remarks on the Algonquian independent indicative. IJAL 40:317-327. l974e The Delaware language, past and present. Herbert C. Kraft, ed., A Delaware Indian Symposium 103-110. Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Commission Anthropological Series 4. Harrisburg. 1974! [Review of] Toward a generative grammar of Blackfoot (with particular attention to selected stem formation processes), by Donald G. Frantz, 1971. Language 50:601-604. l975a Algonquian, Wiyot and Yurok: proving a distant genetic relationship. M. Dale Kinkade, Kenneth L. Hale, & Oswald Werner, eds., Linguistics and anthropology: in honor of C. F. Voegelin 249-262. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. Reprint, PdR Press Publications in the Methodology of Comparati\'e Linguistics I, Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press, 1975; Pp. 16.

l975b Fox social organization 1650-1850. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 128-140. l977a Some early examples of American Indian pidgin English from New England. IJAL 43:37-41. l977b The morphologization of Algonquian consonant mutation. Berkeley Linguistics Society Proceedings 3:241-250. 1977 c [Review of] Indian names in Connecticut [1881 ], by J. Hammond Trumbull, 1974. IJAL 43:157-159. l978a A further note on pidgin English. IJAL44:73.

Algonquian Linguistics- Goddard

91

l978b Central Algonquian languages. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:583-587. l978c Delaware. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:213-239. 1978d Eastern Algonquian languages. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:70-77. 1978e Mascouten. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 15:668-672. 1978/ The Sutaio dialect of Cheyenne: a discussion of the evidence. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 68-80. 1978g [Review of] Studies in southeastern Indian languages, ed. by James M. Crawford, 1975; Menomini lexicon, by Leonard Bloomfield [Charles F. Hockett, ed.], 1975; A Prato-Algonquian dictionary, by George F. Aubin, 1975; A bibliography of Algonquian linguistics, by David H. Pentland, C. Douglas Ellis, Carol A. Simpson, & H. Christoph Wolfart, 1974. American Anthropologist 80:719-721. . 1979a Comparative Algonquian. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 70-132. 1979b The evidence for Eastern Algonquian as a genetic subgroup. Algonquian Linguistics 5:19-22. 1979c The languages of south Texas and the lower Rio Grande. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 355-389. arguments against the postulated relationship of "Coahuiltecan" with Muskogean and Algonquian.

1980

Eastern Algonquian as a genetic sub-grouping. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference 143-158.

92

Goddard- Algonquian Linguistics

1981a Against the linguistic evidence claimed for some Algonquian dialectal relationships. Anthropological Linguistics 23:271-297. cf. Paul Proulx, The linguistic evidence on Algonquian prehistory,J980.

1981 b Massachusett phonology: a preliminary look. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference 57 -I 05. l98lc Pyrlaeus's Nanticoke numbers again. Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6:47-49. cf. William Cowan, Pyrlaeus' Nanticoke numerals,J981.

l98ld [Review of] A key into the language of America, by Roger Williams [John J. Teunissen & Evelyn J. Hinz, eds.], 1973. IJAL 4 7:344-354. l98le [Review of] Mahican language hymns, Biblical prose, and vocabularies from Moravian sources, with II Mohawk hymns, ed. by Carl Masthay, 1980. Language 57:776-777. »

see James A. Boon, William C. Sturtevant, lves Goddard, & Herbert Landar, 1973.

»

see Laura E. Conkey, Ethel Boissevain, & lves Goddard, 1978.

»

see William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians, 1978.

___, & William W. Fitzhugh

1978

Barry Fell reexamined. Biblical Archaeologist 41.3:85-88.

cf. H. Barry Fell, America B.C.,l976.

1979

A statement concerning America B.C. Man in the Northeast 17:166-172. cf. H. Barry Fell, America B.C.,J976; examines "evidence" from inscriptions, Indian words and place names; some examples from A benaki.

---·Charles F. Hockett, & Karl V. Teeter 1972 Some errata in Bloomfield's Menomini. IJAL38:1-5.

Algonquian Linguistics- Graham

93

Goddard, Pliny Earle 1914 The present condition of our knowledge of North American languages. American Anthropologist 16:555-601. Beothuk 562; Wiyot 579; Yurok 580; Algonquian 581-583.

1920

[Review of] Ojibwa texts, by William Jones [Truman Michelson, ed.], 1917-1919. American Journal of Philology 41:190-191.

Goorachurn, Lynn-Dell, ed. 1981 Native languages: resources pertaining to native languages of Manitoba. Winnipeg: Manitoba Department of Education. Pp. i+52. confuses Chipewyan and Chippewa (Ojibwa).

Gordon, Kent 1965 Testing intelligibility among Chippewa and Cree dialects. Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota, Workpapers 9.1:40-53. Grand Forks. Gorst, Thomas see John Oldmixon, The British empire in America[ ... ], 1708, » 1741. Grafstein, Ann 1980 Some properties of Ojibwa verb stem formation: a lexical analysis. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference 83-95. 1981

Obviation in Ojibwa. Lynn Drapeau, ed., Linguistique amerindienne II: etudes algonquiennes 83-134.

Graham, Andrew 1969 Andrew Graham's observations on Hudson's Bay 1767-91. Glyndwr Williams, ed.; Richard Glover, introd. Hudson's Bay Record Society Publications 27. London. Pp. lxxii+423. vocabularies: Cree 207-209, Blackfoot & Atsina 211; reviewed by Chris Vickers, 1970.

94

Grant- Algonquian Linguistics

Grant, Agnes E. 1980 Teaching native languages in elementary school. Native Education Series, 2/80, Brandon University. Brandon, Manitoba. Pp. [iii]+33+[2].

Grant, Peter 1890 The Sauteux Indians, about 1804. Louis Fran~ois Rodrigue Masson, ed., Les bourgeois de la Compagnie du Nord-Ouest 2:303-366. Quebec: A. Cote, 1889-1890. Reprint (volume), New York: Antiquarian Press, 1960. Ojibwa words and names passim; not in Pilling.

Grant, W. L., ed. see Marc Lescarbot, History of New France [1609], 1907. » - - - · introd. see Alexander Mackenzie, Voyages from Montreal[ ... ) to the » frozen and Pacific Oceans in the years 1789 and 1793 [1801] [Robert Waite, introd.], 1902 [1911 reprint]. Gray, Viviane 1976 A visit with Mildred Milliea of Big Cove, New Brunswick: her research and developments in teaching the Micmac language. Tawow 5.2:47-49. Ottawa. includes the Micmac alphabet, numerals, and examples of neologisms.

Green, Eugene, & Celia Millward 1971 Generic terms for water and waterways in Algonquian placenames. Anthropological Linguistics 13:33-52. 1978

Semantic categories in the names of Algonquian waterways. William C. McCormack & Stephen A. Wurm, eds., Approaches to language: anthropological issues 417-433. The Hague: Mouton.

Greenberg, Adolph M. 1980 [Review of] Bringing home animals: religious ideology and mode of production of the Mistassini Cree hunters, by Adrian Tanner, 1979. American Anthropologist 82:889-890. Greene, John C. 1960 Early scientific interest in the American Indian: comparative linguistics. American Philosophical Society Proceedings 104:511-517.

Algonquian Linguistics- Gross

95

Grenier, Monique » see Pierre Martin, Monique Grenier, Richard Martel, & Rene Thibaudeau, 1977. Grinnell, George Bird 1892 Early Blackfoot history. American Anthropologist o.s. 5:153-164. 1897

[Review of] The ghost-dance religion, by James Mooney, 1896. American Anthropologist o.s. 10:230-233.

1899

The butterfly and the spider among the Blackfeet. American Anthropologist n.s. 1:194-196.

1903a Cheyenne songs. American Anthropologist n.s. 5:582-583. 1903b Notes on some Cheyenne songs. American Anthropologist n.s. 5:312-322. 1905a Social organization of the Cheyennes. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 13:135-146. 1905b Some Cheyenne plant medicines. American Anthropologist n.s. 7:37-43. 1906

Cheyenne stream names. American Anthropologist n.s. 8:15-22.

1910a Coup and scalp among the Plains Indians. American Anthropologist 12:296-310. Reprinted in Frederica de Laguna, ed., Selected papers from the American Anthropologist 1888-1920, pp. 654-664, Evanston, Illinois: Row, Peterson, 1960. Cheyenne words passim.

1910b The great mysteries of the Cheyenne. American Anthropologist 12:542-575. words and names passim.

1913

Some Indian stream names. American Anthropologist 15:327-331. Atsina and Pawnee.

Gross, Feliks 1951 Language and value changes among the Arapaho. IJAL 17:10-17.

Grumet - Algonquian Linguistics

96

Grumet, RobertS. 1981 [Review of] The Plains Cree: an ethnographic, historical, and comparative study, by David G. Mandelbaum, 1979. American Anthropologist 83:979. Grundy, Jake 1974 Know your language. Nishnawbe News, vol. 3- . Marquette, Michigan. monthly column in vols. 3-5, 1974-1977 [etc.1], containing Ojibwa and Ottawa vocabularies.

Guay, Elizabeth see Claude-E. Rochette & Elizabeth Guay, 1975. » Guimond, Boniface 1975 How to learn to read and write Odjibwe syllabics I [ke-i§ikikentaminn ki-anamicikenn ~ika ci-o~ipiikenn ocipenn]. Winnipeg: Native Education Branch, Manitoba Department of Education. 2 vols.: teacher's handbook, Pp. [5]+viii+l21; student's handbook, Pp. [4]+viii+ 121. dialect of Fort Alexander, Manitoba.

1979

Odjibwe phrases, units 1 to 7. Winnipeg: Native Education Branch, Manitoba Department of Education. Pp. [138].

»

see Shirley Hogue, Ida Bear, & Boniface Guimond, 1973.

___,ed. see Maria Ross & Stella Neff, [ci onci ocipemonn] I Guide to » spoken Odjibwe native language course, [197-], Guinard, Joseph E. 1956 Les noms indiens demon pays: leur signification, leur histoire. Montreal: Rayonnement. Pp. 198.

Gursky, Karl-Heinz 1963 Algonkian and the languages of southern Texas. Anthropological Linguistics 5.9:17-21. 1964

Bemerkungen zur Beothuk-Sprache. Abhandlungen der Volkerkundlichen Arbeitsgemeinschaft 5. Nortorf, Holstein. Pp. 5.

Algonquian Linguistics - Haas

97

1965a Ein lexikalischer Vergleich der Algonkin-Golf- und HokaSubtiaba-Sprachen. Orbis 14:160-215. 1965b Lexical similarities between Caddoan and Algonkian-Gulf. Anthropological Linguistics 7.4:104-109. 1967

[Review of) Die nordamerikanischen Indianersprachen, by Heinz-Jurgen Pinnow, 1964. IJAL 33:171-173.

1968

Gulf and Hokan-Subtiaban: new lexical parallels. IJAL 34:21-41. extension of Algonquian-Gulf to Hokan.

Guy, Camil 1970 Le canot d'ecorce a Weymontaching. Musee national de l'homme, Etudes anthropologiques 20. Ottawa. Pp. x+57.

1974

The Weymontaching birchbark canoe. National Museum of Canada, Anthropology Papers 20. Ottawa. Pp. 55. "A brief glossary of Weymontaching Cree dialect terms for materials, tools, and parts of the canoe," p. 37; translation of Le canot d'ecorce a Weymontaching, 1970.

Haas, Mary R. 1951 The Proto-Gulf word for 'water' (with notes on Siouan-Yuchi). IJAL 17:71-79. 1952

The Proto-Gulf word for 'land' (with a note on Proto-Siouan). IJAL 18:238-240.

1958a A new linguistic relationship in North America: Algonkian and the Gulf languages. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 14:231-264. 1958b Algonkian-Ritwan: the end of a controversy. IJAL 24:159-173. 1958c Notes on some PCA stems in /k-/. IJAL 24:241-245. 1959

Tonkawa and Algonkian. Anthropological Linguistics 1.2:1-6.

98

Haas - Algonquian Linguistics

1960

Some genetic affiliations of Algonkian. Stanley Diamond, ed., Culture in history: essays in honor of Paul Radin 977-992. New York.

1963

The Muskogean and Algonkian words for 'skunk'. IJAL 29:65-66.

1964

California Hokan. University of California Publications in Linguistics 34:73-87. includes comparison with Wiyot, Yurok.

1965

Is Kutenai related to Algonkian? Canadian Journal of Linguistics 10:77-92.

1966a Addenda to review of Bloomfield's "The Menomini language". American Anthropologist 68:521-524. cf. Wallace L. Chafe's review, 1965.

1966b Historical linguistics and the genetic relationship of languages. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Theoretical foundations 113-153. Current trends in linguistics 3. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 220-281, 1978.

reviewed by ]ames D. McCawley, 1968.

1966c Vowels and semivowels in Algonkian. Language 42:479-488. 1966d Wiyot-Yurok-Algonkian and problems of comparative Algonkian. IJAL 32:101-107. 1967a Language and taxonomy in northwestern California. American Anthropologist 69:358-362. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 328-338, 1978.

Yurok classifiers.

1967 b On the relations of Tonkawa. Dell H. Hymes, ed., Studies in southwestern ethnolinguistics 310-320. The Hague: Mouton. 1967c Roger Williams's sound shift: a study in Algonkian. To honor Roman Jakobson 1:816-832. The Hague: Mouton.

Algonquian Linguistics- Haas

99

1967d The development of Proto-Algonkian •-awe-. Walter W. Arndt et al., eds., Studies in historical linguistics in honor of George Sherman Lane 137-145. University of North Carolina Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures 58. Chapel Hill. 1967e The Proto-Algonkian word for 'sun'. A. D. DeBlois, ed., Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian) 60-65. 1968a Haas's reply to Hockett. American Anthropologist 70:570. cf. Charles F. Hockett, Reply to Haas's comment on Bloomfield's "The Menomini language", 1968.

1968b The Menomini terms for playing cards. IJAL 34:217. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 93-94, 1978.

1969a 'Exclusive' and 'inclusive': a look at early usage. IJAL 35: 1-6. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 164-175, 1978.

1969b Grammar or lexicon? The American Indian side of the question from DuPonceau to Powell. IJAL 35:239-255. Reprinted as The problem of classifying American Indian languages: from DuPonceau to Powell, in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 130-163, 1978.

1969c The prehistory of languages. The Hague: Mouton. Pp. 120; chapter 5, Prehistory and diffusion, reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 308-327, 1978. expanded version of Mary R. Haas, Historical linguistics and the genetic relationship of languages, 1966.

1970a Consonant symbolism in northwestern California: a problem in diffusion. Earl H. Swanson, Jr., ed., Languages and cultures of western North America: essays in honor of Sven S. Liljeblad 86-96. Pocatello: Idaho State University Press. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 339-352, 1978. Wiyot and Yurok, with comments on Prato-Algonquian and Cree.

100

Haas- Algonquian Linguistics

1970b [Review of] New views of the origin of the tribes and nations of North America, by Benjamin Smith Barton, 1798 [1968]. IJAL 36:68-70. 1971

Southeastern Indian linguistics. Charles M. Hudson, ed., Red, white and black: symposium on Indians in the old south 44-54. Southern Anthropological Society Proceedings 5. Athens, Georgia.

1973a American Indian linguistic prehistory. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Linguistics in North America 677-712. Current trends in linguistics 10. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Native languages of the Americas 1:23-58. New York: Plenum Press, 1976.

1973b The expression of the diminutive. M. Estellie Smith, ed., Studies in linguistics in honor of George L. Trager 148-152. The Hague: Mouton. diminutive formations in Wiyot, Yurok, and other languages.

1973c The southeast. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Linguistics in North America 1210-1249. Current trends in linguistics 10. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Native languages of the Americas 1:573-612. New York: Plenum Press, 1976. Algonkian, Gulf, etc.

1975a Problems of American Indian philology. Herbert H. Paper, ed., Language and texts: the nature of linguistic evidence 89-106. Ann Arbor: Center for Coordination of Ancient and Modern Studies, University of Michigan. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 176-193, 1978. Powhatan.

1975b What is Mobilian? James M. Crawford, ed., Studies in southeastern Indian languages 257-263. Athens: University of Georgia Press. includes Algonquian loanwords in Mobilian.

1976a Boas, Sapir, and Bloomfield. Wallace L. Chafe, ed., American Indian languages and American linguistics 59-69. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 194-206, 1978. discussion by DavidS. Rood 70-74.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hagar

101

1976b The northern California linguistic area. Margaret Langdon & Shirley Silver, eds., Hokan studies 347-359. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas 110-129, 1978. areal influences on Wiyot and Yurok.

1977

Anthropological linguistics: history. Anthony F. C. Wallace, ed., Perspectives on anthropology 1976, pp. 33-47. American Anthropological Association Special Publications 10. Washington.

1978a Language, culture, and history: essays by Mary R. Haas. Anwar S. Dil, ed. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press. Pp. xiii+382.

1978b The study of American Indian languages: a brief historical sketch. Mary R. Haas, Language, culture and history: selected essays by Mary R. Haas [Anwar S. Dil, ed.], pp. 110-129. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press. expanded version of Anthropological linguistics: history,J977.

1979

Southeastern languages. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 299-326. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Hagar, Stansbury 1891 A melange of Micmac notes. American Association for the Advancement of Science, Proceedings 44.2:257-258. 1895

Micmac customs and traditions. American Anthropologist o.s. 8:31-42. scattered terms.

1896

Micmac magic and medicine. Journal of American Folklore 9:170-177. scattered terms.

1897

Weather and the seasons in Micmac mythology. Journal of American Folklore 10:101-105. terms.

102 1900

Hagar- Algonquian Linguistics The celestial bear. Journal of American Folklore 13:92-103. many Micmac words.

Hagenau, Walter 1962 A morphological study of Narragansett Indian verbs in Roger William's "Key into the language of America". M.A. thesis, Brown University. Providence, Rhode Island. Hale, Edward E. 1904 Algonquian language and literature. American Antiquarian Society Proceedings 16:177-179. 1905

The language of the Massachusetts Indians. Records of the Past 4:361-363.

_ __,ed. » see J. Hammond Trumbull, Natick dictionary, 1903. Hale, Horatio » see obituary by Daniel G. Brinton, 1897. Hale, Kenneth » see Gordon Francis & Kenneth Hale, 1970. Hall, Connie L. 1979 The place of the bear in Cree belief. The Journal of Anthropology at McMaster 5:59-80. Hamilton, Ontario. Hall, Frank 1970 How Manitoba got its name. Manitoba Pageant 15.2:3-16. Winnipeg: Manitoba Historical Society. Hall, Robert A., Jr. » see Douglas Leechman & Robert A. Hall, Jr., 1955. Hallowell, A. Irving 1924 Bear ceremonialism in the northern hemisphere. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. Reprinted in American Anthropologist 28:1-175. 1926. linguistic terminology for the bear 43-53 (Algonquian 43-47 ).

1928

Recent historical changes in the kinship terminology of the St. Francis Abenaki. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 22.2:97-145.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hallowell

103

1930

Was cross-cousin marriage practised by the north-central Algonkians? International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 23:519-544.

1932

Kinship terms and cross-cousin marriage of the MontagnaisNaskapi and the Cree. American Anthropologist 34:171-199.

1935

[Review of] The northern Algonquian supreme being, by John M. Cooper, 1934. American Anthropologist 37:673-674.

l937a Cross-cousin marriage in the Lake Winnipeg area. D. S. Davidson, ed., Philadelphia Anthropological Society Twenty-Fifth Anniversary Studies 95-110. Philadelphia Anthropological Society Publications 5. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Reprinted in A. Irving Hallowell, Contributions to anthropology: selected papers of A. Irving Hallowell317-332, 1976.

1937 b Temporal orientation in western civilization and in a pre literate society. American Anthropologist 39:64 7-670. Reprinted in A. In·ing Hallowell, Culture and experience 216-235, 1955.

1940

Spirits of the dead in Saulteaux life and thought. Royal Anthropological Institute Journal 70:29-51. Reprinted in A. Irving Hallowell, Culture and experience 151-171, 1955.

1942

Some psychological aspects of measurement among the Saulteaux. American Anthropologist 44:62-77.

1951

Frank Gouldsmith Speck, 1881-1950. American Anthropologist 53:67-87. obituary.

1955

Culture and experience. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Pp. xvi+434; reprint, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1967; reprint, with new preface, New York: Schocken Books, 1967. includes The northern Ojibwa I 12-124, Cultural factors in spatial orientation 184-202, and a number of reprinted papers; Ojibwa terms and names passim.

104

Hallowell - Algonquian Linguistics

l960a Ojibwa ontology, behavior and world view. Stanley Diamond, ed., Culture in history: essays in honor of Paul Radin 19-52. New York. Reprinted in A. Irving Hallowell, Contributions to anthropology: selected papers of A. Irving Hallowell 357-390, 1976.

l960b The beginnings of anthropology in America. Frederica de Laguna, ed., Selected papers from the American Anthropologist 1888-1920, pp. 1-90. Evanston, Illinois: Row, Peterson. Volume reprinted 1976; reprinted in A. Irving Hallowell, Contributions to anthropology: selected papers of A. Irving Hallowell 36-125, 1976. linguistics (mostly Algonquian) 58-69.

1963

Ojibwa world view and disease. !ago Galdston, ed., Man's image in medicine and anthropology 258-315. New York: International Universities Press. Reprinted in A. Irving Hallowell, Contributions to anthropology: selected papers of A. Irving Hallowell391-448, 1976. Ojibwa terms passim.

1966

The role of dreams in Ojibwa culture. G. E. von Grunebaum & Roger Caillois, eds., The dream and human societies 267-292. Berkeley: University of California Press. Reprinted in A. Irving Hallowell, Contributions to anthropology: selected papers of A. Irving Hallowell 449-474, 1976. Ojibwa terms passim.

1971

[Review of] Missionary linguistics in New France, by Victor E. Hanzeli, 1969. American Anthropologist 73:408-409.

1972

On being an anthropologist. Solon T. Kimball & James B. Watson, eds., Crossing cultural boundaries 51-62. New York: Chandler. Reprinted in A. Irving Hallowell, Contributions papers of A. In·ing Hallowell3-14, 1976. on Hallowell's field work among the Ojibwa.

to

anthropology: selected

l976a Contributions to anthropology: selected papers of A. Irving Hallowell. Chicago: U ni versi ty of Chicago Press. Pp. xvii+534.

l976b Northern Ojibwa ecological adaptation and social organization. A. Irving Hallowell, Contributions to anthropology: selected papers of A. Irving Hallowell 333-350, 1976. not previously published; semantics of Ojibwa kinship terms.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hamp

105

Halpin, Marjorie, introd. » see George Catlin, Letters and notes on the manners, customs, and conditions of the North American Indians[ ... ] (1844], 1973. Hamelin, Louis-Edmond 1970 Jacques Rousseau (1905-1970). Cahiers de geographie de Quebec 14:257-260. Reprint, Universite Laval, Centre d'Etudes Nordiques, Melanges 36. Quebec. obituary.

Hamilton, James Cleland 1893 The Georgian Bay: an account of its position, inhabitants, mineral interests, fish, timber and other resources. Toronto: James Bain & Son. Pp. 170. Appendix E, "Indian proper names and do-daims", 165-170.

Hammond, Marie Andree » see Rachel Bedard, Alan Ford, & Marie Andree Hammond, 1980. Hamp, Eric P. 1960 Selected summary bibliography of language classifications. Studies in Linguistics 15.112:28-45. Algonquian 32-33.

1967

Assimilation and rule application. Language 43:179-184. Ojibwa.

l970a On nasalization in Narragansett. IJAL 36:58-59. 1970b Wiyot and Yurok correspondences. Earl H. Swanson, Jr., ed., Languages and cultures of western North America: essays in honor of Sven S. Liljeblad 107-110. Pocatello: Idaho State University Press. 1973

More light on PA 'sun'. IJAL 39:205-206.

1975

(Review of] On Comparative Bantu and comparison, ed. by D. W. Arnott, 1973. IJAL 41:175-176. Algonquian parallels mentioned.

106

Hamp- Algonquian Linguistics

1976a On some principles of lexical-phonological comparison. William M. Christie, ed., Current progress in historical linguistics: Second International Conference on Historical Linguistics 203-209. Amsterdam: North-Holland. discussion 209-213 by Ray Freeze, Paul Turner, Mary R. Haas; Algonquian, Wiyot, Yurok.

1976b 'One' and 'single' in Ojibwa. IJAL 42:166-167. cf. J. Peter Denny & Lorraine Odjig, The meaning of ninkotw 'one' and pe!ikw 'one' in Ojibway, 1973.

1979a A glance from here on. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 1001-1015. comments on 1ves Goddard, Comparative Algonquian, p. 1014.

1979b Methodological light from Prato-Algonquian 'sun'. Eric P. Hamp et al., Contributions to Canadian Linguistics 1-6. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 50. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. »

see Harry Hoijer, Eric P. Hamp, & William Bright, 1965.

___, etal. 1979 Contributions to Canadian linguistics. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 50. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. iv+J07. reviewed by Keren D. Rice, 1979; reviewed by RichardT. Carter, Jr., 1980.

Hanks, Lucien M., Jr. 1954 A psychological exploration in the Blackfoot language. IJAL 20:195-205. ----. & J. Richardson

1945

Observations on Northern Blackfoot kinship. American Ethnological Society Monograph 9: l-31.

Hanna, Margaret 1980 Trends and traditions in the boreal forest: an appraisal of the Shield Archaic as defined by J. V. Wright. Leo Pettipas, ed., Directions in Manitoba prehistory: papers in honour of Chris Vickers 65-87. Winnipeg: Association of Manitoba Archaeologists & Manitoba Archaeological Society. detailed discussion of the linguistic relationships postulated by James V. Wright, The Shield Archaic, 1972.

Algonquian Linguistics- Harper

107

Hanzeli, Victor E. 1961 Early descriptions by French missionaries of Algonquian and Iroquoian languages: a study of seventeenth- and eighteenthcentury practice in linguistics. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University. Bloomington. Pp. vi+265.

1969

Missionary linguistics in New France: a study of seventeenthand eighteenth-century descriptions of American Indian languages. The Hague: Mouton. Pp. 141. revised version of Victor E. Hanzeli, Early descriptions( ... ], 1961; reviewed by jean H. Rogers, 1970; reviewed by A. Irving Hallowell, 1971; reviewed by William Wonderly, 1972.

1970

The Algonquin r-dialect in historical records. International Congress of Linguists Proceedings 10.2:85-89.

Harmon, Daniel W. 1820 A journal of voyages and travels in the interiour [sic] of North America [ ... ]. Andover, Massachusetts: Flagg & Gould. Pp. v·xxiii, 25-432; reprint New York: A. S. Barnes, 1903, Pp. xxiii+382; reprint Toronto: G. N. Morang, 1904, Pp. xxiii+382; reprint Toronto: Courier Press, 1911, Pp. xxiii+382; reprint New York: Allerton Book Co., 1922, Pp. xxiii+382; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1973. Cree vocabulary 368-370, 385-403; the reprint edited by W. Kaye Lamb (Toronto: Macmillan, 1957) omits the vocabulary; cf. Pilling p. 222.

Harper, Francis 1964 The friendly Montagnais and their neighbors in the Ungava peninsula. University of Kansas Museum of Natural History Miscellaneous Publications 37. Lawrence.· Pp. v+l21. Montagnais animal names 82-86.

Harper, Victor 1978 Syllabics for a northern community. Frank P. Bartunek, ed., School system and native community: comments on educational development 29-35. Brandon, Manitoba: Brandon University Press. writing at Wasagamack, Island Lake, Manitoba.

108

Harrington - Algonquian Linguistics

Harrington, John P. 1955 The original Strachey vocabulary of the Virginia Indian language. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 157:189-202. Washington. Harrington, M. Raymond 1903 Shinnecock notes. Journal of American Folklore 16:37-39. 1908

Vestiges of material culture among the Canadian Delawares. American Anthropologist n.s. 10:408-418.

1913

A preliminary sketch of Lenape culture. American Anthropologist 15:208-235.

1914

Sacred bundles of the Sac and Fox Indians. Pennsylvania University Museum Anthropological Publications 4.2:123-262. Philadelphia. Reprint New York: AMS Press, 1978. reviewed by Truman Michelson, 1915; reviewed by Alanson B. Skinner,/915.

1921

Religion and ceremonies of the Lenape. Indian Notes and Monographs, miscellaneous series 19. New York: Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation. Pp. 249; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1978. some texts.

1924

An ancient village site of the Shinnecock Indians. American Museum of Natural History Anthropological Papers 22:225-283. "Cultural and linguistic position" 281-283.

Harris, Zellig S. 1947 Structural restatements, II. IJAL 13:175-186. Reprinted in Zellig S. Harris, Papers in structural and transformational linguistics 2!15-250; Dordrecht: D. Reidel, 1970. restatement of Carl F. Voegelin, Delaware, an eastern Algonquian language, 1946.

1970

Edward Sapir. Zellig S. Harris, Papers in structural and transformational linguistics 765-768. Dordrecht: D. Reidel I New York: Humanities Press.

Algonquian Linguistics- Heckewelder

109

1973

[Review of] A Leonard Bloomfield anthology, ed. by Charles F. Hockett, 1970. IJAL 39:252-255.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Zellig S. Harris, 1945.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Zellig S. Harris, 1947.

Hartley, Alan H. 1980 The expansion of Ojibway and French place-names into the Lake Superior region in the seventeenth century. Names 28:43-68. 1981

Preliminary observations on Ojibwa place-names. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference 31-38.

Hastings, Ashley J. 1974 Howard's directional theory and the unordered rule hypothesis. Chicago Linguistic Society, Parasession on natural phonology 146-159. Chicago. Menomini; cf.lrwin Howard, A directional theory of rule application in phonology,I972.

Hauptman, Lawrence M., & Jack Campisi, eds. 1978 Neighbors and intruders: an ethnohistorical exploration of the Indians of Hudson's River. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 39. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. \'ii+285.

Head, Silas » see David Meyer, Silas Head, & Donald McKay, 1974. Hebert, Leo P. 1976 Le troisieme registre de Tadoussac: miscellaneorum liber [1691-1758]. Collection Tekouerimat 3. Montreal: Presses de l'Universite du Quebec. Pp.xxii+342. contains a large number of Montagnais names; cf. Leonidas Larouche, Le second registre de Tadoussac, 1668-1700; 1972.

Heckewelder, John 1940 Names given by the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians to rivers, streams, and places. Allentown: Pennsylvania German Folklore Society.

110

Heizer-Algonquian Linguistics

Heizer, Robert F. 1947 Francis Drake and the California Indians, 1579. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 42:251-302. Berkeley. Reprinted in Robert F. Heizer, Elizabethan California 49-94, 1974. linguistic evidence suggests Drake met the Coast Miwok, not the Yurok.

1966

Languages, territories and names of California Indian tribes. Berkeley & Los Angeles: University of California Press. Pp. vii+62. reports in detail the classifications of California Indian languages that have been proposed, together with synonymies, sub-groups, criteria for classification and problems encountered in defining boundaries; reviewed by Madison S. Beeler, 1968.

1974

Elizabethan California: a brief, and sometimes critical, review of opinions on the location of Francis Drake's five weeks' visit with the Indians of Ships Land in 1579. Ramona, California: Ballena Books. Pp. 101. includes reprints of Francis Drake and the California Indians, I579 [1947], and of Robert F. Heizer& William Elmendorf, Francis Drake's California anchorage in the light of the Indian languages spoken there,1942.

___,ed. see C. Hart Merriam, Indian names for plants and animals » among Californian and other western North American tribes [1904-1938], 1979. »

see Stephen Powers, Tribes of California [1877), 1976.

- - - · & William W. Elmendorf

1942

Francis Drake's California anchorage in the light of the Indian languages spoken there. Pacific Historical Review ll :213-217.

Reprinted in Robert F. Heizer, Elizabethan California 95-101, 1974. Coast Miwok, not Yurok.

_ _ , & John E. Mills

1952

The four ages of Tsurai. Berkeley: University of California Press. Pp. 207. Yurok vocabularies 113-117,151,173-174.

Heller, Louis G. 1961 Two Pequot names in American literature. American Speech 36:54-57. on the names Pequod Pequot and L'ncas.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hepburn

111

Henderson, T. S. T. 1971 Participant-reference in Algonkin. Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 1:27-49. 1973

Verbal modes in Algonkin. Studies in Linguistics 23:57-62.

Henry, Alexander [the elder] 1809 Travels and adventures in Canada and the Indian territories between the years 1760 and 1776. New York: I. Riley. Pp. \'i+330; reprint, Milo M. Quaife, ed., Chicago: R. R. Donnelley & Co., 1921; reprint Edmonton, Alberta: M.G. Hurtig, 1969. scattered place-names; not in Pilling.

1901

Travels and adventures in Canada and the Indian territories between the years 1760 and 1776 [1809]. James Bain, ed. Toronto: George N. Morang. Pp. xx\+347; reprint, Lewis G. Thomas, introd., Edmonton: Hurtig, 1969, Pp. xh·i+347; reprint New York: Burt Franklin, 1969, Pp. xxxiii+347; reprint St. Clair Shores, Michigan: Scholarly Press, 1972, Pp. xxx\'+347.

Henry, Alexander [the younger] 1897 New light on the early history of the greater northwest: the manuscript journals of Alexander Henry [... ]and of David Thompson[ ... ] 1799-1814. Elliott Coues, ed. New York: Francis P. Harper. 2 mls.; Pp. xxviii+I027; reprint Minneapolis: Ross & Haines, 1965. "Quinque lingual vocabulary"- English, Ojibwa, Cree, Blackfoot, and Assiniboine (by Henry)-534-538.

Henshaw, H. W. 1890a Indian origin of maple sugar. American Anthropologist o.s. 3:341-351. Ojibwa and a little Cree; not in Pilling.

1890b [Review of] A Lenape-English dictionary, by Daniel G. Brinton & AlbertS. Anthony, 1888. American Anthropologist o.s. 3:88-89. not in Pilling.

Hepburn, Gordon 1977 Liste pour trouver les mots fran~ais dans Ia [sic] dictionnaire montagnais-fran~ais d'Antoine Silvy. Ottawa: Carleton University, Departement de linguistique. Pp. i+27; mimeo.

112

Heriot- Algonquian Linguistics

Heriot, George 1807 Travels through the Canadas, containing a description of the picturesque scenery on some of the rivers and lakes; with an account of the productions, commerce, and inhabitants of those provinces; to which is subjoined a comparative view of the manners and customs of several of the Indian nations of North and South America. London: Richard Phillips. Pp. xii+602; reprint Edmonton: Hurtig, 1971, Pp. xxiv+602; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1971. Ojibwa vocabulary from Lahontan and Mackenzie 579-602; cf. Pilling p. 229.

Herisson, Michel 1974 An evaluative ethno-historical bibliography of the Malecite Indians. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 16. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. vii+260.

Hewitt, J. N. B. l888a Etymology of the word Iroquois. American Anthropologist o.s. l :188-189. not in Pilling.

l888b Meaning of the words for gens in the Iroquoian and Algonquian tongues. American Anthropologist o.s. I: 192. not in Pilling.

1889

Serpent symbolism. American Anthropologist o.s. 2:179-180. not in Pilling.

Hewson, John 1967 The Beothuk vocabularies. Newfoundland Quarterly 65.3:19-22. 1968

Beothuk and Algonkian, evidence old and new. IJAL 34:85-93.

1971

Beothuk consonant correspondences. IJAL 37:244-249.

1972a Errata in Bloomfield's Algonquian sketch. IJAL38:77.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hewson

113

1972b Larch, tamarack and juniper. Regional Language Studies 4:1-4. St. John's, Newfoundland. on etymology of hackmatack and tamarack.

1973a Proto-Algonkian reflexes in Micmac. Anthropological Linguistics 15:151-164. 1973b Proto-Algonkian stems in /p-/. St. John's: Department of Linguistics, Memorial University of Newfoundland. Pp. 15 (= 8); mimeo.

1973c Towards a Prato-Algonquian dictionary. Studies in Linguistics 23:63-68. 1973d [Review of] Racines montagnaises (compilees a Tadoussac avant 1695), by Bonaventure Fabvre [Lorenzo Angers & Gerard E. McNulty, eds.], 1970. IJAL 39:191-194. 1974a Prato-Algonquian medials. IJAL 40:308-316. 1974b The Algonquian word for 'sun'. IJAL 40:256-257. 1975

New resources for comparative work in Algonkian languages. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 3-9.

1977a Beothuck and the Algonkian Northeast. Harold Paddock, ed., Languages in Newfoundland and Labrador (preliminary version) 2-16. St. John's: Linguistics Department, Memorial University of Newfoundland. 1977 b Micmac hieroglyphics in Newfoundland. Harold Paddock, ed., Languages in Newfoundland and Labrador (preliminary version) 17-27. St. John's: Linguistics Department, Memorial University of Newfoundland. 1977c Reconstructing prehistoric languages on the computer: the triumph of the electronic neogrammarian. Computational and Mathematical Linguistics: Proceedings of the International Conference on Computational Linguistics [Pisa, 1973] 264-273. Florence: LeoS. Olschki.

114

Hewson-Algonquian Linguistics

1978a Beothuk vocabularies: a comparative study. Newfoundland Museum Technical Papers 2. St. John's. Pp. vii+ 178. definitive text accompanied by reproductions.

1978b Micmac place names in Newfoundland. Regional Language Studies 8:1-21. St. John's, Newfoundland. 1979

Two Prato-Algonquian consonant clusters. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 18-24. Prato-Algonquian •'k and •sk.

1980a Micmac consonant clusters. Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Association Papers 2:115-122. Halifax. 1980b Sonorant and glide in Micmac and PIE. Regional Language Studies 9:1-4. St. John's, Newfoundland. voicing and initial change in Micmac.

1980c The reconstruction of underlying meaning: synthesis and cumulation in Algonkian. A. Joly & W. H. Hirtle, eds., Langage et psychomecanique du langage: etudes dediees a Roch Valin 366-386. Lille: Presses Universitaires de Lille I Quebec: Presses de l'Universite Laval. Heye, George G. » see Frank G. Speck & George G. Heye, 1921. Hickerson, Harold 1967 A note of inquiry on Hockett's reconstruction of PCA. American Anthropologist 69:362-363. cf. Charles F. Hockett, The Proto Central Algonquian kinship system, 1964.

Hickerson, Nancy P. 1957 An acoustic analysis of Shawnee speech. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University. Bloomington. Pp. 187.

1958

An acoustic analysis of Shawnee, I [-IV]. IJAL 24:20-29, 130-141; 25:22-31,97-104 (1959).

»

see Carl F. Voegelin, Florence M. Robinett, & Nancy P. Hickerson, 1953.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hockett

115

Hilger, M. Inez 1951 Chippewa child life and its cultural background. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 146. Washington. Pp. xvi+204; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1979.

1952

Arapaho child life and its cultural background. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 148. Washington. Pp. xv+253.

Hill, George A., Jr. 1971 Delaware ethnobotany. Oklahoma Anthropological Society Newsletter 19.3. Hill, Harry C. 1943 A dictionary of the Chippewa Indian language, from a manuscript written about one hundred years ago and never before printed. Flint, Michigan: the editor. Pp. [16].

Hinz, Evelyn J., ed. see Roger Williams, A key into the language of America [1643] » [John J. Teunissen & Evelyn J. Hinz, eds.], 1973. Hives, H. E. 1948 A Cree grammar. Toronto: Missionary Society of the Church of England in Canada. Pp. 102; reprint, 1952.

Hoard, James E. 1971 The new phonological paradigm: [review of] The sound pattern of English, by Noam Chomsky & Morris Halle, 1968. Glossa 5:222-268. Menomini front vowels 232-233.

Hockett, Charles F. 1939a Potawatomi syntax. Language 15:235-248. 1939b The Potawatomi language. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University. New Haven, Connecticut. Pp.l66. parts published as Potawatomi 1-11',1948.

116

Hockett- Algonquian Linguistics

1942a A system of descriptive phonology. Language 18:3-21. Kickapoo 11; Delaware 16-17; Potawatomi 15-18.

1942b The position of Potawatomi in Central Algonkian. Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, Papers 28:537-542. 1946

Sapir on Arapaho. IJAL 12:243-245.

1947

Problems of morphemic analysis. Language 23:321-343. Reprinted in Martin Joos, ed., Readings in linguistics[!), pp. 229-242, Washington: American Council of Learned Societies, 1957. Fox and Potawatomi examples.

1948a Implications of Bloomfield's Algonquian studies. Language 24:117-131. Reprinted in Martin Joos, ed., Readings in linguistics (1), pp. 281-289, Washington: American Council of Learned Societies, 1957; reprinted (slightly revised) in Dell H. Hymes, ed., Language in culture and society 599-609, 1964; reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 495-511, 1970.

1948b Potawatomi I: phonemics, morphophonemics, and morphological survey. IJAL 14:1-10. 1948c Potawatomi II: derivation, personal prefixes, and nouns. IJAL 14:63-73. 1948d Potawatomi III: the verb complex. IJAL 14:139-149. 1948e Potawatomi IV: particles and sample texts. IJAL 14:213-225. 1948/ [Review of] Linguistic structures of native America, by Harry Hoijeretal., 1946. Language 24:183-188. 1950a Reactions to Indian place names. American Speech 25:118-121. 1950b The conjunct modes in Ojibwa and Potawatomi. Language 26:278-28-2.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hockett l953a Errata in Bloomfield's Algonquian sketch. IJAL 19:78. 1953b Short and long syllable nuclei (with examples from Algonquian, Siouan, and Indo-European). IJAL 19:165-171. 1955

A manual of phonology. Indiana University Publications in Anthropology and Linguistics, Memoir II (=IJAL 21.4, part 2). Bloomington. Pp. "i+246. analysis of Fox 129-132, 161-164; other Algonquian passim.

1956a Central Algonquian I tl and I cl. IJAL 22:202-207. l956b [Review of] The human animal, by Weston La Barre, 1954. Language 32:460-469. comments on Algonquian in review only.

1957

Central Algonquian vocabulary: stems in lk-1. IJAL 23:247-268.

1958

A course in modern linguistics. New York: Macmillan. Pp xi+621. see index s.v. Algonquian.

1961

Linguistic elements and their relations. Language 37:29-53. Potawatomi p. 35.

1964

The Proto Central Algonquian kinship system. Ward H. Goodenough, ed., Explorations in cultural anthropology: essays in honor of George Peter Murdock 239-257. New York: McGraw-Hill. cf. Harold Hickerson, A note of inquiry[ ... ], 1967.

1966

What Algonquian is really like. IJAL 32:59-73.

1968

Reply to Haas's comments on Bloomfield's "The Menomini language". American Anthropologist 70:569-570. cf. Mary R. Haas, Addenda to review of Bloomfield's "The Menomini language", 1966.

117

118

Hockett-Algonquian Linguistics

1974

Bloomfield's Menomini lexicon. Algonquian Linguistics 3:3.

1976

A new point d'appui for phonology. LACUS Forum 2:67-90. Columbia, South Carolina. includes Plains Cree and Fox.

1977

Bibliography, 1939-1976. Charles F. Hockett, The view from language: selected essays 1948-1974, pp. 323-329. Athens: University of Georgia Press.

l98la Leonard Bloomfield's Fox and Cree lexicons. Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6: ll. 1981 b The phonological history of Menominee. Anthropological Linguistics 23:51-87. cf. Kenneth L. Miner, Preliminary observations[ ... ], 1981. »

see Ives Goddard, Charles F. Hockett, & Karl V. Teeter, 1972.

_ _,ed. 1970 A Leonard Bloomfield anthology. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Pp. xxix+553. reviewed by Harry Hoijer, 1971; reviewed by Karl V. Teeter, 1971; retoiewed by Zellig S. Harris, 1973. »

see Leonard Bloomfield, Eastern Ojibwa: grammatical sketch, texts and word list, 1958.

>>

see Leonard Bloomfield, Menomini lexicon, 1975.

»

see Leonard Bloomfield, The Menomini language, 1962.

___, & William G. Moulton

1951

Germanic and Algonquian: a modern myth. American Scandinavian Review 39:314-319.

cf. Reider T. Sherwin, The Viking and the red man, 1940.

Hodge, Frederick W. 1899 Rare Indian books found. American Anthropologist n.s. 1:198-199. Eliot Bible, 1685; lndiane [sic] Primer, ca. 1730.

A lgoriquian Linguistics- Hoffman 1948

119

An important Cheyenne manuscript. The Masterkey 22:137-138. reviewed by Thomas A. Sebeok, 1949.

___,ed. 1907 Handbook of American Indians north of Mexico. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30, part 1; part 2, 1910. Washington. Pp. ix+972, 1221; reprint New York: Pageant Books, 1959. contains many etymologies of Algonquian tribal names and of other words (none of which are listed separately in this bibliography); cf. Canada, Geographic Board, Handbook of Indians of Canada [James White, ed.], 1913; reviewed by Clark Wissler, 1907. »

see EdwardS. Curtis, TheN orth American Indian: being a series of volumes picturing and describing the Indians of the United States and Alaska, 1907.

Hoenigswald, Henry M. 1973 The comparative method. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Diachronic, areal, and typological linguistics 51-62. Current trends in linguistics 11. The Hague: Mouton. Algonquian •t, •n and •e (from Henry A. Gleason, ]r., Introduction to descriptive linguistics, second edition, 1961, p. 448 ), pp. 56-57.

Hoffman, Bernard G. 1955a Historical ethnography of the Micmac of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley. l955b Souriquois, Etechemin, and Kw~d~ch: a lost chapter in American ethnography. Ethnohistory 2:65-87. 1955c (Review of] The Micmac Indians of eastern Canada, by Wilson D. Wallis & Ruth S. Wallis, 1955.

Ethnohistory 2:273-277.

1961

Cabot to Cartier: sources for a historical ethnography of northeastern North America 1497-1550. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Pp. xii+287.

Hoffman, Walter J. 1890 Mythology of the Menomini Indians. American Anthropologist o.s. 3:243-258. not in Pilling.

120 1891

Hoffman - Algonquian Linguistics The midewiwin or 'Grand Medicine Society' of the Ojibwa. Bureau of American Ethnology Annual Report 7:143-300. Washington. cf. the manuscript listed in Pilling p. 233.

1896

The Menomini Indians. Bureau of American Ethnology Annual Report 14: l-328. Washington. Reprint New York: Johnson Reprint Corp., 1970, Pp. [ii], [5·]328, [615-]637. Menomini vocabulary 294-328.

Hoffmann, Hans 1956 Assessment of cultural homogeneity among the James Bay Cree. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University. New Haven, Connecticut. Hofmann, Charles, ed. 1968 Frances Densmore and American Indian music: a memorial volume. Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, Contributions 23. New York. Pp. xiii+l27.

Hogman, Wesley L. 1981 Agreement for animacy and gender in the Buffalo Narrows dialect of French/Cee. MASA: Journal of the University of Manitoba Anthropology Students' Association 7:81-94. Winnipeg. Metchif ( Franco·Cree).

Hogue, Shirley, Ida Bear, & Boniface Guimond 1973 A.nicinabe masinaykanan I Odjibwe language pre-primers: teacher's handbook. Winnipeg: Native Education Branch, Manitoba Department of Education. Pp.87.

Hohn, E. Otto 1973 Mammal and bird names in the Indian languages of the Lake Athabasca region. Arctic 26:163-170. Cree.

Hoijer, Harry 1941 Methods in the classification of American Indian languages. Leslie Spier, A. Irving Hallowell, & Stanley S. Newman, eds., Language, culture, and personality: essays in memory of Edward Sapir 3-14. Menasha, Wisconsin.

Algonquian Linguistics- Holland 1946

121

Introduction. Harry Hoijer et al., Linguistic structures of native America 7-29. history of classification.

1965

[Review of] Introduction [to the Handbook of American Indian languages], by Franz Boas [C.I.J.M. Stuart, ed.], 1963. IJAL 31:181-182.

1971

[Review of] A Leonard Bloomfield anthology, ed. by Charles F. Hockett, 1970. Language 47:911-913.

1973

History of American Indian linguistics. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Linguistics in North America 657-676. Current trends in linguistics 10. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Native languages of the Americas 1:3·22. New York: Plenum Press, 1976.

___,ed. » see Leonard Bloomfield, Language history, 1965. ---·Eric P. Hamp, & William Bright 1965 Contributions to a bibliography of comparative Amerindian. IJAL 31:346-353. ___ ,etal. 1946 Linguistic structures of native America. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology 6. New York: Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research. Pp. 423; reprint New York: Johnson Reprint Corp .. 1963. reviewed by H. V. Velten, 1947; rer,iewed by W. D. Preston, 1947; ret~iewed by Charles F. Hockett, /948.

Holder, Preston, ed. » see Franz Boas, Introduction [to Handbook of American Indian languages] [ 1911 ], 1966. ·»

see John Wesley Powell, Indian linguistic families of America north of Mexico [ 1891 ], 1966.

Holland, G. C. 1962 [Review of] The origin and meaning of the Indian place-names of Maryland, by Hamill Kenny, 1961. IJAL 28:296-299.

122

Hollow- Algonquian Linguistics

Hollow, Robert, & Douglas R. Parks 1980 Studies in Plains linguistics: a review. W. Raymond Wood & Margot Liberty, eds., Anthropology on the Great Plains 68-97, Lincoln & London: University of Nebraska Press. Holmer, Nils M. 1946 John Campanius' Lutheran catechism in the Delaware language. Essays and studies on American language and literature 3. Upsala: American Institute in the University of Upsala. Pp. 34. reviewed by Frank G. Speck, 1947.

1948

Indian place names in North America. Essays and studies on American language and literature 7. Upsala: American Institute in the University of Upsala. I Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press. Pp. 44.

1949

Lexical and morphological contacts between Siouan and Algonquian. Lunds Universitets Arsskrift n.s. 45.4. Pp. 36. reviewed by George L. Trager, 1950; reviewed by Morris Swadesh, 1951.

1953

The Ojibway on Walpole Island, Ontario (a linguistic study). Upsala Canadian Studies 4. Upsala: Lundequistska Bokhandeln I Copenhagen: Ejnar Munksgaard. Pp. 92; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1978. reviewed by Tor Ulving, 1954; reviewed by V. Pisani, 1954.

1958

Chapters of comparative Amerindian I-III. Spr~kliga Bidrag 3.11:10-44 (1958); 3.15:27-54 (1960); 3.15:55-66 (1960).

Holmes, E. M. 1884 Medicinal plants used by the Cree Indians, Hudson's Bay Territory. Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions 15.3:302-304. not in Pilling.

Holmes, William H. 1908 The tomahawk. American Anthropologist n.s. I 0:264-276.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hootkins

123

Holmgren, Eric J. 1977 Some observations on place-names in the Canadian Rockies. Onomastica 52:6-ll. Cree place names.

Honigmann, John J. 1953 Social organization of the Attawapiskat Cree Indians. Anthropos 48:809-816. 1956

The Attawapiskat Swampy Cree: an ethnographic reconstruction. University of Alaska Anthropological Papers 5.1:23-82.

1961

Foodways in a muskeg community: an anthropological report on the Attawapiskat Indians. Ottawa: Dept. of Northern Affairs and Natural Resources. Pp. ix+216. written 1948; "A note on language" 212-213, Cree passim.

1962

Social networks in Great Whale River: notes on an Eskimo, Montagnais-Naskapi, and Euro-Canadian community. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 178. Ottawa. Pp. \i+79. kin terms, pp. 62-63.

1981

West Main Cree. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 6:217-230. synonymy by Dat•id H. Pentland.

Hood, Robert 1974 To the Arctic by canoe, 1819-1821: the journal and paintings of Robert Hood, midshipman with Franklin. C. Stuart Houston, ed. Montreal: McGill-Queens University Press. Pp. XXX\+217. Cree natural history terms.

Hooper, Joan B. 1980 A note on reconstructions as evidence for linguistic theory. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 25:21-24. response to Clyne L. Piggott,lmp/ications of linguistic change for concrete phonology,1980.

Hootkins, H. 1940 Some notes on the Ottawa dialect. Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, Papers 26:557-560.

124

Horden- Algonquian Linguistics

Horden, John 1881 A grammar of the Cree language as spoken by the Cree Indians of North America. London: Society for the Promotion of Christian Knowledge. Pp. ,·iii+238; re\'ised edition (in "Plain [sic) Cree"), London: S.P.C.K., 1913, 1934, pp. 209. cf. Pilling p. 237.

Horsefield, Raymond B. 1950 [Review of] James Isham's observations on Hudsons Bay, 1743, and notes and observations on a book entitled "A voyage to Hudsons Bay in the Dobbs galley", 1749, by James Isham [E. E. Rich, ed.], 1949. The Beaver, September 1950, pp. 36-37. 1965

[Review of] Cree language structure and the introduction to a Cree-English dictionary, by Robert A. Logan, 1964. The Beaver, Spring 1965, pp. 56-57.

1975

The Cree language. Raymond B. Horsefield, Odd corners, chapter 13. The Western Producer, July 3, 10, 17. Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. informal account of experiences while learning Cree as a second language.

___,ed. 1961 A Cree Bible dictionary. Toronto: Missionary Society of the Anglican Church of Canada. Pp.l67. text in Cree.

- - - · tr. »

see James Evans, Cree syllabic hymn book (1841], 1954.

Horsford, Ebenezer N., ed. » see David Zeisberger, Zeisberger's Indian dictionary, English, German, Iroquois- the Onondaga, and Algonquin- the Delaware, 1887. Houston, C. Stuart, ed. » see Robert Hood, To the Arctic by canoe, 1819-1821: the journal and paintings of Robert Hood, midshipman with Franklin, 1974. ___, introd. » see Ernest E. Thompson Seton, Ernest Thompson Seton in Manitoba, 1882-1892; 1980.

Algonquian Linguistics- Huden

125

Howard, Irwin 1972 A directional theory of rule application in phonology. Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. xvii+357; also in University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 4.7, 1972, with added "Errata .. following p. vii; Honolulu. Ojibwa 41-44,197-199,251-253, 284-288; Menomini 138-154,164-167, 210-226; cf. Kenneth L. Miner, Through the years with a small language: more trouble with data in linguistic theory, 1979.

1973

Menomini vowel lengthening reconsidered. University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 5.1:111-119. Honolulu.

Howard, James H. 1965 The Plains Ojibwa or Bungi: hunters and warriors of the Northern Prairies. With special reference to the Turtle Mountain Band. South Dakota Museum Anthropology Papers 1. Vermillion, South Dakota. Pp. 165.

Howell, Benita J., RichardS. Levy, & Alvin Luckenbach 1979 What is Dalrymple's Pamunkey? IJAL 45:78-80. "It is quite unlikely that Dalrymple's vocabulary is entirely Pamunkey or even Algonquian."

Howley, J.P. 1915 The Beothucks or Red Indians. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. xx+348; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1974; reprint (with subtitle: The aboriginal inhabitants of Newfoundland) New York: AMS Press, 1979.

Huden, John C. 1957a Adventures in Abnakiland. Vermont History 25:185-193. 1957 b Indian place names in Vermont. Burlington: the author. Pp.32. reviewed by Gordon M. Day, 1958.

1962

Indian place names of New England. Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, Contributions 18. New York. Pp. Xi\'+408. reviewed by Gordon M. Day, 1963; reviewed by Hamill Kenny, 1964.

126

Hulton-Algonquian Linguistics

Hulton, Paul H., & David B. Quinn 1964 The American drawings of John White, 1577-1590, with drawings of European and oriental subjects. London: British Museum I Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 2 \'Ois. Pamlico legends on many of the drawings.

Humber, Alan 1971 Aspects of verb morphology in Newfoundland Micmac. M.A. thesis, Memorial University of Newfoundland. St. John's. Pp. \'+82.

Hungry Wolf, Adolf 1971 Good medicine: companion issue. Golden, B.C.: Good Medicine Books. Pp. 28. Arapaho ghost dance song p. [18].

___, introd. » see Fine Day, My Cree people, 1973. Hunter, Emily, Mathilda Brereton, & Stan Cuthand, eds. » see C. Douglas Ellis, Spoken Cree [1962], 1975. Hunter, William A. 1974 A note on Unalachtigo. Herbert C. Kraft, ed., A Delaware Indian Symposium 147-152. Pennsylvania State Historical and Museum Commission Anthropological Series 4. Harrisburg. Hurley, William M. 1968 The Kickapoo whistle system: a speech surrogate. Plains Anthropologist 13:242-247. Hutchinson, Viola L. 1945 The origin of New Jersey place names. Trenton: New Jersey Public Library Commission. Pp. 33.

Hymes, Dell H. 1961 Alfred Louis Kroeber. Language 37:1-28. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Portrai.ts of linguists 2:400-437. Bloomington: Indiana Vni\'ersity Press, 1966, 1967. obituary.

Algonquian Linguistics- International 1976

127

The Americanist tradition. Wallace L. Chafe, ed., American Indian languages and American linguistics 11-28. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. discussion by Bruce Rigsby 29-33.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Dell H. Hymes, 1953.

___,ed. 1964 Language in culture and society: a reader in linguistics and anthropology. New York: Harper & Row. Pp. XXX\'+764.

International Colportage Mission 1903 A concise dictionary of the Ojibway Indian language, compiled and abridged from larger editions by English and French authors. Part I, English-Ojibway. Toronto & Rochester, New York: International Colportage Mission. Pp.ll5. Cover title: A cheap and concise dictionary of the Ojibway and English languages, compiled for the use of the Ojibway Indians. In two parts: part I, English and Ojibway. (Part II (Ojibway-English, 1907) and second edition of part I (1912) have title: A cheap and concise dictionary in two parts: Ojibway Indian language.]

1907

A cheap and concise dictionary in two parts: Ojibway Indian language. Second part, Ojibway-English. Compiled and abridged from larger editions by English and French authors. Toronto & Rochester, New York: International Colportage Mission. Pp. 177. Cover title: A cheap and concise dictionary of the Ojibway and English languages, compiled for the use of the Ojibway indians. In two parts: part II, Ojibway and English. [Part I ( English-Ojibway, 1903) had title: A concise dictionary of the Ojibway Indian language ... ]

1912

A cheap and concise dictionary in two parts: Ojibway Indian language. Part I, English-Ojibway. Compiled and abridged from larger editions by English and French authors. Second edition. Toronto & Rochester, New York: International Colportage Mission. Pp. 115. Cover title: A cheap and concise dictionary of the Ojibway and English languages, compiled for the use of the Ojibway Indians. In two parts: part I, English and Ojibway. [Second edition of A concise dictionary of the Ojibway Indian language ... (1903 ).]

128

Isaac- Algonquian Linguistics

Isaac, Frank 1976 Migmaaei atogagan ogtjit Listogotj. Tawow 5.2:26. Ottawa. How Restigouche got its name, in Micmac.

Isham, James 1949 James Isham's observations on Hudsons Bay, 1743, and notes and observations on a book entitled "A voyage to Hudsons Bay in the Dobbs galley", 1749. E. E. Rich, ed. Champlain Society, Hudson's Bay Company series 12. Toronto. Pp. cv+352. "A small account of the Indian language in Hudsons Bay [... ]"1-64; reviewed by Raymond B. Horsefield, 1950.

Jacobsen, William H., Jr. 1919a Chimakuan comparative studies. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 792-802. discusses possible relationship to Algonquian.

1919b Wakashan comparative studies. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 766-791. discusses possible relationship to Algonquian.

1981

Inclusive/exclusive: a diffused pronominal category in native western North America. Chicago Linguistic Society, Parasession on pronouns and anaphora 204-227. Chicago. mentions Algonquian as a possible model.

James, C. C. 1905 The origin of "Napanee". Ontario Historical Society Papers and Records 6:47-49. James, Deborah 1979 On raising to subject in James Bay Cree. Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., Linguistique amerindienne 1: syntaxe algonquienne 87-108. James, Edwin, ed. » see John Tanner, A narrative of the captivity and adventures of John Tanner [... ]during thirty years residence among the Indians in the interior of North America, 1830.

Algonquian Linguistics- Johnston

129

Jenness, Diamond 1935 The Ojibwa Indians of Parry Island: their social and religious life. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 78. Ottawa. Pp. ,·i+ll5. reviewed by Truman Michelson, 1936.

Jerome, John » see Watson Williams & John Jerome, 1979. Johns, Alana 1980 Relative clauses and related phenomena in Ojibwa. M.A. thesis, University of Ottawa. Johnson, Byron A. 1972 The Suwanee-Shawnee debate. Florida Anthropologist 25.2:67-72. Johnson, C. Douglas 1972 Globally constrained haplology in Menomini. Papers in Linguistics 5:496-512. Edmonton & Champaign. Johnson, Frederick 1929 Notes on the Ojibwa and the Potawatomi of the Parry Island Reservation, Ontario. Indian Notes 6:193-216. New York: Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation. scattered terms.

1943

Notes on Micmac shamanism. Primitive Man 16.3/4:53-80. scattered terms.

Johnston, Basil 1976 Ojibwa heritage. Toronto: McClelland & Stewart. Pp.l71. words and names with translations passim.

1978

Ojibway language course outline for beginners. Ottawa: Education and Cultural Support Branch, Indian and Northern Affairs. Pp. 100.

130 1979

Johnston- Algonquian Linguistics Ojibway language lexicon for beginners. Ottawa: Education and Cultural Support Branch, Indian and Northern Affairs. Pp. 134.

Jolly, Barbara, ed. see Annie Whiskeychan, [nispititowe ayamimakan » masinahikan] I Cree-English-Cree dictionary [Gerti Murdoch, Margaret Wesley, & Barbara Jolly, eds.], [1976?]. Jones, C. Meredith 1956 Indian, pseudo-Indian place names in the Canadian west. Onomastica 12. Winnipeg: Ukrainian Free Academy of Sciences. Pp.l9.

Jones, David J. 1971 Odawa noun morphology. Jonathan D. Kaye, Glyne L. Piggott, & Kensuke Tokaichi, eds., Odawa Language Project, first report 39-79. 1976

Extracts from A basic Algonquin grammar [1977, sic]. Maniwaki, Quebec: River Desert Band Council. Pp. 121.

1977

A basic Algonquin grammar; for teachers of the language at Maniwaki, Quebec. Maniwaki, Quebec: River Desert Band Council. Pp. 132.

___,ed. 1976 An Algonquin word list showing how Maniwaki-Algonquin words might be written. Maniwaki, Quebec: River Desert Band Council. Pp. i\+38. »

see Annette Smith & David J. Jones, eds., 1976.

___, & Evelyn M. Todd 1971 A revised spelling system for Ojibwa.

Peterborough, Ontario: Department of Anthropology, Trent University.

Pp. 19, mimeo.

Jones, Henry C. see obituary by Truman Michelson, 1912. »

Algonquian Linguistics- Jones

131

Jones, Larry B., & Linda K. Jones 1979 Multiple levels of information in discourse. Linda K. Jones & Robert E,. Longacre, eds., Discourse studies in Mesoamerican languages 1:3-27, Dallas, Texas: Summer Institute of Linguistics I University of Texas, Arlington. Kickapoo examples.

Jones, Linda K. » see Larry B. Jones & Linda K. Jones, 1979. _ __, & Ned R. Coleman

1979

Towards a discourse perspective of modes and tenses in Kickapoo narratives. Linda K. Jones & Robert E. Longacre, eds., Discourse studies in Mesoamerican languages 1:69-95, Dallas, Texas: Summer Institute of Linguistics/ University of Texas, Arlington.

Jones, William 1904 Some principles of Algonquian word-formation. Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1904. New York. also in American Anthropologist n.s. 6:369-411, 1904.

1906a An Algonquin syllabary. Boas anniversary volume 88-93. New York: G. E. Stechert. 1906b The central Algonkian. Ontario [Provincial Museum] Annual Archaeology Report for 1905, pp. 136-146. Toronto. scattered names and terms.

1907

Fox texts. American Ethnological Society Publications 1. Leiden. Pp. \·i+383; reprintl\'e\\· York: AMS Press. 1974.

1911

Algonquian (Fox). Truman Michelson, ed. Franz Boas, ed., Handbook of American Indian languages 1:735-873.

1913

Kickapoo ethnological notes. American Anthropologist 15:332-335.

1917

Ojibwa texts. Truman Michelson, ed. American Ethnological Society Publications 7.1, Leiden I New York; 7.2, New York, 1919. Pp. xxi+501, x+777; reprint 1\'e\\' York: AMS Press, 1974. ret'iewed by Pliny Earle Goddard,I920.

132

Jones - Algonquian Linguistics

1939

Ethnography of the Fox Indians. Margaret Welpley Fisher, ed. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 125. Washington. Pp. x+l56.

»

see Henry M. Ridout, William Jones: Indian, cowboy, American scholar, and anthropologist in the field, 1912.

»

see obituary by Franz Boas, 1909.

___, & Truman Michelson

1915

Kickapoo tales. William Jones, collector; Truman Michelson, tr.

American Ethnological Society Publications 9. Leiden I New York. Pp. v+l43; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1974.

Joseph, Brian 1979 On the animate/inanimate distinction in Cree. Anthropological Linguistics 21:351-354. 1980

Locatives and obviation in Cree. IJAL 46:168-169.

Josselin de Jong, J.P. B. de 1912a A few Otchipwe songs. Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnologie 20:189-190. 1912b Social organization of the Southern Piegans. Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnologie 20:191-197. 1913a Blackfoot texts from the Southern Piegans, Blackfoot Reservation, Teton County, Montana. Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Verhandelingen n.s. 14.4. Pp. h+ls-t.

1913b De waardeeringsonderscheiding van "levend" en "levenloos" in het Indogermaansch vergeleken met hetzelfde verschijnsel in enkele Algonkin-talen: ethno-psychologische studie. Leiden: van der Hoek. Pp. xii+223.

1913c Original Odzibwe-texts with English translation, notes and vocabulary. Baessler-Archiv Beiheft 5. Leipzig & Berlin. Pp. ,·i+54; reprinl New York: Johnson Reprinl Corp .. 1968.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kalm 1953

133

In memoriam Christianus Cornelius Uhlenbeck (18th October 1866-l2th August 1951 ). Lingua 3:243-268. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Portraits of linguists 2:2511-266. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1966, 1967. obituary.

Juneau, Marcel 1975 Un pionnier de la lexicologie quebecoise: le pere PierrePhilippe Potier, s.j. Universite Laval, Departement de langues et linguistique, Travaux, Langues et Linguistique 1:51-68. Quebec. discussion of the work of Pierre-Philippe Potier (1708-1781 ), compiler of a manuscript glossary of 18th-century Canadian French; Algonquian loan words in French 57-58.

Kaa, Mo 1976 The logic of non-European linguistic categories. Rik Pinxten, ed., Universalism versus relativism in language and thought: proceedings of a colloquium on the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis 85-96. The Hague: Mouton. thoughts on Algonquian gender.

Kalm, Pehr 1904 Pehr Kalms resa till Norra Amerika. Fredrik Elfving & Georg Schauman, eds. Svenska litteratursallskapet i Finland, Skrifter nos. 66, 93, 120, 210. Helsingfors, 1904-1929. 4 vols.

1937

Peter Kalm's travels in North America: the English version of 1770, revised from the original Swedish [... ] with a translation of new material from Kalm's diary notes. Adolph B. Benson, ed. New York: Wilson-Erickson. 2 mls.; reprint New York: Dover, 1966.

Montagnais words 2:485; cf. Pilling pp. 273-274.

1966

Resejournal over resan till Norra Amerika. Martti Kerkkonen, ed. Helsingfors: Svenska Litteraturselskapet i Finland. based on original manuscripts.

1972

Travels into North America. John R. Forster, tr. [1770-1771]. Ralph M. Sargent, introd. Barre, Massachusetts: Imprint Society. Pp. xxiv+[l]+514+[1]. Montagnais words 457; cj. Pilling pp. 273-274.

134

Kapesh- Algonquian Linguistics

Kapesh, An Antane 1976 Eukuan nin matshimanitu innu-iskueu I Je suis une maudite sauvagesse. Jose Mailhot, tr. Montreal: Editions Lemeac. Pp. 238+[iii]. An Antane Kapesh also known as Anne Andre; tr. en collaboration avec AnneMarie Andre et Andre Mailhot.

1979

Tante nana etutamin nitassi? I Qu'as-tu fait demon pays? Les Traductions montagnaises Sept-lies & Jose Mailhot, trs. Montreal: Les Editions impossibles. 2 \'Ois.; Pp. 93, 83.

Kaye, Jonathan D. l971a A case of local ordering in Ojibwa. Jonathan D. Kaye, Clyne L. Piggott, & Kensuke Tokaichi, eds., Odawa Language Project, first report 3-10. 1971 b Selectional restrictions and the Algonquian animate-inanimate classification. Jonathan D. Kaye, Clyne L. Piggott, & Kensuke Tokaichi, eds., Odawa Language Project, first report 80-91. 1973

Odawa stress and related phenomena. Clyne L. Piggott & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Odawa Language Project, second report 42-50.

l974a Morpheme structure constraints live! Recherches linguistiques a Montreal I Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics 3:55-62. an Odawa word structure constraint 56-57.

1974b Opacity and recoverability in phonology.

Canadian Journal of Linguistics 19:134-149.

examples from Ojibwa.

l975a A functional explanation for rule ordering in phonology.

Chicago Linguistic Society, Parasession on functionalism 244-252. Chicago.

1975b Contraintes profondes en phonologie: les emprunts. Cahiers de linguistique de l'Universite du Quebec a Montreal 5:87-101. 1975c [Review of] Plains Cree: a grammatical study, by H. Christoph

Wolfart, 1973. American Anthropologist 77:445-446.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kaye 1978

135

Rule mitosis: the historical development of Algonquian palatalization. Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Linguistic studies of native Canada 143-156.

1979a On the alleged correlation of markedness and rule-function. Daniel A. Dinnsen, ed., Current approaches to phonological theory 272-280. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. includes data on allophonic consonant voicing from Lac Simon Algonquin.

1979b The Algonquian languages of Canada. J. K. Chambers, ed., The languages of Canada 20-53. Montreal: Didier. a survey of current work as of ca. 1974.

1979c The Indian languages of Canada. J. K. Chambers, ed., The languages of Canada 15-19. Montreal: Didier. brief survey of early research; list of languages with number of speakers, approximately as of 1974.

1980

II etait une fois deux voyelles. Cahiers de linguistique de l'Universite du Quebec a Montreal 10:[ ].

1981

Recoverability, abstractness and phonotactic constraints. D. L. Goyvaerts, ed., Phonology in the 1980's 469-481. Ghent: E. Story-Scientia.

»

see Diane Daviault, M. Dufresne, S. Girouard, Jonathan D. Kaye, & P. Legault, 1978.

___,ed. see Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., 1978. » »

see Clyne L. Piggott & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., 1973.

- - - · & Barbara Nykiel

1979

Loan words and abstract phonotactic constraints. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 24:71-93.

Sections 2 and 3 [pp. 76-83] on loan words in Lac Simon Algonquin and Odawa.

- - - · & Clyne L. Piggott

1973

On the cyclical nature of Ojibwa t-palatalization. Clyne L. Piggott & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Odawa Language Project, second report 3-27.

also in Linguistic Inquiry -1:3-15-362, 1973.

136

Kaye- Algonquian Linguistics

- - - · Glyne L. Piggott, & Kensuke Tokaichi, eds. 1971 Odawa Language Project, first report. University of Toronto Anthropology Series 9. Toronto. Pp. iv+201; reprint (omitting the dictionary). 1973, Pp. \'+139.

- - - · & Peter H. Roosen-Runge 1971 The CPS text editor for the Odawa dictionary. Toronto: Odawa Language Project, Centre for Linguistic Studies, University of Toronto. Pp. 23, mimeo.

Keating, William H. 1825 Narrative of an expedition to the source of St. Peter's River, Lake Winnepeek, Lake of the Woods, &c. [1824]. London: Geo. B. Whittaker. 2 \'ols.; Pp. xiii+458, \'i+248 +Appendix; reprint in one \'olume (with omissions), Roy P. Johnson, introd., Minneapolis: Ross & Haines, 1959. Sauk, Ojibwa and Cree vocabularies; cf. Pilling p. 276.

Keewaydinoquay 1978 Puhpohwee for the People: a narrative account of some uses of fungi among the Ahnishinaubeg. Harvard University Botanical Museum, Ethnomycological Studies 5. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. \'iii+44. scattered Ojibwa terms from Michigan.

Kegg, Maude 1976 Gii-ikwezensiwiyaan I When I was a little girl: memories of Indian childhood in Minnesota. John D. Nichols, ed. Minnesota: Onamia. Pp.29. texts in Ojibwa and English.

1978

Gabekanaansing I At the end of the trail: memories of Chippewa childhood in Minnesota. John D. Nichols, ed. University of Northern Colorado Museum of Anthropology, Occasional Publications in Anthropology, Linguistic Series 4. Greeley, Colorado I Thunder Bay, Ontario: the author. Pp. x+85. texts in Ojibwa and English; includes 1976 t•olume; rel'iewed by George F. Aubin,1981; rel'iewed by Laurel f. Watkins, 1981.

Kehoe, Alice B. » see Thomas F. Kehoe & Alice B. Kehoe, 1974.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kenny

137

Kehoe, Thomas F., & Alice B. Kehoe 1974 The identification of the Fall or Rapid Indians. Plains Anthropologist 19:231-232. Atsina identified as Hidatsa

Kelkar, Ashok R. 1965 Participant placement in Algonquian and Georgian. IJAL 31:195-205. Kelsey, Henry 1708 A dictionary of the Hudson's-Bay Indian language [by Henry Kelsey). [London, 1708?). Pp. 7. cf. Pilling pp. 54-55 [s.v. Bowrey]; cf. H. Christoph Wolfart & David H. Pentland, The "Bowrey" dictionary and Henry Kelsey, 1979.

1929

The Kelsey papers. Arthur G. Doughty & Chester Martin, eds. Ottawa: Public Archives of Canada & Public Record Office of Nor them Ireland. Pp. lxxxiii+I28. "Arrabeck or indian language of hudsons bay" (text) 60-61.

Kennicutt, Lincoln N. 1909 Indian names of places in Plymouth, Middleborough, Lakeville and Carver. Worcester, Massachusetts: Commonwealth Press. Pp. 50.

Kenny, Hamill 1961 The origin and meaning of the Indian place names of Maryland. Baltimore: Waverley Press.

Pp. xix, 186. reviewed by G. C. Holland, 1962; reviewed by A. R. Dunlap, 1962.

1964

[Review of] Indian place names of New England, by John C. Huden, 1962. Names 12:235-238.

1965

[Review of] The Indian place-names on Long Island and islands adjacent with their probable significations, by William W. Tooker [Alexander F. Chamberlain, ed.), 1911. Names 13:58-61.

1976

Place-names and dialects: Algonquian. Names 24:86-100.

138

Kent- Algonquian Linguistics

Kent, Roland G. 1934 [Review of] Language, by Leonard Bloomfield, 1933. Language 10:40-51. Reprinted in Charles F. Hockett. ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 266-277. 1970. added note by George M. Bolling includes discussion of Menomini.

Kerkkonen, Martti, ed. » see Pehr Kalm, Resejournalover resan till Norra Amerika, ed. by Martti Kerkkonen, 1966. Kew, J. E. Michael, ed. » see Frank G. Speck, Naskapi [1935], 1977. Kilpatrick, Jack 1946 The possible relationship of content to form in certain Gros Ventre songs. Master of Music dissertation, Catholic University of America. Washington. King, D. R. 1956 Big rock. Canadian Geographical Journal53:80-83. etymology of 0 kotoks.

Kingfisher Indian Day School 1970 Our Cree dictionary, by the children of Kingfisher Indian Day School, Kingfisher Lake, via Central Patricia, Ontario, Canada. R. V. F. Ryan, teacher. Education Division, Indian Affairs Branch, Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Toronto. Pp. 79. contains 37 words of Severn Ojibwa in syllabics and Roman (unsystematic) with English translations.

Kinietz, Vernon 1939 Birch bark records among the Chippewa. Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings 49:38-40. ___,ed. » see C. C. Trowbridge, Meearmeear traditions, 1938. - - - · & Erminie Wheeler Voegelin, eds. »

see C. C. Trowbridge, Shawnee traditions: C. C. Trowbridge's account [ca. 1824], 1939.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kroeber

139

Kinkade, M. Dale 1980 [Review of] Linguistic studies of native Canada, ed. by Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, 1978. Language 56:891-893. Kinsella, Norman 1972 The vowel system of Blackfoot. M.A. thesis, University of Calgary. Pp. viii+47.

Kloss, Heinz, & Grant D. McConnell, eds. 1978 The written languages of the world: a survey of the degree and modes of use. Vol. 1: The Americas. International Center for Research on Bilingualism Publications, Inventories 2. Quebec: Les Presses de l'Universite Laval. Pp. 633. Cree 190-198, Ojibwa 208-216, Algonquin 217-219, Atikamekw 220-222, Blackfoot 223-225, Micmac 229-231, Montagnais 232-234.

Knauss, Pierre 1966 Mikmak tribal bibliography. Terra ameriga 2.6:24-26. Knight, Mabel 1925 Wampanoag Indian tales. Journal of American Folklore 38:134-137. Knox, John 1914 An historical journal of the campaigns in North America for the years 1757, 1758, 1759, and 1760 [1769]. Arthur G. Doughty, ed. Champlain Society Publications 8-10. Toronto, 1914-1916. 3 vols. 8 October 1759: "Having, in the course of this campaign, procured a curious Indian manuscript grammar, composed by a French missionary, I transmitted it, this day, to England ... " (2:232 ); extract (59 words, actually from Lahontan) in footnote, (2:232-233 ); editor's footnote, giving equivalents from Lemoine 1909, pp. 233-234; cj. Pilling p. 279.

Kroeber, Alfred Louis 1902 The Arapaho. American Museum of Natural History Bulletin 18:1-150 (1902), 151-230 (1904), 279-454 (1907). first part reviewed by james Mooney, 1903.

1907

Gros Ventre myths and tales. American Museum of Natural History Anthropological Papers 1:55-139, 145-281.

140 1908

Kroeber- Algonquian Linguistics Ethnology of the Gros Ventre. American Museum of Natural History Anthropological Papers 1.4:141-281. many Atsina terms passim.

1911

The languages of the coast of California north of San Francisco. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 9:273-435. Wiyot 384-413; Yurok 414-426.

1913

The determination of linguistic relationship. Anthropos 8:389-401. grammarvs. lexicon, and diffusion vs. genetic relationship, in Wiyot, Yurok, and other languages of California.

1916

Arapahodialects. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 12:71-138.

1917

California kinship systems. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 12:339-396. Yurok 374-376.

1918

[Review of] The adverbial and prepositional prefixes in Blackfoot, by Gerardus Johannes Geers, 1917. IJAL 1:184-185.

1925

Handbook of the Indians of California. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 78. Washington. Pp. xviii+995; reprint Berkeley: California Book Co., 1953. Yurok 1-97; Wiyot 112-120.

1928

Laws of the Yurok Indians. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 22.2:511-516.

1934

Yurok and neighboring kin term systems. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 35:15-22. Reprinted in Alfred Louis Kroeber, The nature of culture 196-201, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1952.

1941

Some relations of linguistics and ethnology. Language 17:287-291. includes Wiyot, Yurok, Algonquian, Macro-Aigonquian.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kroskrity 1945

141

A Yurok war reminiscence: the use of autobiographical evidence. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 1:318-332. a few placenames passim.

1955

Linguistic time depth results so far and their meaning. IJAL 21:91-104.

1960a Statistics, Indo-European, and taxonomy. Language 36: 1-21. 1960b Yurok speech usages. Stanley Diamond, ed., Culture in history: essays in honor of Paul Radin 993-999. New York. »

see Alfred M. Tozzer & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1936.

»

see Ann J. Gibson & John H. Rowe, A bibliography of the publications of Alfred Louis Kroeber (1876-1969), 1961.

»

see George A. Dorsey & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1903.

»

see Gladys Nomland & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1936.

»

see Robert Spott & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1942.

»

see Roland B. Dixon & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1903.

»

see Roland B. Dixon & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1907.

»

see Roland B. Dixon & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1912.

»

see Roland B. Dixon & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1913.

»

see Roland B. Dixon & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1919.

»

see T. T. Waterman & Alfred Louis Kroeber, 1934.

»

see obituary by Dell H. Hymes, 1961.

Kroskrity, Paul V. 1981 (Review of] Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference, ed. by William Cowan, 1979. Language 57:509-510.

142

Kuhm -Algonquian Linguistics

Kuhm,H. W. 1952 Indian place-names in Wisconsin. Wisconsin Archaeologist 33:1-157. Kurath, Gertrude Prokosch 1957 Catholic hymns of Michigan Indians. Anthropological Quarterly 30.2:31-44. European influences on Ojibwa music; includes Ojibwa song texts.

Lacombe, Albert see Frederic Baraga, A dictionary of the Otchipwe language[ ... ], » 1878. »

see Georges Lemoine, Le genie de la langue algonquine, 1907.

Lahontan, Louis Armand qe Lorn d'Arce, baron de 1905 New voyages to North-America[ ... ] reprinted from the English edition of 1703. Reuben Gold Thwaites, ed. Chicago: A. C. McClurg. 2 \'Ols.; Pp. xciii+407, vii. [409-]797. A short dictionary of the most universal language of the savages 732-748; cf. Pilling pp. 290-291.

1974

Voyages du baron de Lahontan dans !'Amerique septentrionale. Montreal: Editions Elysee. new edition with corrections and additions; cf. Pilling pp. 288-295.

Laidlaw, George E. 1914 Ojibwa myths and tales. Ontario [Provincial Museum] Annual Archaeological Report 26:77-79; 27:71-90, 1915; 28:84-92, 1916; 30:74-110, 1918; 32:66-85, 1920; 33:84-99, 1921; 35:34-80, 1924. Toronto. scattered terms.

Lamb, Sydney M. 1964 Linguistic diversification and extinction in North America. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 25.2:457-464. Lamb, W. Kaye, ed. see Alexander Mackenzie, The journals and letters of Sir » Alexander Mackenzie, 1970. Landar, Herbert]. 1961 Reduplication and morphology. Language 37:239-246. Cree and Ojibwa.

Algonquian Linguistics- Lasley »

143

see James A. Boon, William C. Sturtevant, Ives Goddard, & Herbert Landar, 1973.

Landes, Ruth 1937 Ojibwa sociology. Columbia University Contributions to Anthropology 29. New York. Pp. [\·i]+144; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1969. terms from Emo Reserve, Rainy River, Ontario.

1938

The abnormal among the Ojibwa Indians. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 33:14-33.

1968

Ojibwa religion and the Midewiwin. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. Pp. 262. glossary 239-241.

1970

The Prairie Potawatomi: tradition and ritual in the twentieth century. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. Pp. xii+420. "Some personal names[ ... ]" 355-400, "Topash's prayer" [text with interlinear translation]404-407, glossary 409-410; many other terms passim.

Laplante, Louise, & Jose Mailhot 1972 Essai d'analyse d'un chant montagnais. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 2.2:2-19. Larouche, Leonidas 1972 Le second registre de Tadoussac, 1668-1700. Collection Tekouerimat l. Montreal: Presses de l'Universite du Quebec. Pp. xi\+215. contains a large number of Montagnais names; the first register is not extant; cf. Leo P. Hebert, Le troisieme registre de Tadoussac, 1976.

Lasley, Mary 1902 Sac and Fox tales. Journal of American Folklore 15:170-178. partly in Fox (syllabary).

144

Latham- Algonquian Linguistics

Latham, Robert G. 1848 On the Shyenne numerals. British Association for the Advancement of Science, Report of the 17th meeting [Oxford, June 1847], Transactions of the Sections, p. 123. Reprinted in James Mooney, The Cheyenne Indians 435-436, 1907. abstract; first announcement that Cheyenne is Algonquian; not in Pilling.

Laurent, Stephen 1960 New Hampshire's first language. New Hampshire Archaeologist 10:5-6. Concord, New Hampshire. Law, Howard W. 1971 Rank fused person morphemes and matrix methodology in Arapaho (Algonkin). Linguistics 75:5-30. Lawler, John, & Richard Rhodes 1981 Athematic metaphors. Chicago Linguistic Society Papers 17:333-347. Lawson, John 1967 A new voyage to Carolina [1709]. Hugh T. Lefler, ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. Pp. li,+305. cf. Pilling p. 300.

Layng, Theodore E., ed. see William F. Ganong, Crucial maps in the early cartography » and place-nomenclature of the Atlantic coast of Canada [1929-1937]. 1964. Leach, Frederick 1976 59 years with Indians and settlers on Lake Winnipeg. [Berens River, Manitoba: R. C. Mission.] Pp. 78; reprint, 60 years with Indians and settlers on Lake Winnipeg. [n.d.]. "Remedies used by Indians in olden days," pp. 39-42: Ojibu•a, English and Latin names of plants, with details of preparation; other Ojibwa words and phrases passim.

Leacock, Eleanor B. see EdwardS. Rogers & Eleanor B. Leacock, 1981. » ___ ,ed. see Lewis Henry Morgan, Ancient society, 1963. »

Algonquian Linguistics - Lees

145

Leake, Brenda M. 1964 The phonological system of Blackfoot. M.A. thesis, Cornell University. Ithaca, New York. cf. Brenda M. Lowery, The phonological system of Blackfoot, 1979. »

see also Brenda M. Lowery.

Leavitt, Robert M. 1979 Language and the community: the Passamaquoddy Bilingual Program. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 60-65. LeClercq, Chrestien 1910 New relation of Gaspesia, with the customs and religion of the Gaspesian Indians [1691]. William F. Ganong, ed. Champlain Society Publications 5. Toronto. Pp. xv+452. Micmac hieroglyphics 21-33,126-135, 355-359; many Micmac words passim; cf. Pilling pp. 305-306.

Lee, Hong Bae see George F. Aubin & Hong Bae Lee, 1968. » Leechman, Douglas, & Robert A. Hall, Jr. 1955 American Indian pidgin English: attestations and grammatical peculiarities. American Speech 30:163-171. Lees, Jim 1978 Relative clauses and Cree grammar. M.A. thesis, University of Toronto. 1979

A mini-grammar of Cree-Montagnais. Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., Linguistique amerindienne 1: syntaxe algonquienne 109-147.

»

see Alan Ford & Jim Lees, 1979.

___,ed. see Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., 1979. »

146

Leeson-Algonquian Linguistics

Leeson, Michael A., & Damon Clarke 1881 History of Saginaw county, Michigan; together with sketches of its cities, villages and townships, educational religious, civil, military, and political history; portraits of its prominent persons and biographies of representative citizens. Chicago: Chas. C. Chapman & Co. Pp. 3+[ 17]-960; [pp. 693-714 wanting, pp. 877-878 omitted in pagination). Ojibwa materials 117-140; not in Pilling.

Lefebvre, Gilles R. 1953 La famille linguistique algonquine, etude d'ensemble. M.A. thesis, Universite de Montreal. Lefebvre, Madeleine 1969 Quand un recit m'etaitlivre. Interpretation 3.4:53-66. 1970

Tshakabesh, un recit montagnais-naskapi. M.A. thesis, Universite de Montreal.

1971

Tshakapesh, recits montagnais-naskapi. Collection Civilisation du Quebec, serie Cultures amerindiennes 4. Quebec: Ministere des affaires culturelles. Pp. 171.

Lefler, Hugh T., ed. » see John Lawson, A new voyage to Carolina [ 1709], 1967. Legault, P. » see Diane Daviault, M. Dufresne, S. Girouard, Jonathan D. Kaye, & P. Legault, 1978. Leland, Charles G., & J. Dyneley Prince 1902 Kuloskap the master, and other Algonkin poems. New York: Funk & Wagnalls. Pp. 370. glossary 361-370.

Leman, Wayne 1977 Remarks on Cheyenne obviation and pluralization. Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota, Workpapers 21:89-113. Huntington Beach, California. 1979

Cheyenne grammar notes. Lame Deer, Montana: Northern Cheyenne Bilingual Education Program. Pp. \·ii+227.

Algonquian Linguistics- Lemoine

147

1980a A reference grammar of the Cheyenne language. University of Northern Colorado Museum of Anthropology, Occasional Publications in Anthropology, Linguistic Series 5. Greeley, Colorado. 2 \'O)s.; Pp. \'ii+I37, (138-)227.

1980b Evidence for a PA •k: Cheyenne n correspondence. IJAL 46:316-318. 1980c Recent lexical work in Cheyenne. Algonquian Linguistics 5:35-37. 1980d Some Cheyenne consonant alternations: synchronic and diachronic views. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Eleventh Algonquian Conference 262-273. 1981a Cheyenne linguistics bibliography. Busby, Montana: the author. Pp. 3; mimeo.

1981 b Cheyenne pitch rules. IJAL 47:283-309. ___,ed. 1980 Cheyenne texts: an introduction to Cheyenne literature, told by Cheyennes. University of Northern Colorado Museum of Anthropology, Occasional Publications in Anthropology, Linguistic Series 6. Greeley, Colorado. Pp. ix+92; also Eastlake, Colorado: Summer Institute of Linguistics; pp. \'+93.

___, & Richard Rhodes

1978

Cheyenne vowel devoicing. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 3-24.

Lemoine, Georges 1901 Dictionnaire fran> Velten, H. V. 1947 [Review of] Linguistic structures of native America, by Harry Hoijer et al., 1946. Word3:149-l53. Vennum, Thomas, Jr. 1978 Ojibwa origin-migration songs of the mitewiwin. Journal of American Folklore 91:753-791.

262 1980

Vennum- Algonquian Linguistics A history of Ojibwa song form. Selected Reports in Ethnomusicology 3:43-75. University of California, Los Angeles. includes musical transcriptions and song texts.

___, introd. » see Frances Densmore, Chippewa music, 1973. Verwyst, Chrysostom 1892 Geographical names in Wisconsin, Minnesota and Michigan having a Chippewa origin. Wisconsin State Historical Society Collections 12:390-398. 1901

Chippewa exercises, being a practical introduction into the study of the Chippewa language. Harbor Springs, Michigan: Holy Childhood School Print. Pp. iv+494+vi.

1916

A glossary of Chippewa Indian names of rivers, lakes, and villages. Acta et Dicta 4:253-274.

1971

Chippewa exercises [190 I]. John D. Nichols, in trod. Minneapolis: Ross & Haines. Pp. ix+iv+494+vi.

Vickers, Chris 1970 [Review of] Andrew Graham's observations on Hudson's Bay 1767-91, by Andrew Graham [Glyndwr William, ed.; Richard Glover, introd.], 1969. The Beaver, Summer 1970, pp. 68, 70. Vinay, Jean-Paul 1955a Classification de Ia famille linguistique algonquin-ritwan. Anthropologica 1:103-118. 1955b Les manuscrits amerindiens de Quebec. Jacob Fried, ed., A survey of the aboriginal populations of Quebec and Labrador 74-84. Eastern Canadian Anthropological Series I. Montreal: McGill University. 1957

Reflexions sur Ia cueillette de documents ethno-linguistiques. Anthropologica 5:131-146. Ottawa. Montagnais.

Algonquian Linguistics- Voegelin 1964

Probh~mes de linguistique au Nouveau-Quebec. Jean Malaurie & Jacques Rousseau, eds., Le Nouveau-Quebec: contributions a l'etude de I' occupation humaine 255-275. Paris & The Hague: Mouton.

suroey of the Algonquian languages spoken in Quebec.

1981

263

Note sur l'elargissement possibledu terme 'canadianisme'. Canadian Journal of Linguistics I Revue canadienne de Linguistique 26:150-159. Algonquian loan words in French, 153 and passim.

Vincent, Sylvie 1973 Structure du rituel: Ia tente tremblante et le concept de mista.pe.w. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 3.1-2:69-83. 1974

Situation des langues amerindiennes au Quebec. Recherches Amerindiennes au Quebec 4.3:20-24.

1977

Structures comparees du rite et des mythes de Ia tente tremblante. William Cowan, ed., Actes du Huitieme Congres des Algonquinistes 90-100.

1978

Tradition orale et action politique montagnaises: le cas de Ia Riviere Natashquan. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Ninth Algonquian Conference 138-145.

»

see Jose Mailhot, J.-P. Simard, & Sylvie Vincent, 1980.

Viola, Herman, introd. >> see Thomas L. McKenney, Sketches of a tour to the lakes( ... ] (1827], 1972. Vizenor, Gerald R., ed. l965a Anishenabe adisokan I Tales of the people. Minneapolis: Norlin Press.

I965b Anishenabe nagomen I Songs of the people. Minneapolis: Norlin Press. originally published in The Progress (the weekly newspaper of White Earth Reservation) in 1887 and 1888.

Voegelin, Carl F. 1935 Shawnee phonemes. Language 11:23-37.

264 1936

Voegelin- Algonquian Linguistics Productive paradigms in Shawnee. Robert H. Lowie, ed., Essays in anthropology presented to A. L. Kroeber 391-403. Berkeley: University of California Press.

l938a Direction of linguistic change. Indiana Academy of Sciences Proceedings 47:48-49. Algonquian.

l938b Shawnee stems and the Jacob P. Dunn Miami dictionary. Indiana Historical Society Prehistory Research Series I :63-108, 135-167, 289-323, 345-406, 409-478 ( 1938-1940). Indianapolis. reviewed by Frank T. Siebert, Jr., 1941.

l938c [Review of] A concise Blackfoot grammar based on material from the Southern Peigans, by C. C. Uhlenbeck, 1938. American Anthropologist 40:726-728. 1939

The Lenape and Munsee dialects of Delaware, an Algonquian language. Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings 49:34-37.

l940a The position of Blackfoot among the Algonquian languages. Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, Papers 26:505-512. l940b [Review of] Etudes phonologiques dediees a Ia memoire de M. le prince N. S. Trubetzkoy, 1939. Language 16:251-257. Bloomfield's Menomini morphophonemics reviewed 255-257.

l94la North American Indian languages still spoken and their genetic relationships. Leslie Spier, A. Irving Hallowell, & Stanley S. Newman, eds., Language, culture, and personality, essays in honor of Edward Sapir 15-40. Menasha, Wisconsin. 1941 b Proto-Algonquian consonant clusters in Delaware. Language 17:143-147. 1941 c Word distortion in Delaware Big House and Walam 0 Iurn songs. Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings 51 :48-54. l942a Bibliography of American Indian linguistics 1938-41. Language 18:133-139.

Algonquian Linguistics- Voegelin

265

1942b [Review of] A grammar of Lakota, by Eugene Buechel, 1939; The Kalispel language, by Hans Vogt, 1940. Language 18:69-73. Ojibwa 70, resemblance between Salish and Algonquian 71.

1945a Delaware texts. IJAL 11:105-119. from Oklahoma.

1945b Influence of area on American Indian linguistics. Word 1:54-58. Reprinted in Dell H. Hymes, ed., Language in culture and society 638-640, 1964.

1946

Delaware, an eastern Algonquian language. Harry Hoijer et al., Linguistic structures of native America 130-157.

1951

Culture, language, and the human organism. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 7:357-373. Kickapoo and Shawnee mentioned.

I 952a Edward Sapir. Word Study 27:1-3. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Portraits of linguists 2:439-492. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1966. 1967. obituary.

1952b [Review of] La structure de Ia phrase dans les Iangues indigenes de I'Amerique du Nord, by Tadeusz Milewski, 1950. Language 28:405-410. 1953

From FL (Shawnee) to TL (English): autobiography of a woman. IJAL 19:1-25.

1959

[Review of] Eastern Ojibwa, by Leonard Bloomfield [Charles F. Hockett, ed. ], 1958. Language 35:109-125.

1969

[Review of] Contributions to anthropology: linguistics I (Algonquian), ed. by A. D. Deblois, 1967. American Anthropologist 71:366-367.

>>

see Robert A. Black, C. F. Voegelin: bibliography, 1975.

266

Voegelin - Algonquian Linguistics

___, & Zellig S. Harris

1945

Index to the Franz Boas Collection of materials for American linguistics. Language Monograph 22. Baltimore: Linguistic Society of America. Pp. 43.

1947

The scope of linguistics. American Anthropologist 49:588-600. Algonquian 598.

___, & Dell H. Hymes

1953

A sample of North American Indian dictionaries with reference to acculturation. American Philosophical Society Proceedings 97:634-644.

- - - · & Joe E. Pierce

1954

Validity of translations of the Walam Olum. Carl F. Voegelin et al., Walam Olum or Red Score 216-225.

---·Florence M. Robinett, & Nancy P. Hickerson 1953 From FL (Shawnee) to TL (English): some differences between two versions of the autobiography. IJAL 19:106-117. ___, & Erminie Wheeler Voegelin

1935

Shawnee name groups. American Anthropologist 37:617-635.

1946

Linguistic considerations of northeastern North America. Frederick Johnson, ed., Man in northeastern North America 178-194. RobertS. Peabody Foundation for Archaeology, Papers 3. Andover, Massachusetts.

___, & Florence M. Voegelin

1964

Languages of the world: native America fascicle one. Anthropological Linguistics 6.6.

Pp.l49.

1965

Languages of the world: native America fascicle two. Anthropological Linguistics 7. 7.i. Pp. 150.

1966

Index of languages of the world. Anthropological Linguistics 8.6 (A-L), 8.7 (M-Z). Pp. xiv+222, iii+202.

Algonquian Linguistics- Voegelin 1967

267

[Review of] Die nordamerikanischen Indianersprachen, by Heinz-Jiirgen Pinnow, 1964. Language 43:573-583. on classification methods.

1976

Some recent (and not so recent) attempts to interpret semantics of native languages in North America. Wallace L. Chafe, ed., American Indian languages and American linguistics 75-98. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. Noun incorporation in Shawnee 84-87; discussion by Ronald W. Langacker 99·104.

1977

Classification and index of the world's languages. New York: Elsevier. Pp. 658. Algonquian 14-17.

- - - · & John F. Yegerlehner

1957

Toward a definition of formal style, with examples from Shawnee. Studies in folklore presented to Stith Thompson, 141-150. Indiana University Publications, Folklore series 9. Bloomington.

___,John F. Yegerlehner, & Florence M. Voegelin 1954 Shawnee laws: perceptual statements for the language and for the content. Harry Hoijer, ed., Language in culture 32-46. American Anthropological Association Memoirs 79 I Chicago: University of Chicago Press. ___,eta!. 1954 Walam Olum or Red Score; the migration legend of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians. Indianapolis: Indiana Historical Society. Pp. xiv+379.

1963

Obtaining an index of phonological differentiation from the construction of non-existent minimax systems. IJAL 29:4-28.

Voegelin, Erminie Wheeler 1940 Culture parallels to the Delaware Walam Olum. Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings 49:28-31. 1941

Notes on Ojibwa-Ottawa pictography. Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings 51 :44-4 7.

268

Voegelin - Algonquian Linguistics

1954

Parallels to the Delaware Walam Olum. Carl F. Voegelin et al., Walam Olum or Red Score 286-291.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Erminie Wheeler Voegelin, 1935.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Erminie Wheeler Voegelin, 1946.

___,ed. 1959 Some remarks and annotations concerning the traditions, customs, languages &c of the Indians in North America, from the memoirs of the Reverend David Zeisberger, and other missionaries of the United Brethren. Ethnohistory 6:42-69. Delaware (and Mahican) vocabulary 57-64; other words passim. »

see C. C. Trowbridge, Shawnee traditions [Vernon Kinietz & Erminie Wheeler Voegelin, eds. ], 1939.

Voegelin, Florence M. see Carl F. Voegelin & Florence M. Voegelin, 1964. » »

see Carl F. Voegelin & Florence M. Voegelin, 1965.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Florence M. Voegelin, 1966.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Florence M. Voegelin, 1967.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Florence M. Voegelin, 1976.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Florence M. Voegelin, 1977.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin, John F. Yegerlehner, & Florence M. Voegelin, 1954.

»

see also Florence M. Robinett.

Vogel, Virgil J. 1969 [Review of] Indian place-names: their origin, evolution, and meanings, collected in Kansas from the Siouan, Algonquian, Shoshonean, Caddoan, Iroquoian, and other tongues, by John Rydjord, 1968. Names 17:235-237.

Algonquian Linguistics- Voorhis

269

Voorhis, Paul H. 1967 A grammar of Kickapoo. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University. New Haven, Connecticut. Pp. xvii+307.

197la New notes on the Mesquakie (Fox) language. IJAL 37:63-75. 1971 b Notes on Kickapoo whistle speech. IJAL 37:238-243. 1972

The pronunciation of Saulteaux. Linguistic Circle of Manitoba and North Dakota Proceedings 12:28-32. Winnipeg.

1974

Introduction to the Kickapoo language. Indiana University Research Center for the Language Sciences, Language Science Monographs 13. Bloomington. Pp. xiv+ 120.

1977a Notes on Kickapoo derivation. IJAL 43:42-55. 1977 b Some observations on the loss of semi vowels in Central Algonquian languages. Linguistic Circle of Manitoba and North Dakota Proceedings 16/17:42-44. Winnipeg. 1978

Some glottochronologic dates for Algonquian and Siouan peoples. Archae-facts: Journal of the Archaeological Society of Southwestern Manitoba 5.4:8-18. Brandon, Manitoba.

1979

Grammatical notes on the Penobscot language from Frank Speck's Penobscot Transformer Tales. University of Manitoba Anthropology Papers 24. Winnipeg. Pp. 83.

1980

Intonation in Algonquian. Algonquian Linguistics 5:37-38. abstract.

1981

Varieties of Cree speech in Manitoba. Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6:26. author's abstract.

270

Voorhis- Algonquian Linguistics

___,etal. 1972 Manitoba Cree grammar and phrase book. Brandon, Manitoba: Department of Native Studies, Brandon U ni versi ty. paginated by chapter; mimeo. the title page lists Roberta Beardy and 12 further contributors.

1976

A Saulteaux (Ojibwe) phrase book based on the dialects of Manitoba. Brandon, Manitoba: Department of Native Studies, Brandon University. 2 vols.; paginated by chapter; handwritten, mimeo. the title page lists Charles Bittern and 41 further contributors.

1977

A Cree phrase book based on the dialects of Manitoba. Brandon, Manitoba: Department of Native Studies, Brandon University. paginated by chapter; handwritten, mimeo. revised edition of 1972 work; the title page lists William Ballantyne and 20 further contributors.

Wagner, J.P. 1979 Cree playing-card terms. Algonquian Linguistics 5:25-27. 1981

Note on the reciprocal of Cree wapam- 'see'. Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6:9-10.

Waite, Robert, introd. » see Alexander Mackenzie, Voyages from Montreal[ ... ) to the frozen and Pacific Oceans in the years 1789 and 1793 [1801 ]; 1902. Walker, Willard 1975 The Prato-Algonquians. M. Dale Kinkade, Kenneth L. Hale, & Oswald Werner, eds., Linguistics and anthropology: in honor of C. F. Voegelin 633-648. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. 1981

Native American writing systems. Charles A. Ferguson & Shirley Brice Heath, eds., Language in the United States of America 145-174. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. includes Shawnee, Fox, Potawatomi.

Algonquian Linguistics- Heckewelder

l 09

1973

[Review of] A Leonard Bloomfield anthology, ed. by Charles F. Hockett, 1970. IJAL 39:252-255.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Zellig S. Harris, 1945.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Zellig S. Harris, 1947.

Hartley, Alan H. 1980 The expansion of Ojibway and French place-names into the Lake Superior region in the seventeenth century. Names 28:43-68. 1981

Preliminary observations on Ojibwa place-names. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Twelfth Algonquian Conference 31-38.

Hastings, Ashley J. 1974 Howard's directional theory and the unordered rule hypothesis. Chicago Linguistic Society, Parasession on natural phonology 146-159. Chicago. Menomini; cf. Irwin Howard, A directional theory of rule application in phonology, 1972.

Hauptman, Lawrence M., & Jack Campisi, eds. 1978 Neighbors and intruders: an ethnohistorical exploration of the Indians of Hudson's River. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 39. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. vii+285.

Head, Silas » see David Meyer, Silas Head, & Donald McKay, 1974. Hebert, Leo P. 1976 Le troisieme registre de Tadoussac: miscellaneorum liber [1691-1758]. Collection Tekouerimat 3. Montreal: Presses de l'Universite du Quebec. Pp.xxii+342. contains a large number of Montagnais names; cf. Leonidas Larouche, Le second registre de Tadoussac, 1668-1700; 1972.

Heckewelder, John 1940 Names given by the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians to rivers, streams, and places. Allentown: Pennsylvania German Folklore Society.

110

Heizer-Algonquian Linguistics

Heizer, Robert F. 1947 Francis Drake and the California Indians, 1579. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 42:251-302. Berkeley. Reprinted in Robert F. Heizer, Elizabethan California 49-94, 1974. linguistic evidence suggests Drake met the Coast Miwok, not the Yurok.

1966

Languages, territories and names of California Indian tribes. Berkeley & Los Angeles: University of California Press. Pp. \"ii+62. reports in detail the classifications of California Indian languages that have been proposed, together with synonymies, sub-groups, criteria for classification and problems encountered in defining boundaries; reviewed by Madison S. Beeler, 1968.

1974

Elizabethan California: a brief, and sometimes critical, review of opinions on the location of Francis Drake's five weeks' visit with the Indians of Ships Land in 1579. Ramona, California: Ballena Books. Pp. 101. includes reprints of Francis Drake and the California Indians, 1579 (1947], and of Robert F. Heizer & William Elmendorf, Francis Drake's California anchorage in the light of the Indian languages spoken there, 1942.

___,ed. » see C. Hart Merriam, Indian names for plants and animals among Californian and other western North American tribes [1904-1938], 1979. »

see Stephen Powers, Tribes of California [1877], 1976.

___, & William W. Elmendorf

1942

Francis Drake's California anchorage in the light of the Indian languages spoken there. Pacific Historical Review 11:213-217.

Reprinted in Robert F. Heizer, Elizabethan California 95-101, 1974. Coast Miwok, not Yurok.

_ _, & John E. Mills

1952

The four ages of Tsurai. Berkeley: University of California Press. Pp. 207. Yurok vocabularies 113-117,151,173-174.

Heller, Louis G. 1961 Two Pequot names in American literature. American Speech 36:54-57. on the names Pequod ·Pequot and ['ncas.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hepburn

111

Henderson, T. S. T. 1971 Participant-reference in Algonkin. Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 1:27-49. 1973

Verbal modes in Algonkin. Studies in Linguistics 23:57-62.

Henry, Alexander [the elder] 1809 Travels and adventures in Canada and the Indian territories between the years 1760 and 1776. New York: I. Riley. Pp. \'i+330; reprint, Milo M. Quaife, ed., Chicago: R. R. Donnelley & Co., 1921; reprint Edmonton, Alberta: M.G. Hurtig, 1969. scattered place-names; not in Pilling.

1901

Travels and adventures in Canada and the Indian territories between the years 1760 and 1776 [1809]. James Bain, ed. Toronto: George N. Morang. Pp. xx\+347; reprint, Lewis G. Thomas, introd., Edmonton: Hurtig, 1969, Pp. xh·i+347; reprint New York: Burt Franklin, 1969, Pp. xxxiii+347; reprint St. Clair Shores, Michigan: Scholarly Press, 1972, Pp. xxx\'+347.

Henry, Alexander [the younger] 1897 New light on the early history of the greater northwest: the manuscript journals of Alexander Henry[ ... ] and of David Thompson[ ... ] 1799-1814. Elliott Coues, ed. New York: Francis P. Harper. 2 mls.; Pp. xxviii+l027; reprint Minneapolis: Ross & Haines. 1965. "Quinquelingual vocabulary"-English, Ojibwa, Cree, Blackfoot, and Assiniboine (by Henry )-534-538.

Henshaw, H. W. 1890a Indian origin of maple sugar. American Anthropologist o.s. 3:341-351. Ojibwa and a little Cree; not in Pilling.

1890b [Review of] A Lenape-English dictionary, by Daniel G. Brinton & AlbertS. Anthony, 1888. American Anthropologist o.s. 3:88-89. not in Pilling.

Hepburn, Gordon 1977 Liste pour trouver les mots franc;ais dans Ia [sic] dictionnaire montagnais-franc;ais d'Antoine Silvy. Ottawa: Carleton University, Departement de linguistique. Pp. i+27; mimeo.

112

Heriot- Algonquian Linguistics

Heriot, George 1807 Travels through the Canadas, containing a description of the picturesque scenery on some of the rivers and lakes; with an account of the productions, commerce, and inhabitants of those provinces; to which is subjoined a comparative view of the manners and customs of several of the Indian nations of North and South America. London: Richard Phillips. Pp. xii+602; reprint Edmonton: Hurtig, 1971, Pp. xxiv+602; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1971. Ojibwa vocabulary from Lahontan and Mackenzie 579-602; cf. Pilling p. 229.

Herisson, Michel 1974 An evaluative ethno-historical bibliography of the Malecite Indians. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service Paper 16. Ottawa: National Museums of Canada. Pp. vii+260.

Hewitt, J. N. B. 1888a Etymology of the word Iroquois. American Anthropologist o.s. I: 188-189. not in Pilling.

1888b Meaning of the words for gens in the Iroquoian and Algonquian tongues. American Anthropologist o.s. 1:192. not in Pilling.

1889

Serpent symbolism. American Anthropologist o.s. 2:179-180. not in Pilling.

Hewson, John 1967 The Beothuk vocabularies. Newfoundland Quarterly 65.3:19-22. 1968

Beothuk and Algonkian, evidence old and new. IJAL 34:85-93.

1971

Beothuk consonant correspondences. IJAL 37:244-249.

1972a Errata in Bloomfield's Algonquian sketch. IJAL38:77.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hewson

113

1972b Larch, tamarackandjuniper. Regional Language Studies 4: 1-4. St. John's, Newfoundland. on etymology of hackmatack and tamarack.

1973a Proto-Algonkian reflexes in Micmac. Anthropological Linguistics 15:151-164. 1973b Proto-Algonkian stems in /p-/. St. John's: Department of Linguistics, Memorial University of Newfoundland. Pp. 15 (= 8); mimeo.

1973c Towards a Proto-Algonquian dictionary. Studies in Linguistics 23:63-68. 1973d [Review of] Racines montagnaises (compilees aTadoussac avant 1695), by Bonaventure Fabvre [Lorenzo Angers & Gerard E. McNulty, eds.], 1970. IJAL 39:191-194. 1974a Proto-Algonquian medials. IJAL 40:308-316. 1974b The Algonquian word for 'sun'. IJAL 40:256-257. 1975

New resources for comparative work in Algonkian languages. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Sixth Algonquian Conference 3-9.

1977a Beothuck and the Algonkian Northeast. Harold Paddock, ed., Languages in Newfoundland and Labrador (preliminary version) 2-16. St. John's: Linguistics Department, Memorial University of Newfoundland. 1977 b Micmac hieroglyphics in Newfoundland. Harold Paddock, ed., Languages in Newfoundland and Labrador (preliminary version) 17-27. St. John's: Linguistics Department, Memorial University of Newfoundland. 1977c Reconstructing prehistoric languages on the computer: the triumph of the electronic neogrammarian. Computational and Mathematical Linguistics: Proceedings of the International Conference on Computational Linguistics [Pisa, 1973] 264-273. Florence: LeoS. Olschki.

114

Hewson-Algonquian Linguistics

1978a Beothuk vocabularies: a comparative study. Newfoundland Museum Technical Papers 2. St. John's. Pp. vii+ 178. definitive text accompanied by reproductions.

1978b Micmac place names in Newfoundland. Regional Language Studies 8:1-21. St. John's, Newfoundland. 1979

Two Prato-Algonquian consonant clusters. William Cowan, ed., Papers of the Tenth Algonquian Conference 18-24. Prato-Algonquian •'k and •sk.

1980a Micmac consonant clusters. Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Association Papers 2:115-122. Halifax. 1980b Sonorant and glide in Micmac and PIE. Regional Language Studies 9: 1-4. St. John's, Newfoundland. voicing and initial change in Micmac.

1980c The reconstruction of underlying meaning: synthesis and cumulation in Algonkian. A. Joly & W. H. Hirtle, eds., Langage et psychomecanique du langage: etudes dediees a Roch Valin 366-386. Lille: Presses Universitaires de Lille I Quebec: Presses de l'Universite Laval. Heye, George G. » see Frank G. Speck & George G. Heye, 1921. Hickerson, Harold 1967 A note of inquiry on Hockett's reconstruction of PCA. American Anthropologist 69:362-363. cf. Charles F. Hockett, The Proto Central Algonquian kinship system, 1964.

Hickerson, Nancy P. 1957 An acoustic analysis of Shawnee speech. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University. Bloomington. Pp.I87.

1958

An acoustic analysis of Shawnee, I [-IV]. IJAL 24:20-29, 130-141; 25:22-31,97-104 (1959).

»

see Carl F. Voegelin, Florence M. Robinett, & Nancy P. Hickerson, 1953.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hockett

115

Hilger, M. Inez 1951 Chippewa child life and its cultural background. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 146. Washington. Pp. ni+204; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1979.

1952

Arapaho child life and its cultural background. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 148. Washington. Pp. X\+253.

Hill, George A., Jr. 1971 Delaware ethnobotany. Oklahoma Anthropological Society Newsletter 19.3. Hill, Harry C. 1943 A dictionary of the Chippewa Indian language, from a manuscript written about one hundred years ago and never before printed. Flint, Michigan: the editor. Pp. [16].

Hinz, Evelyn J., ed. » see Roger Williams, A key into the language of America [1643] [John J. Teunissen & Evelyn J. Hinz, eds.), 1973. Hives, H. E. 1948 A Cree grammar. Toronto: Missionary Society of the Church of England in Canada. Pp. 102; reprint, 1952.

Hoard, James E. 1971 The new phonological paradigm: [review of] The sound pattern of English, by Noam Chomsky & Morris Halle, 1968. Glossa 5:222-268. Menomini front vowels 232-233.

Hockett, Charles F. 1939a Potawatomi syntax. Language 15:235-248. 1939b The Potawatomi language. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University. New Haven, Connecticut. Pp.J66. parts published as Potawatomi 1-11',1948.

116

Hockett-Algonquian Linguistics

l942a A system of descriptive phonology. Language 18:3-21. Kickapoo II; Delaware I6-17; Potawatomi I5-I8.

l942b The position of Potawatomi in Central Algonkian. Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, Papers 28:53 7-542. 1946

Sapir on Arapaho. IJAL 12:243-245.

1947

Problems of morphemic analysis. Language 23:321-343. Reprinted in Martin Joos, ed., Readings in linguistics [1], pp. 229-242, Washington: American Council of Learned Societies, 1957. Fox and Potawatomi examples.

1948a Implications of Bloomfield's Algonquian studies. Language 24:117-131. Reprinted in Martin Joos, ed., Readings in linguistics [1], pp. 281-289, Washington: American Council of Learned Societies, 1957; reprinted (slightly revised) in Dell H. Hymes, ed., Language in culture and society 599-609, 1964; reprinted in Charles F. Hockett, ed., A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 495-511, 1970.

1948b Potawatomi 1: phonemics, morphophonemics, and morphological survey. IJAL 14:1-10. l948c Potawatomi II: derivation, personal prefixes, and nouns. IJAL 14:63-73.

1948d Potawatomi III: the verb complex. IJAL 14:139-149. 1948e Potawatomi IV: particles and sample texts. IJAL 14:213-225. 1948/ [Review of] Linguistic structures of native America, by Harry Hoijer et al., 1946. Language 24:183-188.

1950a Reactions to Indian place names. American Speech 25:118-121. 1950b The conjunct modes in Ojibwa and Potawatomi. Language 26:278-28-2.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hockett l953a Errata in Bloomfield's Algonquian sketch. IJAL 19:78. l953b Short and long syllable nuclei (with examples from Algonquian, Siouan, and Indo-European). IJAL 19:165-171. 1955

A manual of phonology. Indiana University Publications in Anthropology and Linguistics, Memoir II (=IJAL 21.4, part 2). Bloomington. Pp. vi+246. analysis of Fox 129-132, 161-164; other Algonquian passim.

l956a Central Algonquian I tl and I cl. IJAL 22:202-207. l956b [Review of] The human animal, by Weston La Barre, 1954. Language 32:460-469. comments on Algonquian in review only.

1957

Central Algonquian vocabulary: stems in lk-1. IJAL 23:247-268.

1958

A course in modern linguistics. New York: Macmillan. Ppxi+621. see index s.v. Algonquian.

1961

Linguistic elements and their relations. Language 37:29-53. Potawatomi p. 35.

1964

The Proto Central Algonquian kinship system. Ward H. Goodenough, ed., Explorations in cultural anthropology: essays in honor of George Peter Murdock 239-257. New York: McGraw-Hill. cf. Harold Hickerson, A note of inquiry[ ... ], 1967.

1966

What Algonquian is really like. IJAL 32:59-73.

1968

Reply to Haas's comments on Bloomfield's "The Menomini language". American Anthropologist 70:569-570. cf. Mary R. Haas, Addenda to review of Bloomfield's "The Menomini language", 1966.

117

118

Hockett- Algonquian Linguistics

1974

Bloomfield's Menomini lexicon. Algonquian Linguistics 3:3.

1976

A new point d'appui for phonology. LACUS Forum 2:67-90. Columbia, South Carolina. includes Plains Cree and Fox.

1977

Bibliography, 1939-1976. Charles F. Hockett, The view from language: selected essays 1948-1974, pp. 323-329. Athens: University of Georgia Press.

l98la Leonard Bloomfield's Fox and Cree lexicons. Algonquian and Iroquoian Linguistics 6: II. l98lb The phonological history of Menominee. Anthropological Linguistics 23:51-87. cf. Kenneth L. Miner, Preliminary observations[ ... ], 1981. »

see Ives Goddard, Charles F. Hockett, & Karl V. Teeter, 1972.

___ ,ed. 1970 A Leonard Bloomfield anthology. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Pp. xxix+553. reviewed by Harry Hoijer, 1971; reviewed by Karl V. Teeter, 1971; ret•iewed by Zellig S. Harris, 1973. »

see Leonard Bloomfield, Eastern Ojibwa: grammatical sketch, texts and word list, 1958.

»

see Leonard Bloomfield, Menomini lexicon, 1975.

»

see Leonard Bloomfield, The Menomini language, 1962.

___, & William G. Moulton

1951

Germanic and Algonquian: a modern myth. American Scandinavian Review 39:314-319.

cf. Reider T. Sherwin, The Viking and the red man, 1940.

Hodge, Frederick W. 1899 Rare Indian books found. American Anthropologist n.s. 1:198-199. Eliot Bible, 1685; lndiane[sic] Primer, ca.1730.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hoffman 1948

119

An important Cheyenne manuscript. The Masterkey 22:137-138. reviewed by Thomas A. Sebeok, 1949.

___,ed. 1907 Handbook of American Indians north of Mexico. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30, part l; part 2, 1910. Washington. Pp. ix+972, 1221; reprint New York: Pageant Books, 1959. contains many etymologies of Algonquian tribal names and of other words (none of which are listed separately in this bibliography); cf. Canada, Geographic Board, Handbook of Indians of Canada []ames White, ed.], 1913; reviewed by Clark Wissler, 1907. »

see EdwardS. Curtis, TheN orth American Indian: being a series of volumes picturing and describing the Indians of the United States and Alaska, 1907.

Hoenigswald, Henry M. 1973 The comparative method. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Diachronic, areal, and typological linguistics 51-62. Current trends in linguistics 11. The Hague: Mouton. Algonquian •t, •n and •e (from Henry A. Gleason, Jr., Introduction to descriptive linguistics, second edition, 1961, p. 448), pp. 56-57.

Hoffman, Bernard G. 1955a Historical ethnography of the Micmac of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.

1955b Souriquois, Etechemin, and Kw~dech: a lost chapter in American ethnography. Ethnohistory 2:65-87. 1955c [Review of] The Micmac Indians of eastern Canada, by Wilson D. Wallis & Ruth S. Wallis, 1955. Ethnohistory 2:273-277. 1961

Cabot to Cartier: sources for a historical ethnography of northeastern North America 1497-1550. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Pp. xii+287.

Hoffman, Walter J. 1890 Mythology of the Menomini Indians. American Anthropologist o.s. 3:243-258. not in Pilling.

120 1891

Hoffman- Algonquian Linguistics The midewiwin or 'Grand Medicine Society' of the Ojibwa. Bureau of American Ethnology Annual Report 7:143-300. Washington. cf. the manuscript listed in Pilling p. 233.

1896

The Menomini Indians. Bureau of American Ethnology Annual Report 14:1-328. Washington. Reprint New York: johnson Reprint Corp .• 1970, Pp. [ii], [5-]328, [615-]637. Menomini vocabulary 294-328.

Hoffmann, Hans 1956 Assessment of cultural homogeneity among the James Bay Cree. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University. New Haven, Connecticut. Hofmann, Charles, ed. 1968 Frances Densmore and American Indian music: a memorial volume. Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, Contributions 23. New York. Pp. xiii+l27.

Hagman, Wesley L. 1981 Agreement for animacy and gender in the Buffalo Narrows dialect of French/Cee. MASA: Journal of the University of Manitoba Anthropology Students' Association 7:81-94. Winnipeg. Metchif ( Franco-Cree).

Hogue, Shirley, Ida Bear, & Boniface Guimond 1973 Anicinabe masinaykanan I Odjibwe language pre-primers: teacher's handbook. Winnipeg: Native Education Branch, Manitoba Department of Education. Pp. 87.

Hohn, E. Otto 1973 Mammal and bird names in the Indian languages of the Lake Athabasca region. Arctic 26:163-170. Cree.

Hoijer, Harry 1941 Methods in the classification of American Indian languages. Leslie Spier, A. Irving Hallowell, & Stanley S. Newman, eds., Language, culture, and personality: essays in memory of Edward Sapir 3-14. Menasha, Wisconsin.

Algonquian Linguistics- Holland 1946

121

Introduction. Harry Hoijer et al., Linguistic structures of native America 7-29. history of classification.

1965

[Review of] Introduction [to the Handbook of American Indian languages], by Franz Boas [C.I.J.M. Stuart, ed.], 1963. IJAL 31:181-182.

1971

[Review of] A Leonard Bloomfield anthology, ed. by Charles F. Hockett, 1970. Language 47:911-913.

1973

History of American Indian linguistics. Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Linguistics in North America 657-676. Current trends in linguistics 10. The Hague: Mouton. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed.,l\'ative languages of the Americas 1:3-22. l\'ew York: Plenum Press, 1976.

___,ed. » see Leonard Bloomfield, Language history, 1965. ___,Eric P. Hamp, & William Bright 1965 Contributions to a bibliography of comparative Amerindian. IJAL 31:346-353. ___,etal. 1946 Linguistic structures of native America. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology 6. New York: Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research. Pp. 423; reprint l\'ew York: Johnson Reprint Corp., 1963. reviewed by H. V. Velten,J947; reviewed by W. D. Preston, 1947; reviewed by Charles F. Hockett, 1948.

Holder, Preston, ed. » see Franz Boas, Introduction [to Handbook of American Indian languages] [1911 ], 1966. ·»

see John Wesley Powell, Indian linguistic families of America north of Mexico [ 1891 ], 1966.

Holland, G. C. 1962 [Review of] The origin and meaning of the Indian place-names of Maryland, by Hamill Kenny, 1961. I]AL 28:296-299.

122

Hollow- Algonquian Linguistics

Hollow, Robert, & Douglas R. Parks 1980 Studies in Plains linguistics: a review. W. Raymond Wood & Margot Liberty, eds., Anthropology on the Great Plains 68-97, Lincoln & London: University of Nebraska Press. Holmer, Nils M. 1946 John Campanius' Lutheran catechism in the Delaware language. Essays and studies on American language and literature 3. Upsala: American Institute in the University of Upsala. Pp. 34. reviewed by Frank G. Speck, 1947.

1948

Indian place names in North America. Essays and studies on American language and literature 7. Upsala: American Institute in the University of Upsala. I Cam bridge, Massachusetts: Harvard U ni versi ty Press. Pp. 44.

1949

Lexical and morphological contacts between Siouan and Algonquian. Lunds Universitets Arsskrift n.s. 45.4. Pp. 36. reviewed by George L. Trager, 1950; reviewed by Morris Swadesh, 1951.

1953

The Ojibway on Walpole Island, Ontario (a linguistic study). Upsala Canadian Studies 4. Upsala: Lundequistska Bokhandeln I Copenhagen: Ejnar Munksgaard. Pp. 92; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1978. reviewed by Tor Ulving, 1954; reviewed by V. Pisani, 1954.

1958

Chapters of comparative Amerindian I-III. Spr~kliga Bidrag 3.11:10-44 (1958); 3.15:27-54 (1960); 3.15:55-66 ( 1960).

Holmes, E. M. 1884 Medicinal plants used by the Cree Indians, Hudson's Bay Territory. Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions 15.3:302-304. not in Pilling.

Holmes, William H. 1908 The tomahawk. American Anthropologist n.s. I 0:264-276.

Algonquian Linguistics- Hootkins

123

Holmgren, Eric J. 1977 Some observations on place-names in the Canadian Rockies. Onomastica 52:6-11. Cree place names.

Honigmann, John J. 1953 Social organization of the Attawapiskat Cree Indians. Anthropos 48:809-816. 1956

The Attawapiskat Swampy Cree: an ethnographic reconstruction. University of Alaska Anthropological Papers 5.1:23-82.

1961

Foodways in a muskeg community: an anthropological report on the Attawapiskat Indians. Ottawa: Dept. of Northern Affairs and Natural Resources. Pp. ix+216. written 1948; "A note on language" 212-213, Cree passim.

1962

Social networks in Great Whale River: notes on an Eskimo, Montagnais-Naskapi, and Euro-Canadian community. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 178. Ottawa. Pp. ,·i+79. kin terms, pp. 62-63.

1981

West Main Cree. William C. Sturtevant, ed., Handbook of North American Indians 6:217-230. synonymy by David H. Pentland.

Hood, Robert 1974 To the Arctic by canoe, 1819-1821: the journal and paintings of Robert Hood, midshipman with Franklin. C. Stuart Houston, ed. Montreal: McGill-Queens U niwrsity Press. Pp. XXX\+217. Cree natural history terms.

Hooper, Joan B. 1980 A note on reconstructions as e\·idence for linguistic theory. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 25:21-24. response to Clyne L. Piggott. Implications of linguistic change for concrete phonology, 1980.

Hootkins, H. 1940 Some notes on the Ottawa dialect. Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, Papers 26:557-560.

124

Harden- Algonquian Linguistics

Harden, John 1881 A grammar of the Cree language as spoken by the Cree Indians of North America. London: Society for the Promotion of Christian Knowledge. Pp. ,·iii+238; re\'ised edition (in "Plain [sic] Cree'"), London: S.P.C.K., 1913, 1934, pp. 209. cf. Pilling p. 237.

Horsefield, Raymond B. 1950 [Review of] James Isham's observations on Hudsons Bay, 1743, and notes and observations on a book entitled "A voyage to Hudsons Bay in the Dobbs galley", 1749, by James Isham [E. E. Rich, ed.], 1949. The Beaver, September 1950, pp. 36-37. 1965

[Review of] Cree language structure and the introduction to a Cree-English dictionary, by Robert A. Logan, 1964. The Beaver, Spring 1965, pp. 56-57.

1975

The Cree language. Raymond B. Horsefield, Odd corners, chapter 13. The Western Producer, July 3, 10, 17. Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. informal account of experiences while learning Cree as a second language.

___,ed. 1961 A Cree Bible dictionary. Toronto: Missionary Society of the Anglican Church of Canada. Pp.I67. text in Cree.

___,tr. see James Evans, Cree syllabic hymn book [1841], 1954. » Horsford, Ebenezer N., ed. see David Zeisberger, Zeisberger's Indian dictionary, English, » German, Iroquois - the Onondaga, and Algonquin - the Delaware, 1887. Houston, C. Stuart, ed. see Robert Hood, To the Arctic by canoe, 1819-1821: the journal » and paintings of Robert Hood, midshipman with Franklin, 1974. ___, introd. see Ernest E. Thompson Seton, Ernest Thompson Seton in » Manitoba, 1882-1892; 1980.

Algonquian Linguistics- Huden

125

Howard, Irwin 1972 A directional theory of rule application in phonology. Ph.D. dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. xvii+357; also in University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 4.7, 1972, with added "Errata" following p. vii; Honolulu. Ojibwa 41-44, 197-199, 251-253, 284-288; Menomini 138-154, 164-167, 210-226; cf. Kenneth L. Miner, Through the years with a small language: more trouble with data in linguistic theory, 1979.

1973

Menomini vowel lengthening reconsidered. University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 5.1:111-119. Honolulu.

Howard, James H. 1965 The Plains Ojibwa or Bungi: hunters and warriors of the Northern Prairies. With special reference to the Turtle Mountain Band. South Dakota Museum Anthropology Papers I. Vermillion, South Dakota. Pp.l65.

Howell, Benita J., RichardS. Levy, & Alvin Luckenbach 1979 What is Dalrymple's Pamunkey? IJAL 45:78-80. "1t is quite unlikely that Dalrymple's vocabulary is entirely Pamunkey or even Algonquian."

Howley, J.P. 1915 The Beothucks or Red Indians. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. xx+348; reprint Toronto: Coles, 1974; reprint (with subtitle: The aboriginal inhabitants of Newfoundland) New York: AMS Press, 1979.

Huden, John C. 1957a Adventures in Abnakiland. Vermont History 25:185-193. 195 7 b Indian place names in Vermont. Burlington: the author. Pp. 32. reviewed by Gordon M. Day, 1958.

1962

Indian place names of New England. Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, Contributions 18. New York. Pp. xiv+408. reviewed by Gordon M. Day, 1963; reviewed by Hamill Kenny, 1964.

126

Hulton-Algonquian Linguistics

Hulton, Paul H., & David B. Quinn 1964 The American drawings of John White, 1577-1590, with drawings of European and oriental subjects. London: British Museum I Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 2 \'Ois. Pamlico legends on many of the drawings.

Humber, Alan 1971 Aspects of verb morphology in Newfoundland Micmac. M.A. thesis, Memorial University of Newfoundland. St. John's. Pp. \+82.

Hungry Wolf, Adolf 1971 Good medicine: companion issue. Golden, B.C.: Good Medicine Books. Pp.28. Arapaho ghost dance song p. [18].

- - - · introd. » see Fine Day, My Cree people, 1973. Hunter, Emily, Mathilda Brereton, & Stan Cuthand, eds. » see C. Douglas Ellis, Spoken Cree [1962], 1975. Hunter, William A. 1974 A note on Unalachtigo. Herbert C. Kraft, ed., A Delaware Indian Symposium 147-152. Pennsylvania State Historical and Museum Commission Anthropological Series 4. Harrisburg. Hurley, William M. 1968 The Kickapoo whistle system: a speech surrogate. Plains Anthropologist 13:242-24 7. Hutchinson, Viola L. 1945 The origin of New Jersey place names. Trenton: New Jersey Public Library Commission. Pp. 33.

Hymes, Dell H. 1961 Alfred Louis Kroeber. Language 37:1-28. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Portraits of linguists 2:400·437. Bloomington: Indiana Vni\'ersity Press, 1966, 1967. obituary.

Algonquian Linguistics- International 1976

127

The Americanist tradition. Wallace L. Chafe, ed., American Indian languages and American linguistics 11-28. Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press. discussion by Bruce Rigsby 29-33.

»

see Carl F. Voegelin & Dell H. Hymes, 1953.

___,ed. 1964 Language in culture and society: a reader in linguistics and anthropology. New York: Harper& Row. Pp. xxxv+764.

International Colportage Mission 1903 A concise dictionary of the Ojibway Indian language, compiled and abridged from larger editions by English and French authors. Part I, English-Ojibway. Toronto & Rochester, New York: International Colportage Mission. Pp. 115. Cover title: A cheap and concise dictionary of the Ojibway and English languages, compiled for the use of the Ojibway Indians. In two parts: part I, English and Ojibway. [Part II (Ojibway- English, I907) and second edition of part I (19I2) have title: A cheap and concise dictionary in two parts: Ojibway Indian language.]

1907

A cheap and concise dictionary in two parts: Ojibway Indian language. Second part, Ojibway-English. Compiled and abridged from larger editions by English and French authors. Toronto & Rochester, New York: International Colportage Mission. Pp. 177. Cover title: A cheap and concise dictionary of the Ojibway and English languages, compiled for the use of the Ojibway Indians. In two parts: part II, Ojibway and English. [Part I ( English-Ojibway, I903) had title: A concise dictionary of the Ojibway Indian language ... ]

1912

A cheap and concise dictionary in two parts: Ojibway Indian language. Part I, English-Ojibway. Compiled and abridged from larger editions by English and French authors. Second edition. Toronto& Rochester, New York: International Colportage Mission. Pp. 115. Cover title: A cheap and concise dictionary of the Ojibway and English languages, compiled for the use of the Ojibway Indians. In two parts: part I, English and Ojibway. [Second edition of A concise dictionary of the Ojibway Indian language ... (1903 ).]

128

Isaac- Algonquian Linguistics

Isaac, Frank 1976 Migmaaei atogagan ogtjit Listogotj. Tawow 5.2:26. Ottawa. How Restigouche got its name, in Micmac.

Isham, James 1949 James Isham's observations on Hudsons Bay, 1743, and notes and observations on a book entitled "A voyage to Hudsons Bay in the Dobbs galley", 1749. E. E. Rich, ed. Champlain Society, Hudson's Bay Company series 12. Toronto. Pp. cv+352. "A small account of the Indian language in Hudsons Bay [... ]"1-64; reviewed by Raymond B. Horsefield, 1950.

Jacobsen, William H., Jr. 1979a Chimakuan comparative studies. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 792-802. discusses possible relationship to Algonquian.

1979b Wakashan comparative studies. Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun, eds., The languages of native America: historical and comparative assessment 766-791. discusses possible relationship to Algonquian.

1981

Inclusive/exclusive: a diffused pronominal category in native western North America. Chicago Linguistic Society, Parasession on pronouns and anaphora 204-227. Chicago. mentions Algonquian as a possible model.

James, C. C. 1905 The origin of "N apanee ". Ontario Historical Society Papers and Records 6:4 7-49. James, Deborah 1979 On raising to subject in James Bay Cree. Alan Ford & Jim Lees, eds., Linguistique amerindienne I: syntaxe algonquienne 87-108. James, Edwin, ed. see John Tanner, A narrative of the captivity and adventures of » John Tanner[ ... ] during thirty years residence among the Indians in the interior of North America, 1830.

Algonquian Linguistics- Johnston

129

Jenness, Diamond 1935 The Ojibwa Indians of Parry Island: their social and religious life. National Museum of Canada Bulletin 78. Ottawa. Pp. \'i+ll5. reviewed by Truman Michelson, 1936.

Jerome, John » see Watson Williams & John Jerome, 1979. Johns, Alana 1980 Relative clauses and related phenomena in Ojibwa. M.A. thesis, University of Ottawa. Johnson, Byron A. 1972 The Suwanee-Shawnee debate. Florida Anthropologist 25.2:67-72. Johnson, C. Douglas 1972 Globally constrained haplology in Menomini. Papers in Linguistics 5:496-512. Edmonton & Champaign. Johnson, Frederick 1929 Notes on the Ojibwa and the Potawatomi of the Parry Island Reservation, Ontario. Indian Notes 6:193-216. New York: Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation. scattered terms.

1943

Notes on Micmac shamanism. Primitive Man 16.3/4:53-80. scattered terms.

Johnston, Basil 1976 Ojibwa heritage. Toronto: McClelland & Stewart. Pp.l71. words and names with translations passim.

1978

Ojibway language course outline for beginners. Ottawa: Education and Cultural Support Branch, Indian and Northern Affairs. Pp. 100.

130 1979

Johnston- Algonquian Linguistics Ojibway language lexicon for beginners. Ottawa: Education and Cultural Support Branch, Indian and Northern Affairs. Pp. 134.

Jolly, Barbara, ed. » see Annie Whiskeychan, [nispititowe ayamimakan masinahikan] I Cree-English-Cree dictionary [Gerti Murdoch, Margaret Wesley, & Barbara Jolly, eds.], [1976?]. Jones, C. Meredith 1956 Indian, pseudo-Indian place names in the Canadian west. Onomastica 12. Winnipeg: Ukrainian Free Academy of Sciences. Pp.l9.

Jones, David J. 1971 Odawa noun morphology. Jonathan D. Kaye, Glyne L. Piggott, & Kensuke Tokaichi, eds., Odawa Language Project, first report 39-79. 1976

Extracts from A basic Algonquin grammar [1977, sic]. Maniwaki, Quebec: River Desert Band Council. Pp. 121.

1977

A basic Algonquin grammar; for teachers of the language at Maniwaki, Quebec. Maniwaki, Quebec: River Desert Band Council. Pp. 132.

___,ed. 1976 An Algonquin word list showing how Maniwaki-Algonquin words might be written. Maniwaki, Quebec: River Desert Band Council. Pp. iv+38.

»

see Annette Smith & David J. Jones, eds., 1976.

- - - · & Evelyn M. Todd

1971

A revised spelling system for Ojibwa. Peterborough, Ontario: Department of Anthropology, Trent University.

Pp. 19, mimeo.

Jones, Henry C. » see obituary by Truman Michelson, 1912.

Algonquian Linguistics- Jones

131

Jones, Larry B., & Linda K. Jones 1979 Multiple levels of information in discourse. Linda K. Jones & Robert E,. Longacre, eds., Discourse studies in Mesoamerican languages 1:3-27, Dallas, Texas: Summer Institute of Linguistics I University of Texas, Arlington. Kickapoo examples.

Jones, Linda K. » see Larry B. Jones & Linda K. Jones, 1979. ___, & Ned R. Coleman

1979

Towards a discourse perspective of modes and tenses in Kickapoo narratives. Linda K. Jones & Robert E. Longacre, eds., Discourse studies in Mesoamerican languages 1:69-95, Dallas, Texas: Summer Institute of Linguistics/ University of Texas, Arlington.

Jones, William 1904 Some principles of Algonquian word-formation. Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University, 1904. New York. also in American Anthropologist n.s. 6:369-411, 1904.

l906a An Algonquin syllabary. Boas anniversary volume 88-93. New York: G. E. Stechert. l906b The central Algonkian. Ontario [Provincial Museum] Annual Archaeology Report for 1905, pp. 136-146. Toronto. scattered names and terms.

1907

Fox texts. American Ethnological Society Publications l. Leiden. Pp. \·i+383; reprint l';ew York: AMS Press. 1974.

1911

Algonquian (Fox). Truman Michelson, ed. Franz Boas, ed., Handbook of American Indian languages 1:735-873.

1913

Kickapoo ethnological notes. American Anthropologist 15:332-335.

1917

Ojibwa texts. Truman Michelson, ed. American Ethnological Society Publications 7.1, Leiden I New York; 7.2, New York, 1919. Pp. xxi+501. x+777; reprint l';ew York: AMS Press, 1974. retoiewed by Pliny Earle Goddard,J920.

132

Jones- Algonquian Linguistics

1939

Ethnography of the Fox Indians. Margaret Welpley Fisher, ed. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 125. Washington. Pp. x+l56.

»

see Henry M. Ridout, William Jones: Indian, cowboy, American scholar, and anthropologist in the field, 1912.

»

see obituary by Franz Boas, 1909.

- - - · & Truman Michelson

1915

Kickapoo tales. William Jones, collector; Truman Michelson, tr.

American Ethnological Society Publications 9. Leiden I New York. Pp. v+l43; reprint New York: AMS Press, 1974.

Joseph, Brian 1979 On the animate/inanimate distinction in Cree. Anthropological Linguistics 21:351-354. 1980

Locatives and obviation in Cree. IJAL 46:168-169.

Josselin de Jong, J.P. B. de 1912a A few Otchipwe songs. Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnologie 20:189-190. 1912b Social organization of the Southern Piegans. Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnologie 20:191-197. 1913a Blackfoot texts from the Southern Piegans, Blackfoot Reservation, Teton County, Montana. Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Verhandelingen n.s. 14.4. Pp. iv+l54.

1913b De waardeeringsonderscheiding van "levend" en "levenloos" in het Indogermaansch vergeleken met hetzelfde verschijnsel in enkele Algonkin-talen: ethno-psychologische studie. Leiden: van der Hoek. Pp. xii+223.

1913c Original Odlibwe-texts with English translation, notes and vocabulary. Baessler-Archiv Beiheft 5. Leipzig & Berlin. Pp. ,·i+54; reprint New York: Johnson Reprint Corp .. 1968.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kalm 1953

133

In memoriam Christianus Cornelius Uhlenbeck (18th October 1866-12th August 1951). Lingua 3:243-268. Reprinted in Thomas A. Sebeok, ed., Portraits of linguists 2:253-266. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1966, 1967. obituary.

Juneau, Marcel 1975 Un pionnier de Ia lexicologie quebecoise: le pere PierrePhilippe Potier, s.j. Universite Laval, Departement de langues et linguistique, Travaux, Langues et Linguistique 1:51-68. Quebec. discussion of the work of Pierre-Philippe Potier (1708-1781 ), compiler of a manuscript glossary of 18th-century Canadian French; Algonquian loan words in French 57-58.

Kaa, Mo 1976 The logic of non-European linguistic categories. Rik Pinxten, ed., Universalism versus relativism in language and thought: proceedings of a colloquium on the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis 85-96. The Hague: Mouton. thoughts on Algonquian gender.

Kalm, Pehr 1904 Pehr Kalms resa till Norra Amerika. Fredrik Elfving & Georg Schauman, eds. Svenska litteratursallskapet i Finland, Skrifter nos. 66, 93, 120, 210. Helsingfors, 1904-1929. 4 vols.

1937

Peter Kalm's travels in North America: the English version of 1770, revised from the original Swedish[ ... ) with a translation of new material from Kalm's diary notes. Adolph B. Benson, ed. New York: Wilson-Erickson. 2 vols.; reprint New York: Dover, 1966. Montagnais words 2:485; cf. Pilling pp. 273-274.

1966

Resejournalover resan till Norra Amerika. Martti Kerkkonen, ed. Helsingfors: Svenska Litteraturselskapet i Finland. based on original manuscripts.

1972

Travels into North America. John R. Forster, tr. [1770-1771 ]. Ralph M. Sargent, introd. Barre, Massachusetts: Imprint Society. Pp. xxi\+[ 1]+514+( 1]. Montagnais words 457; cj. Pilling pp. 273-274.

134

Kapesh- Algonquian Linguistics

Kapesh, An Antane 1976 Eukuan nin matshimanitu innu-iskueu I Je suis une maudite sauvagesse. Jose Mailhot, tr. Montreal: Editions Lemeac. Pp. 238+[iii]. An Antane Kapesh also known as Anne Andre; tr. en collaboration avec AnneMarie Andre et Andre Mailhot.

1979

Tante nana etutamin nitassi? I Qu'as-tu fait demon pays? Les Traductions montagnaises Sept-Iles & Jose Mailhot, trs. Montreal: Les Editions impossibles. 2 \'Ols.; Pp. 93, 83.

Kaye, Jonathan D. 197la A case of local ordering in Ojibwa. Jonathan D. Kaye, Glyne L. Piggott, & Kensuke Tokaichi, eds., Odawa Language Project, first report 3-10. 1971 b Selectional restrictions and the Algonquian animate-inanimate classification. Jonathan D. Kaye, Glyne L. Piggott, & Kensuke Tokaichi, eds., Odawa Language Project, first report 80-9,1. 1973

Odawa stress and related phenomena. Glyne L. Piggott & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Odawa Language Project, second report 42-50.

l974a Morpheme structure constraints live! Recherches linguistiques a Montreal I Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics 3:55-62. an Odawa word structure constraint 56-57.

1974b Opacity and recoverability in phonology. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 19:134-149. examples from Ojibwa.

1975a A functional explanation for rule ordering in phonology. Chicago Linguistic Society, Parasession on functionalism 244-252. Chicago. 1975b Contraintes profondes en phonologie: les emprunts. Cahiers de linguistique de l'Universite du Quebec a Montreal 5:87-101. I975c [Review of] Plains Cree: a grammatical study, by H. Christoph Wolfart, 1973. American Anthropologist 77:445-446.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kaye 1978

135

Rule mitosis: the historical development of Algonquian palatalization. Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Linguistic studies of native Canada 143-156.

1979a On the alleged correlation of markedness and rule-function. Daniel A. Dinnsen, ed., Current approaches to phonological theory 272-280. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. includes data on allophonic consonant voicing from Lac Simon Algonquin.

1979b The Algonquian languages of Canada. J. K. Chambers, ed., The languages of Canada 20-53. Montreal: Didier. a survey of current work as of ca.J974.

1979c The Indian languages of Canada. J. K. Chambers, ed., The languages of Canada 15-19. Montreal: Didier. brief survey of early research; list of languages with number of speakers, approximately as of 1974.

1980

II etait une fois deux voyelles. Cahiers de linguistique de l'Universite du Quebec a Montreal 10:[ ].

1981

Recoverability, abstractness and phonotactic constraints. D. L. Goyvaerts, ed., Phonology in the 1980's469-48l. Ghent: E. Story-Scientia.

»

see Diane Daviault, M. Dufresne, S. Girouard, Jonathan D. Kaye, & P. Legault, 1978.

___,ed. » see Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., 1978. »

see Clyne L. Piggott & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., 1973.

___, & Barbara Nykiel

1979

Loan words and abstract phonotactic constraints. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 24:71-93. Sections 2 and 3 [pp. 76-83] on loan words in Lac Simon Algonquin and Odawa.

___, & Clyne L. Piggott

1973

On the cyclical nature of Ojibwa t-palatalization. Clyne L. Piggott & Jonathan D. Kaye, eds., Odawa Language Project, second report 3-27. also in Linguistic Inquiry -1:345-362. 1973.

136

Kaye- Algonquian Linguistics

- - - . Glyne L. Piggott,&: Kensuke Tokaichi, eds. 1971 Odawa Language Project, first report. University of Toronto Anthropology Series 9. Toronto. Pp. iv+201; reprint (omitting the dictionary), 1973, Pp. v+l!l9.

_ __,&:Peter H. Roosen-Runge 1971 The CPS text editor for the Odawa dictionary. Toronto: Odawa Language Project, Centre for Linguistic Studies, University of Toronto. Pp. 23, mimeo.

Keating, William H. 1825 Narrative of an expedition to the source of St. Peter's River, Lake Winnepeek, Lake of the Woods, &:c. [1824]. London: Geo. B. Whittaker. 2 vols.; Pp. xiii+458, vi+248 +Appendix; reprint in one volume (with omissions), Roy P. Johnson, in trod., Minneapolis: Ross Be Haines, 1959. Sauk, Ojibwa and Cree vocabularies; cf. Pilling p. 276.

Keewaydinoquay 1978 Puhpohwee for the People: a narrative account of some uses of fungi among the Ahnishinaubeg. Harvard University Botanical Museum, Ethnomycological Studies 5. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Pp. ,·iii+44. scattered Ojibwa terms from Michigan.

Kegg, Maude 1976 Gii-ikwezensiwiyaan I When I was a little girl: memories of Indian childhood in Minnesota. John D. Nichols, ed. Minnesota: Onamia. Pp.29. texts in Ojibwa and English.

1978

Gabekanaansing I At the end of the trail: memories of Chippewa childhood in Minnesota. John D. Nichols, ed. University of Northern Colorado Museum of Anthropology, Occasional Publications in Anthropology, Linguistic Series 4. Greeley, Colorado I Thunder Bay, Ontario: the author. Pp. x+85. texts in Ojibwa and English; includes 1976 volume; reviewed b)• George F. Aubin, 1981; reviewed by Laurel]. Watkins, 1981.

Kehoe, Alice B. see Thomas F. Kehoe&: Alice B. Kehoe, 1974. »

Algonquian Linguistics- Kenny

137

Kehoe, Thomas F., & Alice B. Kehoe 1974 The identification of the Fall or Rapid Indians. Plains Anthropologist 19:231-232. Atsina identified as Hidatsa

Kelkar, Ashok R. 1965 Participant placement in Algonquian and Georgian. IJAL 31:195-205. Kelsey, Henry 1708 A dictionary of the Hudson's-Bay Indian language [by Henry Kelsey]. [London, 1708?]. Pp. 7. cf. Pilling pp. 54-55 [s.v. Bowrey]; cf. H. Christoph Wolfart & David H. Pentland, The" Bowrey" dictionary and Henry Kelsey, 1979.

1929

The Kelsey papers. Arthur G. Doughty & Chester Martin, eds. Ottawa: Public Archives of Canada & Public Record Office of Northern Ireland. Pp. Jxxxiii+I28. "Arrabeck or indian language of hudsons bay" (text) 60-61.

Kennicutt, Lincoln N. 1909 Indian names of places in Plymouth, Middleborough, Lakeville and Carver. Worcester, Massachusetts: Commonwealth Press. Pp. 50.

Kenny, Hamill 1961 The origin and meaning of the Indian place names of Mary land. Baltimore: Waverley Press. Pp. xix, 186. reviewed by G. C. Holland, 1962; reviewed by A. R. Dunlap, 1962.

1964

[Review of] Indian place names of New England, by John C. Huden, 1962. Names 12:235-238.

1965

[Review of] The Indian place-names on Long Island and islands adjacent with their probable significations, by William W. Tooker [Alexander F. Chamberlain, ed.], 1911. Names 13:58-61.

1976

Place-names and dialects: Algonquian. Names 24:86-100.

138

Kent- Algonquian Linguistics

Kent, Roland G. 1934 [Review of] Language, by Leonard Bloomfield, 1933. Language 10:40-51. Reprinted in Charles F. Hocken. ed .. A Leonard Bloomfield anthology 266-277. 1970. added note by George M. Bolling includes discussion of Menomini.

Kerkkonen, Marui, ed. » see Pehr Kalm, Resejournalover resan till Norra Amerika, ed. by Martti Kerkkonen, 1966. Kew, J. E. Michael, ed. » see Frank G. Speck, Naskapi [1935 ], 1977. Kilpatrick, Jack 1946 The possible relationship of content to form in certain Gros Ventre songs. Master of Music dissertation, Catholic University of America. Washington. King, D. R. 1956 Big rock. Canadian Geographical Journal53:80-83. etymology of 0 kotoks.

Kingfisher Indian Day School 1970 Our Cree dictionary, by the children of Kingfisher Indian Day School, Kingfisher Lake, via Central Patricia, Ontario, Canada. R. V. F. Ryan, teacher. Education Division, Indian Affairs Branch, Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Toronto. Pp. 79. contains 37 words of Severn Ojibwa in syllabics and Roman (unsystematic) with English translations.

Kinietz, Vern on 1939 Birch bark records among the Chippewa. Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings 49:38-40. ___,ed. » see C. C. Trowbridge, Meearmeear traditions, 1938. - - - · & Erminie Wheeler V oegelin, eds. »

see C. C. Trowbridge, Shawnee traditions: C. C. Trowbridge's account [ca. 1824], 1939.

Algonquian Linguistics- Kroeber

139

Kinkade, M. Dale 1980 [Review of] Linguistic studies of native Canada, ed. by Eung-Do Cook & Jonathan D. Kaye, 1978. Language 56:891-893. Kinsella, Norman 1972 The vowel system of Blackfoot. M.A. thesis, University of Calgary. Pp. viii+47.

Kloss, Heinz, & Grant D. McConnell, eds. 1978 The written languages of the world: a survey of the degree and modes of use. Vol. 1: The Americas. International Center for Research on Bilingualism Publications, Inventories 2. Quebec: Les Presses de l'Universite Laval. Pp. 633. Cree 190-198, Ojibwa 208-216, Algonquin 217-219, Atikamekw 220-222, Blackfoot 223-225, Micmac 229-231, Montagnais 232-234.

Knauss, Pierre 1966 Mikmak tribal bibliography. Terra ameriga 2.6:24-26. Knight, Mabel 1925 Wampanoag Indian tales. Journal of American Folklore 38:134-137. Knox, John 1914 An historical journal of the campaigns in North America for the years 1757, 1758, 1759, and 1760 [1769]. Arthur G. Doughty, ed. Champlain Society Publications 8-10. Toronto, 1914-1916. 3 vols. 8 October 1759: "Having, in the course of this campaign, procured a curious Indian manuscript grammar, composed by a French missionary, I transmitted it, this day, to England ... " (2:232 ); extract (59 words, actually from Lahontan) in footnote, (2:232-233 ); editor's footnote, giving equivalents from Lemoine 1909, pp. 233-234; cf. Pilling p. 279.

Kroeber, Alfred Louis 1902 The Arapaho. American Museum of Natural History Bulletin 18:1-150 (1902), 151-230 (1904), 279-454 (1907). first part reviewed by ]ames Mooney, 1903.

1907

Gros Ventre myths and tales. American Museum of Natural History Anthropological Papers 1:55-139, 145-281.

140 1908

Kroeber -Algonquian Linguistics Ethnology of the Gros Ventre. American Museum of Natural History Anthropological Papers 1.4:141-281. many Atsina terms passim.

1911

The languages of the coast of California north of San Francisco. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 9:273-435. Wiyot 384-413; Yurok 414-426.

1913

The determination of linguistic relationship. Anthropos 8:389-401. grammar vs. lexicon, and diffusion vs. genetic relationship, in Wiyot, Yurok, and other languages of California.

1916

Arapaho dialects. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 12:71-138.

1917

California kinship systems. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 12:339-396. Yurok 374-376.

1918

[Review of] The adverbial and prepositional prefixes in Blackfoot, by Gerard us Johannes Geers, 1917. IJAL 1:184-185.

1925

Handbook of the Indians of California. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 78. Washington. Pp. xviii+995; reprint Berkeley: California Book Co., 1953. Yurok 1-97; Wiyot 112-120.

1928

Laws of the Yurok Indians. International Congress of Americanists Proceedings 22.2:511-516.

1934

Yurok and neighboring kin term systems. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 35:15-22. Reprinted in Alfred Louis Kroeber, The nature of culture 196-201, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1952.

1941

Some relations of linguistics and ethnology. Language 17:287-291. includes Wiyot, Yurok, Algonquian, Macro·Algonquian.

INDEX 303 Linguistic History Alford ( 1975) Linguistic speculation on the pre-history of the Cheyenne people. Alford (1979) Historical riddles in Cheyenne. DeChene (1979) The historical phonology of vowel length. Frantz (1972b) The origin of Cheyenne pitch accent. Goddard, Ives (1978!) The Sutaio dialect of Cheyenne. Latham (1848) On the Shyenne numerals. Leman (1980b) Evidence for a PA "k: Cheyenne n correspondence. Leman (1980d) Some Cheyenne consonant alternations. Michelson (1932a) American linguistics. Michelson ( 1933d) Phonetic shifts in Cheyenne. Sapir (1913a) Algonkin p and sin Cheyenne. Dialects: Sutaio Alford (1979) Historical riddles in Cheyenne. Goddard, Ives (1978!) The Sutaio dialect of Cheyenne. Grinnell (1905a) Social organization of the Cheyennes. Primary Education Featherly et al. (1979) TripleS Northern Cheyenne Oral Language Program. Dictionaries Northern Cheyenne Bilingual Education Program (1976) English-Cheyenne student dictionary. Petter (1913) English-Cheyenne dictionary. Vocabularies Mooney ( 1896) The ghost-dance religion and the Sioux outbreak of 1890. Mooney (1907 b) The Cheyenne Indians. Mooney (1973) Ghost dance and Wounded Knee. Smith, William B.S. (1949) Some Cheyenne forms.

___.Kin Terms Eggan ( 1937) The Cheyenne and Arapaho kinship system. Grinnell ( 1905a) Social organization of the Cheyennes. Place Names Grinnell (1906). Words Grinnell (1905b, 1910a, 1910b); Straus (1976, 1978). Texts Leman, ed. (1980) Cheyenne texts. ---·Songs Densmore ( 1936) Cheyenne and Arapaho mustc. Grinnell (1903a) Cheyenne songs. Grinnell (1903b) Notes on some Cheyenne songs. CHICKAHOMINY see POWHATAN CHIPPEWA see OJIBWA CHRIST ANNA see POWHATAN: Dialects CONOY see NANTICOKE-CONOY CREE see MONTAGNAIS for "East Cree"

Grammars Balter (1940) Courtes instructions en langue crise. Beland ( 1978) Atikamekw morphology and lexicon. Edwards (1954, 1979) Cree, an intensive language course. Ellis (1962, 1975) Spoken Cree. Hives (1948) A Cree grammar.

304 INDEX Horden ( 1881) A grammar of the Cree language. Voorhis et al. ( 1972) Manitoba Cree grammar and phrase book. Voorhis et al. ( 1977) A Cree phrase book. Wolfart (1969a) An outline of Plains Cree morphology. Wolfart (1973b) Plains Cree: a grammatical study. Wolf art & Carroll (1973, 1981) Meet Cree.

Grammatical Discussions Anthony. Robert]. ( 1972) A preliminary report on the Swampy Cree of Shamattawa. Manitoba. Bloomfield ( 1928c) The Plains Cree language. Cooper ( 1945) Tete-de-Boule Cree. Faraud (1866) Dix-huit ans chez les sauvages. Glass (1898) The Cree language. Horsefield ( 1975) The Cree language. Logan (1950) Foreword [to The Viking and the red man, by Reider T. Sherwin]. Logan (1951) The precise speakers. Logan (1958a) Cree language notes. Logan (1958b) The Cree language, as it appears to me. Logan (1964a) Cree language structure. Wolfart (1969b) The study of Cree in the context of Algonquian linguistics. Wolfan (1973c) The current state of Cree language studies. Phonology Hockett ( 1976) A new point d'appui for phonology. Longacre ( 1957) Quality and quantity in Cree vowels. Martin, Pierre, et al. (1978) La longueur des voyelles en cris. Wolfart (1978a) Analytic formulation and verification of morphophonological rules. Morphology & Syntax Ellis (1960b) Tagmemic analysis of a restricted Cree text.

Ellis ( 1961) The so-called interrogative order in Cree. Ellis (1971) Cree verb paradigms. Ford & Lees ( 1979) Cree relative clauses. Gleason (1955) An introduction to descriptive linguistics. James. Deborah (1979) On raising to subject in James Bay Cree. Joseph (1979) On the animate/inanimate distinction in Cree. Joseph ( 1980) Locatives and obviation in Cree. Landar (1961) Reduplication and morphology. Lees (1978) Relative clauses and Cree grammar. Lees (1979) A mini-grammar of CreeMontagnais. Pittman ( 1965) The fused subject and object pronouns of Red Pheasant Cree. Wagner (1981) Note on the reciprocal of Cree wapam- 'see'. Wolfart (1967 a) Cree preverbs and their syntactic function. Wolfart (1971) Plains Cree internal syntax and the problem of noun incorporation. Wolfart (1978b) How many obviatives. Wolfart ( 1980) Marked terms for marginal kin.

Semantics Clifton, Rodney A. (1976) Semantic structures in Cree language. Darnell (1979c) Towards a cultural semantics of Cree. Darnell & Vanek (1976) The semantic basis of the animate/inanimate distinction in Cree. Ellis (1960a) A note on okima·hka·n. Classification Bishop ( 1981) Territorial groups before 1821. Honigmann (1981) West Main Cree. Mandelbaum (1940, 1979) The Plains Cree. McNulty & Gilbert (1981) Attikamek (Tete de Boule).

INDEX 305 Michelson ( 1933/) The linguistic classification of Tete de Boule. Michelson (1934b) Oiienebigonchelinis confounded with Winnebago. Smith, james G. E. (1976) On the territorial distribution of the western Woods Cree. Smith, james G. E. (1981) Western Woods Cree.

Linguistic History Pentland ( 1977 c) Proto-Algonquian glottal stop clusters in CreeMontagnais. Pentland ( 1978b) Cree reflexes of PratoAlgonquian •sk. Pentland (1978c) Prato-Algonquian •sk in Woods Cree. Pentland ( 1979a) Algonquian historical phonology. Taylor, Allan R. (1981 b) Variation in Canadian Assiniboine. Wolfart (1978c) Prato-Algonquian 'c. Dialects Gordon ( 1965) Testing intelligibility among Chippewa and Cree dialects. MacKenzie, Marguerite (1980) Towards a dialectology of Cree-MontagnaisNaskapi. MacKenzie, Marguerite, & Sandra Clarkt> ( 1981) Dialect relations in Cree/Montagnais/Naskapi. Michelson ( 1937c) Somt> linguistic features of Speck's "Naskapi". Michelson ( 1939b) Linguistic classification of Cree and MontagnaisNaskapi dialt>cts. Pentland ( 1978a) A historical o\·erview of Cree dialects. Rhodes & Todd (1981) Subarctic Algonquian languagt>s. Voorhis (1981) \' arieties of Cree speech in Manitoba. ---·Bungi Scott, S. Osborne, & Da,·id A. Mulligan (1951) The Red Ri,·er dialect.

Stobie (1968) Backgrounds of the dialect called Bungi.

___. Metchif(Franco-Cree) Boteler (1971) The relationship between conceptual outlooks and the linguistic description of disease. Crawford, John C. (1973) Linguistic and sociolinguistic relationships in the Michif language. Douaud (1980) Metis: a case of triadic linguistic economy. Hogman ( 1981) Agreement for animacy and gender in the Buffalo Narrows dialect of French! Cree. Pentland (1981 b) From French to Cree. Rhodes (1977a) French Cree- a case of borrowing. Language Use Burnaby (1981) Language shift in northern Ontario. Darnell ( 1971) The bilingual speech community: a Cree example. Darnell ( 1974) Correlates of Cree narrative performance. Darnell ( 1979a) Cree-English bilingualism in northern Alberta. Darndl (1979b) Reflections on Cree interactional etiquette. Doua ud ( 1980) Metis: a case of triadic linguistic economy. Oxendale (1969) Reflections of the structure of Cree in the spoken English of the bilingual Crees. Scallon & Scollon (1979) Linguistic convergence. Sealey (1971) English language problems of Cret> spt>aking children. Sovt>ran (1966) From Crt>e to English. ___·Loans Burman (1883) The Sioux language. Pt>ntland ( 198la) A stray number system in Swampy Cree. Pentland (1981 b) From Frt>nch to Cree.

306 INDEX Writing Anthony, Robert]. (1980) An educational perspective on nati,·e language literacy. Anthony, Robert J., & Barbara Burnaby (1977) Algonquian orthographies in bilingual education. Boon, Thomas C. B. (1960) The use of catechisms and syllabics. Burnaby & Anthony ( 1979) Orthography choice for Cree language in education. Bum·ash, Nathaniel (1911) The gift to a nation of written language. Darnell & Vanek ( 1973) The psychological reality of Cree syllabics. Ellis (1964) The missionary and the Indian in central and eastern Canada. Ellis (1973) A proposed standard Roman orthography for Cree. Neff (n.d.[a)) How to learn to read and write Cree syllabics. Peel (1958) How the Bible came to the Cree. Pentland (1977a) Nehiyawasinahikewin. Pierce (1958) Watts' catechism in the Cree syllabic. Shipley, Nan (1960) Printing press at Oonikup. Story ( 1958) Printing in syllabics at Moose. \'aillancourt (1957) L'origine des caracteres syllabiques. Primary Education Anderson, Anne ( 1970a) Cree. Anderson, Anne (1970c) Let's learn Cree. Anderson, Anne ( 1970d) Reading of different animals. Anderson, Anne ( 1970e) The animals of the wilds. Anderson, Anne ( 197la) Learning Cree. Anderson, Anne ( 1972a) Inanimate. Anderson, Anne (1972b) Read and write: · the Cree language. Anderson, Anne ( 1973) l\'e print and read. Anderson, Anne (1975) Cree: twelw basic lessons. Arth urson ( 1978) Teaching English as a second language.

Burnaby (1973) Second language testing procedures used with native people in Saskatchewan. Darnell & Vanek (1972) Two trails. Manitoba. Department of Education (1979a, 1980) Native language instruction guide. Manitoba Native Bilingual Program (n.d.) Songs in Cree and English. Ross & Dysart (n.d.) Guide to spoken Cree native language course. Dictionaries Anderson, Anne ( 197lb) Plains Cree dictionary in the "y" dialect. Beland ( 1978) Atikamekw morphology and lexicon. Faries, ed. (1938) A dictionary of the Cree language. Horsefield, ed. (1961) A Cree Bible dictionary. Logan (1964b) Cree-English dictionary. Neff (n.d.[b]) Itewina masinayikan. Vocabularies Alison ( 1976) Mammal and bird names in the Indian languages of Ontario. Anderson, Anne ( 1970b) Cree vocabulary. Assiniwi & Myre ( 1971) Anish-nah-be. Assiniwi & Myre ( 1972) Sagana. Chappell (1817) Narrative of a voyage to Hudson's Bay. Clay (1938, 1978) Swampy Cree legends. Graham ( 1969) Observations on Hudson's Bay. Guy ( 1970) Le canot d'ecorce a \\'eymontaching. Guy (1974) The \\'eymontaching birch bark canoe. Harmon ( 1820) A journal of ,·oyages and travels. Hohn ( 1973) Mammal and bird names in the Indian languages of the Lake Athabasca region. Isham ( 1949) Observations on Hudsons Bay. Keating (1825) Narratiw of an expedition. Kelsey (1708) A dictionary of the Hudson'sBay Indian language.

INDEX 307 Mackenzie, Alexander ( 1801, 1902, 1927) Voyages from Montreal. Mackenzie, Alexander ( 1970) The journals and letters of Sir Alexander Mackenzie. McLean (1932) Notes of a twenty-five years' service in the Hudson's Bay territory. Oldmixon ( 1708, 1741) The British empire in America. Smet ( 1906) Oregon missions and travels over the Rocky Mountains. Stevens, F. G. (1934) English-Cree primer and vocabulary. Turner, Daisy (1974) Moose Factory Cree. Umfreville (1954) The present state of Hudson's Bay. Wagner (1979) Cree playing-card terms.

Words Ahenakew (1973); Brown, Jennifer S. H. (1977); Chamberlain, Alexander F. (1902b. 1906b); Cooper (1928a, 1928c, 1930); Dion (1979); Fine Day (1973); Hall, Connie L. (1979); Holmes, E. M. (1884 ); Honigman (1956, 1961 ); Hood (1974); Mandelbaum ( 1936a); Mason, Leonard (1967); Mellick (1909); Meyer, Head, & McKay (1974); O'Brodovitch (1969); Paget (1909); Pentland ( 1975a); Raymond (1945); Rossignol (1939); Rundle (1977); Seton (1886, 1891, 1898); Skinner (1914a); Smith, James G. E. (1975); Tarasoff (1980); Trudeau (1966); Turner, David H., & Paul Wertman (1977); Walks (1978).

___.Kin Terms Braroe & Braroe (1977) Who's in a name. Ha:llowell ( 1932) Kinship terms and crosscousin marriage. Honigmann (1953) Social organization of the Attawapiskat Cree Indians. Meyer ( 1981) The Red Earth Crees and the marriage isolate. Michelson ( 1938b) Plains Cree kinship terms. Rogers, EdwardS. ( 1969) Band organization among the Indians of eastern subarctic Canada. Rossignol (1938) Cross-cousin marriage among the Saskatchewan Cree. Skinner (1914a) Notes on the Plains Cree. Skinner ( 1914b) Political organization, cults and ceremonies of the Plains Cree. Wertman ( 1976) Toward an alternative interpretation of Cree kinship and social organization. Wolfart (1980) Marked terms for marginal kin.

Texts [anonymous] (1969) Indian legends of eastern Canada. Bird, Glenda (1975) Mother of Indians. Bloomfield ( 1928d) The story of Bad-Owl. Bloomfield ( 1930) Sacred stories of the Sweet Grass Cree. Bloomfield (1934a) Plains Cree texts. Chief Stick, Vincent (1972) Wi-sah-kechah-k and the weasel. Cooper (1934) The northern Algonquian supreme being. Denny. Walter A. ( 1975) Animal stories as handed down by the old people. Ehman (n.d.) Cree stories from Moose Lake. Kelsey (1929) The Kelsey papers. McLeod, Barbara (n.d.) The Cree language. Neff (n.d.[c]) Maciwin oma. Pentland ( 1976) In defence of Edward V mfreville. Petitot ( 1886) Traditions indiennes du Canada nord-ouest. Phillips & Whitecalf, eds. (1977) Enewuk. Raining Bird & Chief Stick ( 1971) Wi-sahke-chah-k and the closing-eyes dance. Sandfly, Colleen (1975) Legend of the tattletale wind. Sandfly, Julia ( 1975) Long, long ago.

Place Names Canada. Geographic Board ( 1928, 1933 ); Dempsey (1969); Hall. Frank ( 1970); Holmgren (1977); Lendrum (1961); White, James (1917).

308 INDEX Small, Joe (1976) What's the meaning of this? Small, Joe (n.d.) A happy life. Spence (1970) The little bird's arrow. Stick (1975) Ne-i-yahw ah-chi-mo-wi-nah.

___·Songs Northern Canada Evangelical Mission (1973) Moose Cree song book. E\·ans, James ( 1954) Cree syllabic hymn book. Saindon ( 1934) Two Cree songs from James Bay. DELAWARE see UN AMI and MUNSEE ETCH EM IN Day (1972b) The name 'Algonquin'. Goddard, lves (1972c) Three new Algonquian languages. Hoffman, Bernard G. ( 1955b) Souriquois, Etechemin, and Kwede'ch. Lescarbot (1907) History of New France. FOX-SAL'K-KICKAPOO

Grammars Bloomfield ( 1925a) Notes on the Fox language. Jones, William (1911) Algonquian (Fox). \' oorhis ( 1967) A grammar of Kickapoo. \'oorhis ( 1974) Introduction to the Kickapoo language. Grammatical Discussions Bloomfield (1922b) [ReYiew of] The Owl sacred pack of the Fox Indians, by Truman Michelson. Fidelholtz (1964) The Fox language. Michelson ( 1923b) Rejoinder. Michelson ( 1927 b) Fox linguistic notes. \' oorhis ( 1971 a) 1': ew notes on the Mesquakie (Fox) language.

Phonology Floro (1906) Syllabus of vowel and consonantal sounds, in Meskwaki Indian. Ga thercole ( 1980) T onogenesis and the Kickapoo tonal system. Hockett (1976) A new point d'appui for phonology. Michelson ( 1920b) Vocalic harmony in Fox. Ward (1906) The Meskwaki people of today. Morphology&- Syntax Geary (1945b) The changed conjunct verb (without -ni) in Fox. Geary ( 1946a) The changed conjunct (with -ni) and the interrogative in Fox. Geary (1946b) The subjunctive in Fox. Hockett (1947) Problems of morphemic analysis. Jones, Larry B., & Linda K. Jones (1979) Multiple levels of information in discourse. Jones, Linda K., & Ned R. Coleman (1979) Towards a discourse perspecti\·e of modes and tenses in Kickapoo narratives. Jones, William ( 1904) Some principles of Algonquian word-formation. LeSourd (1976) Verb agreement in Fox. Michelson (1911/) On the future of the independent mode in Fox. Michelson (1913a) Contributions to Algonquian grammar. Michelson (1913b) Note on the Fox negative particle of the conjunctiw mode. Michelson (1917a) Notes on Algonquian languages. Michelson ( 1929c) \'aria Algonquiana. Michelson ( 1930b) Linguistic miscellany. \'oorhis ( 1977a) Notes on Kickapoo deri\·ation. Semantics Smith. Huron H. (1928) Ethnobotany of the Meskwaki Indians.

INDEX 309

Classification Callender (1978a) Fox. Callender (1978d) Sauk. Callender, Pope & Pope ( 1978) Kickapoo. Goddard, lves (1972b) Historical and philological evidence regarding the identification of the Mascouten. Goddard, lves (1978e) Mascouten. Michelson (1934d) The identification of the Mascoutens. Michelson ( 1935b) Once more Mascoutens. Linguistic His tory Michelson (1912b) Mr Gerard and the root "kompau". Michelson (1937a) Fox kemiyawi 'it rains'. Language Use: Whistle Speech Hurley (1968) The Kickapoo whistle system. Ritzenthaler & Peterson ( 1954) Courtship whistling of the Mexican Kickapoo Indians. Voorhis ( 1971 b) Notes on Kickapoo whistle speech. Writing Jones, William (1906a) An Algonquin syllabary. Dictionaries Michelson ( 1925a) List of stems. \'oorhis ( 1967) A grammar of Kickapoo. Vocabularies Blair. ed. ( 1911) The Indian tribes of the upper Mississippi valley. Keating ( 1825) Narratiw of an expedition. Trowbridge ( 1939) Shawnee traditions. ___.Kin Terms Goddard, hes (1975b) Fox social organization 1650-1850. Lounsbury (1964) A formal account of the Crow- and Omaha-type kinship terminologies. Michelson ( 1913c) Notes on the social organization of the Fox Indians.

Michelson (1933c) Mesawi•ka, and Fox sociology. Michelson (1938c) Sol Tax on the social organization of the Fox Indians. Ritzenthaler & Peterson ( 1956) The Mexican Kickapoo Indians. Tax (1937) The social organization of the Fox Indians.

Words Harrington, M. Raymond (1914); Jones, William ( 1913, 1939); Michelson (1919a,l92la,l934a,l936e); Owen (1904); Skinner(l923). Texts Cha ka ta ko si ( 1907) History of the Meskwaki Indians. Jones, William ( 1907) Fox texts. Jones, William, & Truman Michelson (1915) Kickapoo tales. Lasley ( 1902) Sac and Fox tales. Michelson (192lc) The Owl sacred pack of the Fox Indians. Michelson (1925b) Notes on Fox mortuary customs and beliefs. Michelson (1925d) Notes on the Fox society known as Those who worship the little spotted buffalo. Michelson ( 1925e) The autobiography of a Fox woman. Michelson (1925/) The mythical origin of the White Buffalo dance of the Fox Indians. Michelson ( 1925g) The traditional origin of the Fox society known as "The singing around rite". Michelson (1927a) Contributions to Fox ethnology. Michelson (1928b) Notes on the Buffalohead dance of the Thunder gens of the Fox Indians. Michelson ( 1929b) Observations of the Thunder dance of the Bear gens of the Fox Indians. Michelson (1930a) Contributions to Fox ethnology. Michelson ( 1932d) :\'otes on the Fox Wapanowiweni.

310 INDEX

Michelson (1937b) Fox miscellany. Steward ( 1903) Lost Maramech and early Chicago. GROSVENTRE seeATSINA ILLINOIS see MIAMI-ILLINOIS KENNEBEC see ABENAKI, EASTERN KICKAPOO see FOX-SAUK-KICKAPOO "LOUPA" see NIPMUCK-POCUMTUCK "LOUP B" Goddard, Ives (1972c) Three new Algonquian languages. MAHICAN Brasser ( 1974) Riding on the frontier's crest. Brasser ( 1978) Mahican. Mast hay, ed. ( 1980) Mahican language hymns, biblical prose, and vocabularies. Prince (1905) A tale in the Hudson River Indian language. \'oegelin, Erminie Wheeler, ed. ( 1959) Some remarks and annotations concerning the traditions, customs, languages &c of the Indians in North America. Warne ( 1980) Time-depth in Mahican diachronic phonology. MALECITE-PASSAMAQVODDY

Grammars Teeter (1971) The main features of Malecite-Passamaquoddy grammar.

Grammatical Discussions Barratt ( 1851) The Indians of NewEngland. Teeter (1967b) Preliminary report on Maleci te- Passamaquoddy. Phonology Goddard, Ives ( 1970) Preliminary informal statement on Malecite prosodies. Szabo ( 1972a) Malecite prosodies. SzabO (1972b) Stress and vowel length in Malecite. Szabo (1979b) Vowel length in Micmac and Malecite. Morphology&- Syntax Prince (1914) The morphology of the Passamaquoddy language of Maine. Szabo (1980) Des particules negatives dans les phrases malecites. Szabo (1981) The use of verbal enclitics in Malecite. Language Use Leavitt ( 1979) Language and the community. Szabo (1974) English loan words in Malecite. Writing Erickson, Vincent 0. ( 1979) The Thomas "Kyrie" manuscript. Weer(l946) Passamaquoddy and Quapaw mnemonic records. Vocabularies Adney ( 1944) The Malecite Indian's names for native berries and fruits. [anonymous] (1973a) Marjorie Perley, Maliseet. Barratt ( 1851) The Indians of NewEngland. Chamberlain, Montague ( 1899) Maliseet vocabulary. ___.Kin Terms Mechling ( 1958) The Malecite Indians.

INDEX 311 Place Names Ganong (1896, 1899, 1906); Rayburn (1975); Szabo (1979a). Words Alger (1897); Erickson, Vincent 0. (1978, 1981 ); Wallis & Wallis (1957). Texts Prince ( 1898a) Some Passamaquoddy documents. Prince ( 1898b) The Passamaquoddy wampum records. Prince ( 1899) Some Passamaquoddy witchcraft tales. Prince ( 190la) Notes on Passamaquoddy literature. Prince ( 1909) A Passamaquoddy a\·iator. Prince ( 1917) A Passamaquoddy tobacco famine. Prince ( 1921) Passamaquoddy texts. MASCOUTEN see FOX-SAUK-KICKAPOO MASSACHUSETT

Grammars Eliot (1822) A grammar of the Massachusetts Indian language. Eliot (1832, 1896) The Indian grammar begun. Grammatical Discussions Hale, Edward E. ( 1905) The language of the Massachusetts Indians. Tooker ( 1897 b) The significance of John Eliot's Natick. Tooker ( 190lj) The significance of John Eliot's Natick and the name Merrimac C lassijication Speck ( 1928c) Territorial subdi,·isions and boundaries of the \\'ampanoag, Massachusett, and Nauset Indians. Linguistic History Aubin ( 1978) Observations on the\\' ood nKabulary.

Aubin (1980a) Comments on Cotton's Vocabulary. Goddard, h·es (1981 b) Massachusett phonology. Michelson (19ile) On the etymology of the Natick word kompau. Mierle ( 1975) Further evidence regarding the intrusi\'e nasal in Narragansett. Sil\'er (1960) Natick consonants in reference to Proto-Central Algonquian.

Language Use Bragdon ( 1979) Probate records as a source for Algonquian ethnohistory. Bragdon (1981a) "Another tongue brought in". Bragdon ( 1981 b) Linguistic acculturation in Massachusett. Dictionaries Trumbull (1903) Natick dictionary. Vocabularies Aubin ( 1980b)Emendata Algonquiana. Prince ( 1907 b) Last li,·ing echoes of the Natick. Wood, William (1634, 1865, 1977) New Englands prospect. Place Names Baker, Virginia (1894); Kennicutt (1909); Tooker ( 1891 b, 1898d). Words Conkev, Boissevain & Goddard ( 1978); Knight(l925); Little(l980a, 1980b, 1981); Little&Sussek(l979). Texts Eliot ( 1877) The Indian primer. Eliot ( 1904) The logick primer. MENOMI:\'I

Grammars Bloomfield ( 1962) The Menomini language. Cachet ( 1954) Grammaire de Ia langue menomonie.

312 INDEX

Grammatical Discussions Bloomfield ( 1924) The Menomini language. Fane (1954) La grammaire de Ia langue menomonie du P. Antoine-Marie Cachet. Cachet (1890) Cinq ans en Amerique. Phonology Anderson, Stephen R. (1969) West Scandinavian vowel systems. Bever (1963) Theoretical implications of Bloomfield's "Menomini morphophonemics ". Bever (1967) Leonard Bloomfield and the phonology of the Menomini language. Bloomfield ( 1939) Menomini morphophonemics. Bloomfield ( 1970a) Letters to Bernard Bloch. Hastings (1974) Howard's directional theory and the unordered rule hypothesis. Hoard ( 1971) The new phonological paradigm. Howard, Irwin (1972) A directional theory of rule application in phonology. Howard, Irwin ( 1973) Menomini \'OWe! lengthening reconsidered. Johnson, C. Douglas (1972) Globally constrained haplology in Menomini. Kent ( 1934) [Review of] Language, by Leonard Bloomfield. Miner ( 1975a) Interference relations in Menominee phonology. Miner ( 1978) On the notion "restricted linguistic theory". Miner ( 1979c) Theoretical implications of the Great Menominee V owe I Shift. Miner ( 1979d) Through the years with a small language. Miner ( 1981 b) Bloomfield's process phonology and Kiparsky's opacity. :'\lorman, Linda ( 1972) The insufficiency of local ordering. Pesetsky ( 1979) Menomini quantity. Sommerstein ( 1977) Modern phonology.

Semantics Smith, Huron H. (1923) Ethnobotany of the Menomini Indians. Linguistic History Hockett ( 1981 b) The phonological history of Menominee. Miner (198lc) Preliminary observations on Hockett's "The phonological history of Menominee". Language Use Bloomfield ( 1927a) Literate and illiterate speech. Montgomery ( 1976) Toward a pedagogical grammar for the Menominee language. ___·Loans Haas ( 1968b) The Menomini terms for playing cards. Dictionaries Bloomfield ( 1975) Menomini lexicon. Miner ( 1975b) Payiakemenewek. Miner, ed. ( 1975) Omaeqnomenewkiketwanan. Miner, ed. ( 1976) An English key to Bloomfield's Menominee Lexicon. Vocabularies Hoffman, Walter J. (1896) The Menomini Indians. Place Names Kuhm(l952); Skinner(l919). Words Hoffman, Walter j. ( 1890); Michelson (1911 b, 1935£); Skinner ( 1915a, 1921 ); Skinner & Satterlee (1915); Slatkin ( 1952, 1957); Spindler & Spindler (1971 ); Spindler, Louise S. (1978). Texts Bloomfield ( 1928b) Menomini texts.

INDEX 313

___·Songs Densmore ( 1926) Studies of Indian music among the Menomini. Densmore (1929b) Music of the Winnebago and Menominee Indians. Densmore ( 1932) Menominee music. Skinner ( 1911 b) War customs of the Menomini Indians. Skinner (1925) Songs of the Menomini medicine ceremony. METCHIF (Mechif. Michif) see CREE: Dialects MIAMI-ILLINOIS

Allouez (1908) Illinois prayer book. Belting (1958) Illinois names for themseh·es and other groups. Callender (1978b) Illinois. Callender ( 1978c) Miami. Dunn, Caroline (1937) Jacob Piatt Dunn. Tnm·bridge ( 1938) Meearmeear traditions. \'oegelin, Carl F. (1938b) Shawnee stems and the Jacob P. Dunn Miami dictionary. :\ofiCMAC

Grammars Delisle & Metallic ( 1976) Micmac teaching grammar. Francis & Hale ( 1970) Mlgeme6e66gemg 1Speaking Micmac). \laillard (1864) Grammar of the Mikmaque language of No\'a Scotia. Pacifique ( 1938) Traite theorique et pratique de Ia langue micmaque. Pacifique ( 1939) Le(ons grammaticales theoriques et pratiques de Ia langue micmaqut'. Pacifique ( 1940) Notes supplementaires sur les traites de Ia langue micmaqut'. Pacifique (n.d.) Le(ons grammaticales de Ia langue micmaque: exercises supplementaires. Grammatical Discussions Gray ( 1976) A ,·isit with Mildred Millit'a.

Phonology Fidelholtz (1968) Micmac morphophonemics. Fidelholtz (1971) On the indeterminacy of the representation of \'owellength. Fidelholtz ( 1973) The methodology and moti\'ation of transformational grammar. Hewson ( i980b) Sonorant and glide in Micmac and PIE. Szabo ( i979b) Vowel length in Micmac and Malecite. Morphology & Syntax Fidelholtz (1968) Micmac morphophonemics. Fidelholtz (1978) Micmac intransiti\'e ,·erb morphology. Frantz (1976a) Equi-subject clause union. Frantz (1979a) Grammatical relations in uni\'ersal grammar. Humber (1971) Aspects of verb morphology in Newfoundland Micmac. Proulx ( 1978b) Micmac inflection. Williams, Watson, & John Jerome (1979) Aspects of Micmac intransitiw animate inflection. Semantics Rousseau (1948) Ethnobotanique et ethnozoologie gaspessiene. Classification Bock ( 1978) Micmac. Hoffman, Bernard G. (1955a) Historical ethnography of the Micmac. Hoffman, Bernard G. (1955b) Souriquois, Etechemin, and Kw(dech. Sieben ( 1973) The identity of the Tarrantines. Linguistic History Adrien (1956) Conser\'atisme et changement. Hewson ( 1973a) Proto-Algonkian reflexes in Micmac.

314 INDEX Hewson (1980a) Micmac consonant clusters.

Language Use: Loans Fidelholtz (1972) (Review of] Man's many voices, by Robbins Burling. Writing Fidelholtz (1976) Some considerations in developing an orthography for the Micmac language. Francis & Hale ( 1970) Mlgeme6e6ogemg (Speaking Micmac). Hewson (1977b) Micmac hieroglyphics in Newfoundland. LeClercq ( 1910) New relation of Gaspesia. Dictionaries Metallic & DeBlois (1979) Micmac lexicon. Rand ( 1888) Dictionary of the language of the Micmac Indians. Rand (1902) Micmac dictionary from phonographic word-lists. Vocabularies Barratt (1851) The Indians of NewEngland. Wallis & Wallis (1955) The Micmac Indians of eastern Canada. ___.Kin Terms Mechling (1958) The Malecite Indians. Place Names Anderson, William P. (1919); [anonymous] ( 1913); Bernard (1970); Bird, Will R. (1928); Bourinot (1875); Brown, Thomas J. ( 1922); Cormier (1966); Dawson, Samuel E. (1905); Douglas, ed. (1925); Frame (1892); Ganong(l896,1899,1906,1910,1926, 1928); Hewson(l978b); Isaac(l976); Leschenes ( 1934); Rayburn (1973, 1975 ); Rouillard ( 1917 ); Seary (1971 ); Wood, William C. H. (1912).

Words Alger(l897); Bock(l966); Bremner(l936); Chamberlain, Alexander F. (1901 b); Clark, Jeremiah S. (1899); Gatschet (1900); Hagar(l891,1895,1896,1897, 1900); Hewson ( 1972b); Johnson, Frederick (1943); Milliea (1979); Pacifique ( 1907, 1927, 1935 ); Parsons (1924, 1925, 1926); Rand (1894); Speck (1915b); Speck & Dexter (1951 ); Wallis, Wilson D. (1922. 1959). Texts Mitchell, Lily (1976) Oapos story. Pacifique (1910) Souvenir d'un Ille centenaire en pays Micmac. Prince (1907a) A Micmac manuscript. MISSISSAUGA see OJIBWA MOHEGAN -PEQUOT-MONT AUK

Classification Michelson (1917a) Notes on Algonquian languages. Michelson (1924a) The linguistic classification of Pequot-Mohegan. Linguistic His tory Cowan (1973b) Pequot from Stiles to Speck. Vocabularies Levine, ed. (1981) The languages and lore of Long Island Indians. Prince & Speck (1904) Glossary of the Mohegan-Pequot language. Words Heller (1961 ); Speck (1909); Tooker (1896c). Texts Prince & Speck ( 1903b) The modern Pequots and their language. Speck (1904) A modern Mohegan-Pequot text.

INDEX 315 Speck (1928b) Native tribes and dialects of Connecticut. MONTAGNAIS

Grammars Ford & Bacon (1977) Cours programme d'une langue. Hanzeli ( 1961) Early descriptions by French missionaries of Algonquian and Iroquoian languages. Hanzeli ( 1969) Missionary linguistics in New France. McNulty (1971) Petite grammaire du parler montagnais en ts-n. Vaillancourt (1978, 1980a) Cours de cris. Grammatical Discussions Dodd (1962, 1963) The Cree Indian dialect spoken at Nemaska. Lemoine ( 1901) Dictionnaire franc;aismontagnais. Rogers, Jean H. (1960) Notes on Mistassini phonemics and morphology. Phonology Drapeau (198lb) La palatalisation dentale en montagnais de Betsiamites. Drapeau (198lc) Le point sur les li/. Drapeau ( 1981 d) T -palatalization. Drapeau, Ford & Noreau-Hebert (1974) Sur Ia dialectologie phonologique du montagnais. . Ford ( 1976) L'accentuation dans le montagnais de Ia Maisie. Ford ( 1978) L'alternance n/yod en mushuau innu. MacKenzie, Marguerite ( 1973) La palatalisation des velaires dans les dialenes cris au Quebec. Martin, Pierre (1974) Etude phonologique du cris de Fort George. Martin, Pierre (1975a) Le cris et ses transcriptions. Martin. Pierre (1975b) Le systeme phonologique du cris de Fort George. Martin, Pierre (1980a) Des tons en montagnais?

Martin, Pierre (1980b) Les semi-voyelles en cris-montagnais de Fort George. Martin, Pierre, et al. (1977) A propos de Ia longueur phonologique des voyelles en montagnais. Martin, Pierre, et al. (1978) La longueur des voyelles en cris. Rochette & Guay (1975) Contribution a !'etude d'une langue amerindienne a Ia lumiere de Ia phonetique instrumentale.

Morphology & Syntax Baraby & Ford (1979) Une analyse de I' accord grammatical en montagnais. Bedard, Ford & Hammond (1980) Les rapports morphologiques. Cooter (1974) Remarques sur quelques mots composes. Drapeau ( 1978) Aspects de Ia neologie de nominative en montagnais. Drapeau (1979a) Aspects de Ia morphologie du nom en montagnais. Drapeau (1979b) Les noms composes en montagnais. Drapeau (1980a) Le role des racines en morphologie derivationnelle. Drapeau (1981a) La diffusion lexicale d'une reanalyse lexicale. Ford ( 1979a) A propos de I' ordre des constituants en montagnais. Ford (1979b) Une ambiguite structurale de surface en montagnais. Ford (1981) L'obviation en montagnais. Ford et al. (1980) Phonologie et morphologie des flexions. Lees ( 1979) A mini-grammar of CreeMontagnais. MacKenzie, Marguerite (197lb) The eastern (Mistassini) Cree verb. Meeussen ( I962a) The independent indicative in Mistassini Cree. Semantics Bouchard ( 1973) Classification montagnaise de Ia faune. Bouchard & Mailhot (1973) Structure du lexique.

316 INDEX Brunei (1975) La structuredu lexique revisee. Mailhot ( 1975a) La geographie: noyau du sa voir montagnais sur l'environnement physique. Rousseau (1946b) Notes sur l'ethnobotanique d'Anticosti. Rousseau (1947b) Ethnobotanique des Mistassini. Rousseau (1955a) Le nom du caribou. Roger (1974) La terminologie des couleurs en montagnais. Vaillancourt (1976) Relations entre langue et culture chez les Indiens cris quebecois. Vaillancourt (1980b) De Ia categorie du genre en cris.

C /assification Burgesse (1949) Esquimaux in the Saguenay. Gille (1939b) Die Montagnais in 1535. Gille ( 1940) Montagnais und Canadiens. Martijn (1980) The "Esquimaux" in the 17th and 18th century cartography of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. McNulty (1973) Groupes et dialectes montagnais du Quebec. Michelson ( 1924b) The linguistic classification of Rupert's House and East Main Cree. Preston, Richard J. (1981) East Main Cree. Rogers, EdwardS., & Eleanor B. Leacock ( 1981) Montagnais-Naskapi. Samson (1976) Ethno-history and archaeology of the Mushuau lnnuts. Speck ( 1931 b) Montagnais-Naskapi bands. Speck (1936) Inland Eskimo bands of Labrador. Taylor, J. Garth ( 1978) Did the first Eskimos speak Algonquian? Trudel ( 1962) Vn nouvel inventaire du Saint-Laurent, 1603. Linguistic History Cowan ( 1977a) •xk, ·~k proto-algonquien dans le montagnais du 17e siecle. Cowan ( 1979b) Sibilant-stop clusters in Montagnais.

Dionne ( 1907) Les langues saU\·ages du Canada et l'oraison dominicale. Ford (1978) L'alternance n/yod en mushuau innu. Pen !land ( 1977 c) Proto-Algonquian gloual stop clusters in CreeMontagnais.

Dialects Cowan (1976) The generation gap in Montagnais dialectology. Cowan ( 1979b) Sibilant-stop clusters in Montagnais. Drapeau, Ford & Noreau-Hebert ( 1974) Sur Ia dialectologie phonologique du montagnais. Ford et al. (1980) Phonologie et morphologie des flexions. MacKenzie, Marguerite ( 1973) La palatalisation des \'elaires dans les dialectes cris au Quebec. MacKenzie, Marguerite ( 1979a) Fort Chimo Cree. MacKenzie, Marguerite ( 1980) Towards a dialectology of Cree-MontagnaisNaskapi. MacKenzie, Marguerite, & Sandra Clarke (1981) Dialect relations in Cree/Montagnais/Naskapi. Michelson (1937 c) Some linguistic features of Speck's "Naskapi". Michelson ( 1939b) Linguistic classification of Cree and MontagnaisNaskapi dialects. Rhodes & Todd (1981) Subarctic Algonquian languages. Speck & Heye (1921) Hunting charms of the Montagnais and the Mistassini. Language Use Preston, Richard J. (1971) Cree narration. Preston, Richard J. (1975b) Cree narrative. Preston, Sarah (1980) Confirmation through communication. ___·Loans Chambers (1896b) The philology of the ouananiche.

INDEX 317 Drapeau (1980b) Les emprunts au franr;:ais en montagnais. McNulty (1978) Neologisme et emprunts dans le parler montagnais de Mingan, P.Q.

Writing Mailhot ( 1975b) Standardisation de l'orthographe montagnaise. Murdoch, JohnS. (1981) Syllabics: a successful educational innovation. Dictionaries Fabne ( 1970) Racines montagnaises. Hepburn (1977) Liste pour trouver les mots franr;:ais. Lemoine ( 1901) Dictionnaire franr;:aismontagnais. MacKenzie, Marguerite (n.d.) A spelling dictionary of Schefferville Naskapi. Mailhot & Lescop ( 1977) Lexique montagnais-franr;:ais du dialecte de Schefferville, Sept-lies et Maliotenam. McNulty & Basile (1981) Lexique montagnais-franr;:ais du parter de Mingan. Montagnais de La Romaine (1978) Eukun eshi aiamiast ninan ute Ulamen-shipit. Pi was & Mistinapeo (n.d.) Innu mishinanikan. Silvy ( 1974) Dictionnaire montagnaisfranr;:ais. Whiskeychan (n.d.) Nispititowe ayamimakan masinahikan. Vocabularies Berkes & MacKenzie ( 1978) Cree fish names £rom eastern James Bay, Quebec. Chambers (1896a) The ouananiche and its Canadian environment. Harper, Francis (1964) The friendly Montagnais and their neighbors in the Vngava peninsula. McKenzie ( 1890) The King's Posts. Rogers, EdwardS. (1972) The Mistassini Cree. Sirois ( 1936) Montagnais sans maitre. Speck (1935b, 1977) Naskapi.

Tanner, Adrian ( 1979) Bringing home animals.

___·Kin Terms Bernier (1967) The social organization of the Waswanipi Cree Indians. Burgesse ( 1943) Montagnais-Naskapi nomenclature. Flannery ( 1938) Cross-cousin marriage among the Cree and Montagnais of James Bay. Hallowell (1932) Kinship terms and crosscousin marriage. Hebert ( 1976) Le troisieme registre de Tadoussac. Honigmann (1962) Social networks in Great Whale River. Larouche ( 1972) Le second registre de Tadoussac. Marantz ( 1976) L 'organisation sociale des cris de Rupert House. Marantz (1977) James Bay trading captains of the eighteenth century. Marantz (1978) The probability of family hunting territories in eighteenth century James Bay. Marantz (1981) The impact of the fur trade on eighteenth and nineteenth century Algonquian social organization. Preston, Richard J. (1980) Eastern Cree notions of social grouping. Rogers, EdwardS., & Jean H. Rogers ( 1963) The individual in Mistassini society. Skinner (19lla) Notes on the eastern Cree and northern Saulteaux. Strong ( 1929) Cross-cousin marriage and the culture of the northeastern Algonkian. Place Names Dorion(l967, 1977); Losique(l969); MacKenzie, Marguerite (1977); Poirier, Jean (1978); Richardson, R. Alan ( 1961 ); Sa\·ard, J. B. ( 1976a, 1976b ); Tremblay ( 1974).

318 INDEX

Words Anderson, J. W. (1956); Bauer, George W. (1971, 1973); Bell (1897); Brassard ( 1980); Craik ( 1979); David ( 1907); Hoffman, Hans (1956); Kalm (1904, 1927, 1966, 1972); Lefebne, Madeleine (1969, 1970, 1971); Lips(l947a, 1947b); Mailhot ( 1971, 1978); Mailhot, Simard & Vincent (1980); Michelson (1935/); Moussette ( 1971 ); Preston, Richard J. (1975a); Rogers, EdwardS. (1967, 1973); Rogers, EdwardS., & Jean H. Rogers ( 1959); Rousseau ( 1946a, 1955.b, 1957); Savard, Remi (1969, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1976, 1977a, 1977b, 1979); Siebert (1937); Speck (1915d, 1925a, 1930); Turner, Lucien (1894); Vincent (1973, 1977, 1978). Texts Basile (1973) Innupminwan. Basile & McNulty (1971) Ataniikana. Bauer, (Mrs. George W.), ed. ( 1971) Traditional Indian recipes from Fort George, Quebec. Bearskin ( 1974) Mancataw. Cowan (1979a) Pierres tombales indiennes a Moisie. Kapesh (1976) Eukuan nin matshimanitu innu-iskueu. Kapesh ( 1979) Tante nana etutamin nitassi? McNulty, Pahin & Beaudet-Joubert (1974) Wapuh mak Umwatshahkwuk. ___·Songs Laplante & Mailhot (1972) Essai d'analyse d'un chant montagnais. MONTAl'K see MOHEGAN-PEQlTOT-MONTAUK MUNSEE see also UN AMI

Grammars Goddard, hes ( 1969) Delaware verbal morphology.

Grammatical Discussions Prince (1900a) Notes on the modern MinsiDelaware dialect. Voegelin, Carl F. (1939) The Lenape and Munsee dialects of Delaware. Semantics Speck ( 1946) Bird nomenclature and song interpretation of the Canadian Delaware. Classification Goddard, Ives (1971) The ethnohistorical implications of early Delaware linguistic materials. Goddard, Ives ( 1978c) Delaware. Linguistic History Goddard, Ives ( 1974e) The Delaware language, past and present. Language Use: Loans Goddard, Ives ( 1974c) Dutch loan words in Delaware. Place Names Tooker ( 1893a, 1897a, 190la, 1901 b, 1905b). Words Bolton (1920); Harrington, M. Raymond (1908). Texts Prince (1902a) A modern Delaware tale. Speck & Moses ( 1945) The celestial bear comes down to earth. ___·Songs Speck ( 1946) Bird nomenclature and song interpretation of the Canadian Delaware. NANTICOKE-CONOY Brinton (1887) On certain supposed Nanticoke words.

INDEX 319 Brinton ( 1893) A vocabulary of the Nanticoke dialect. Cowan (1981 b) Pyrlaeus' Nanticoke numerals. Feest, Christian F. (1978a) Nanticoke and neighboring tribes. Goddard, Ives (198lc) Pyrlaeus's Nanticoke numbers again. Parker, Mary-Braeme (1953) A study of the speech of the Nanticoke Indians. Pentland ( 1979a) Algonquian historical phonology. Speck ( 1927) The Nanticoke and Conoy Indians. Tooker (1893c) The Kuskarawaokes of Captain John Smith. Weslager ( 1944) Wynicaco: a Choptank Indian chief. Weslager ( 1948) The Nanticoke Indians. NARRAGANSETT see also MASSACHl1 SETT

Morphology & Syntax Hagenau (1962) A morphological study of Narragansett Indian verbs. Semantics Aubin ( 1976) Color terms in Narragansett. Linguistic History Aubin ( 1972a) Historical phonology of Narragansett. Aubin (1972b) Roger Williams: another view. Aubin (1975b) More on Narragansett Keesuckquand. Aubin ( 1975c) The Edison insight and the Williams materials. Aubin (1976) Color terms in Narragansett. Aubin ( 1977) Quelques aspects du systeme consonantique du narragansett. Cowan (1969a) PA •a· •k and •t in Narragansett. Cowan (1973a) Narragansett 126 years after. Hamp (1970a) On nasalization in Narragansett.

Pentland ( 1979a) Algonquian historical phonology. Simmons & Aubin (1975) Narragansett kinship.

Primary Education Peek (1935b) Narragansett tongue. Vocabularies Cowan (1973a) Narragansett 126 years after. Gatschet (1973) Narragansett vocabulary collected in 1879. Williams, Roger (1643, 1866, 1936, 1973) A key into the language of America. ___.Textual Criticism Ely ( 1892) A keyhole for Roger Williams' Key. Ely (1894) Roger Williams' Key: beanes \'S. barnes. Tooker ( 1894b) Roger Williams \'indicated. Tooker ( 1895/) The Key- fact \'ersus theory. Wroth ( 1936) Variations in fi\'e copies of Roger Williams's "Key into the language of America". ___.Kin Terms Aubin ( i 975c) The Edison insight and the Williams materials. Simmons & Aubin (1975) Narragansett kinship. Place Names Tooker ( 1898c, 1898/). Words N e\·es ( 1936 ); Peek ( 1935a ); Simmons (1978). NASKAPI see MONTAGNAIS NATICK see MASSACHl'SETT

320 INDEX NAWATHINEHENA Kroeber ( 1916) Arapaho dialects. Michelson (1935c) Phonetic shifts in Algonquian languages. Pentland (1979a) Algonquian historical phonology. NIPMU CK-POCUMTU CK Day (1967a) An Agawam fragment. Day ( 1969) The Indian languages of the upper Connecticut valley. Day (1975b) The "Mots loups" of Father. Mathevet. Pynchon (1856) Indian names of the months. Wright, Harry A. (1949) The story of western Massachusetts. OJIBWA

Grammars Bloomfield (1958) Eastern Ojibwa. Chamberlain, Alexander F. (1892) The language of the Mississaga Indians of Skiigog. Cuoq (1866) Etudes philologiques sur quelques langues sauvages de !'Amerique. Cuoq ( 1891) Grammaire de Ia langue algonquine. Cuoq (1894) Anotc kekon. Delisle ( 1970) Southwestern Chippewa. Dumouchel & Brachet (1942) Grammaire saulteuse. Fiero&: Quill (1964) Ojibwa assimilation. Foss et al. ( 1971) Ojibwe lessons. Hanzeli (1961) Early descriptions by French missionaries of Algonquian and lroquoian languages. Hanzeli (1969) Missionary linguistics in New France. Holmer (1953) The Ojibway on Walpole Island, Ontario. Jones, David]. (1976) Extracts from A basic Algonquin grammar. Jones, David]. (1977) A basic Algonquin grammar.

Nichols, John D. (1980) Ojibwe morphology. Paris&: Bruyere (1968) Learning Saulteux. Rogers, Jean H. (1964) Survey of Round Lake phonology and morphology. Snook et al. (1972) Ojibwe lessons. Todd ( 1970) A grammar of the Ojibwa language. Verwyst (1901,1971) Chippewa exercises. Voorhis et al. (1976) A Saulteaux (Ojibwe) phrase book. Wilson (1874) The Ojebway language.

Grammatical Discussions Blackbird ( 1897) History of the Ottawa and Chippewa Indians. Charency (1902) Etudes algiques: algonquin. Chateaubriand (1964) Voyage en Amerique. Chateaubriand ( 1969) Travels in America. Daviault et al. (1978) L'algonquin du nord. Gilfillan (1894) Eliot's Bible and the Ojibway language. Hootkins ( 1940) Some notes on the Ottawa dialect. Leeson&: Clarke (1881) History of Saginaw county, Michigan. Lemoine ( 1907) Le genie de Ia langue algonquine. Lemoine (1910) Les Algonquins du Canada. Milewski (1961) Analyse typologique de Ia langue ojibwa. Pokagon ( 1899) 0-gi-miiw-kwe' mit-igwii-ki. Ruttenber ( 1872) History of the Indian tribes of Hudson's River. Slate (1970) Eastern Ojibwa. SzabO (1977) Lemoine's French-Algonquin dictionary. Uhlenbeck ( 1909) Grammatical distinctions in Algonquian. Uhlenbeck (19llb) Grammatische onderscheidingen in het Algonkisch.

INDEX 321

Phonology Bailey, Charles-james N. (1981) On taking the synchronic out of the diachronic. Bloomfield (1970b) Letters to Charles F. Hockett. Clayton (1976) The redundance of underlying morpheme-structure conditions. Hamp (1967) Assimilation and rule application. Hooper ( 1980) A note on reconstructions as evidence for linguistic theory. Howard, Irwin ( 1972) A directional theory of rule application in phonology. Kaye (197la) A case of local ordering in Ojibwa. Kaye ( 1973) Odawa stress and related phenomena. Kaye ( 1974a) Morpheme structure constraints live! Kaye (l974b) Opacity and recoverability in phonology. Kaye (l975a) A functional explanation for rule ordering in phonology. Kaye ( 1975b) Contraints profondes en phonologie: les emprunts. Kaye (1978) Rule mitosis. Kaye (1979a) On the alleged correlation of markedness and rule-function. Kaye ( 1980) II etait une fois deux voyelles. Kaye ( 1981) Recoverability, abstractness and phonotactic constraints. Kaye & Nykiel (1979) Loan words and abstract phonotactic constraints. Kaye & Piggott ( 1973) On the cyclical nature of Ojibwa t-palatalization. Nichols, John D. (1979c) Pejorative consonant symbolism in two Ojibwe dialects. Piggott (1973) On a rule of dissimilation in Odawa. Piggott (1974) Aspects of Odawa morphophonemics. Piggott (1975) More on the application of phonological rules. Piggott (1977) Ordered rules?: an innovation in Algonquin. Piggott ( 1980) Implications of linguistic change for concrete phonology.

Shrofel (1980) Mutual bleeding. Shrofel (1981) Island Lake Ojibwa morphophonemics. Truitner & Dunnigan ( 1975) Palatalization in Ojibwa.

Morphology & Syntax Daviault (1981) Dialectologie algonquine: les demonstratifs. Delisle (1972) Universals and person pronouns in southwestern Chippewa. Delisle ( 1973a) Non-standard concord and the marking hypothesis. Dryer (1980) The positional tendencies of sentential noun phrases in universal grammar. Fuller (1981) Theme, rheme, and word order in Ojibwe. Grafstein (1980) Some properties of Ojibwa verb stem formation. Grafstein (1981) Obviation in Ojibwa. Henderson (1971) Participant-reference in Algonkin. Henderson ( 1973) Verbal modes in Algonkin. johns ( 1980) Relative clauses and related phenomena in Ojibwa,. jones, David j. (1971) Odawa noun morphology. Kaye (197lb) Selectional restrictions and the Algonquian animate-inanimate classification. Landar ( 1961) Reduplication and morphology. Pagotto ( 1980a) Embedded clauses in Ojibwa. Pagotto (1980b) On complementizer adjuncts in the Rapid Lake dialect of Algonquin. Piggott (197Ia) Odawa intransitive verb morphology. Piggott ( 1979) Verb classification in Ojibwa. Piggott & Mossop ( 1973) Inflectional endings of the transitive verb in Ojibwa. Rhodes ( 1976b) The morphosyntax of the Central Ojibwa verb.

322 INDEX Rhodes ( 1979) Some aspects of Ojibwa discourse. Rogers, Jean H. ( 1973) Participant identification and role allocation in Ojibwa. Rogers, Jean H. (1975a) Non-TA verbs of Parry Island Ojibwa. Rogers, Jean H. (1975b) Prediction of transitive animate verbs in an Ojibwa dialect. Rogers, Jean H. (1976) Coding of role information in Ojibwa. Rogers, Jean H. (1979) Differential focusing in Ojibwa conjunct verbs. Tomlin & Rhodes (1979) An introduction to informational distribution in Ojibwa. Truitner & Dunnigan (1972) Wh-questions in Ojibwe.

Semantics Black, Mary B. ( 1967) An ethnoscience investigation of Ojibwa ontology and world view. Black, Mary B. (1969a) A note on gender in eliciting Ojibwa semantic structures. Black, Mary B. (1969b) Eliciting folk taxonomy in Ojibwa. Black, Mary B. (1972) Mythes et structures semantiques. Black, Mary B. (1976) Semantic variability in a northern Ojibwa community. Black, Mary B. (1977a) Ojibwa power belief system. Black, Mary B. ( 1977 b) Ojibwa taxonomy and percept ambiguity. Black, Meredith Jean ( 1980) Algonquin ethnobotany. Boteler ( 1971) The relationship between conceptual outlooks and the linguistic description of disease. Denny, J. Peter (1977a) Process and state meanings of the abstract finals in Ojibway. Denny, J. Peter (1978b) Verb class meanings of the abstract finals in Ojibway. Denny, J. Peter (1980) Ojibway shape roots meet the "carpentered" environment.

Denny, J. Peter ( 1981 b) Cultural ecology of mathematics. Denny, J. Peter, & Lorraine Odjig (1972a) A semantically organized list of Ojibway numeral classifiers. Denny, J. Peter, & Lorraine Odjig (1972c) Notes on Ojibway numeral classifiers. Denny, J. Peter, & Lorraine Odjig (1972d) The meaning of ninkotw 'one' and pesikw 'one' in Ojibway. Denny, J. Peter, & Lorraine Odjig (1972e) The meaning of the two Ojibwa words for 'one'. Hamp (1976b) 'One' and 'single' in Ojibwa. Rhodes ( 1977 b) Semantics in a relational grammar. Rhodes (1980) On the semantics of the instrumental finals of Ojibwa. Rhodes ( 1981) On the semantics of the Ojibwa verbs of breaking. Smith, Huron H. (1932) Ethnobotany of the Ojibwe Indians.

C lassijication Bishop (1975) The origin of the speakers of the Severn dialect. Bishop ( 1981) Territorial groups before 1821: Cree and Ojibwa. Day (1978a) Nipissing. Day & Trigger (1978) Algonquin. Feest, Johanna E., & Christian F. Feest ( 1978) Ottawa. Gille (1939a) -ininiwek: eine Algonkingruppe. Gille (1939c) Weskarini und Ur-Algonkin. Gille ( 1939d) Zur Frage nach den U rAlgonkin. Ritzenthaler ( 1978) Southwestern Chippewa. Rogers, EdwardS. (1978) Southeastern Ojibwa. Rogers, EdwardS., & Mary B. Rogers ( 1979) The puzzle of the Crane Indians. Rogers, EdwardS., & J. Garth Taylor (1981) Northern Ojibwa. Steinbring(l981) Saulteaux of Lake Winnipeg.

INDEX 323 Wolfart (1972) Language boundaries: a case study. Wolfart (1973a) Boundary maintenance in Algonquian.

Linguistic History Hanzeli (1970) The Algonquin r-dialect in historical records. Hockett (1950b) The conjunct modes in Ojibwa and Potawatomi. Dialects Aubin (1979) Golden Lake Algonquin. Aubin (198la) Remarks on Golden Lake Algonquin. Daviault ( 1981) Dialectologie algonquine: les demonstratifs. Gilstrap ( 1978) Algonquin dialect relationships in northwestern Quebec. Gordon ( 1965) Testing intelligibility among Chippewa and Cree dialects. Michelson (1917a) Notes on Algonquian languages. Piggott ( 1978) Algonquin and other Ojibwa dialects. Rhodes ( 1976a) A preliminary report on the dialects of Eastern Ojibwa-Odawa. Rhodes & Todd ( 1981) Subarctic Algonquian languages. Voorhis ( 1972) The pronunciation of Saulteaux. Wolfart (1977b) Les paradigmes verbaux ojibwa et Ia position du dialecte de Severn. Wolfart (1979d) Marginalia aquilonia. Language Use Black, Mary B. (1971) On Ojibwa question constructions. Black, Mary B. (1973a) Diversity within one Severn Ojibwa speech community. Black, Mary B. ( 1973b) Ojibwa questioning etiquette and use of ambiguity. Burnaby (1981) Language shift in northern Ontario. Shrofel ( 1977) Cree admixture in the verbal morphology of Island Lake Ojibwa.

Wolfart & Shrofel (1977) Aspects of Cree interference in Island Lake Ojibwa.

Writing Cadzow ( 1926) Bark records of the Bungi Midewin society. Denny, J. Peter, & Lorraine Odjig (1972b) Guide to possible writing systems for Ojibway. Dewdney ( 197 5) The sacred scrolls of the southern Ojibway. Flower ( 1906) Ancient American free delivery. Guimond (1975) How to learn to read and write Odjibwe syllabics. Harper, Victor ( 1978) Syllabics in a northern community. Jones, David J., ed. (1976) An Algonquian word list. Jones, David J., & Evelyn M. Todd (1971) A revised spelling system for Ojibwa. Kinietz ( 1939) Birch bark records amongs the Chippewa. Nichols, John D. (1974a) Comparative table of some Chippewa (Ojibwe) writing systems. Reagan (1927) Picture writings of the Chippewa Indians. Todd (1972) Ojibwa syllabic writing. Voegelin, Erminie Wheeler ( 1941) Notes on Ojibwa-Ottawa pictography. Primary Education Algoma & Northwest Colportage Mission (n.d.) Scripture A. B.C. book. Bibby et al. (1975) Handbook on early childhood. Freund, Robert ( 1980) Student errors in Ojibwa verb conjugation. Guimond (1979) Odjibwe phrases. Hogue, Bear & Guimond (1973)A.nicinabe masinaykanan. Johnston (1978) Ojibway language course outline for beginners. Manitoba. Department of Education ( 1979b) Native language instruction guide. McKay, McKay & McKay (1980) Syllabic exercises.

324 INDEX Pelly ( 1973) The Saulteaux readers: teachers guide. Plain (n.d.) Chippewa language course. Ross & Neff (n.d.) Ci onci ocipemonn.

Dictionaries Baraga (1853, 1878) A dictionary of the Otchipwe language. Campbell, George Munroe ( 1940) Campbell's original Indian dictionary of the Ojibway or Chippewa language. Hill, Harry C. ( 1943) A dictionary of the Chippewa Indian language. International Colportage Mission ( 1903) A concise dictionary of the Ojibway Indian language. International Colportage Mission (1907, 1912) A cheap and concise dictionary in two parts: Ojibway Indian language. Johnston (1979) Ojibway language lexicon for beginners. Lemoine ( 1909) Dictionnaire fran~ais­ algonquin. Nichols, John D., ed. (1973) Ojibweikidowinan. Nichols, John D., & Earl Nyholm (1979) Ojibwewi-ikidowinan. Piggott et al. (1971) Odawa-English dictionary. Piggott et al. (1973) Odawa dictionary & Odawa reverse dictionary. Vocabularies Alison ( 1976) Mammal and bird names in the Indian languages of Ontario. [anonymous] (1872) Familar [sic] phrases. Assiniwi & Myre ( 1972) Sagana. Baraga (1976) Chippewa Indians. Beltrami, Giacomo C. (1828) A pilgrimage in Europe and America. Blessing (1954) A southern Ojibwa glossary. Bloomfield ( 1958) Eastern Ojibwa. Carver ( 1778, 1781) Travels through the interior parts of North-America. Carver (1976) The journals of Jonathan Carver and related documents.

Copway ( 1850) The traditional history and characteristic sketches of the Ojibway nation. Craig & Blessing (1927) An Ojibwa vocabulary. Densmore ( 1929a) Chippewa customs. Gille ( 1939e) Zur Lexikologie desAltAigonkin. Grundy (1974) Know your language. Heriot (1807) Tra,·els through the Canadas. Jones, David J., ed. (1976) An Algonquin word list. Keating ( 1825) Narrative of an expedition. Kingfisher Indian Day School (1970) Our Cree dictionary. Knox ( 1914) An historical journal of the campaigns in North America. Lahontan (1905) New voyages to NorthAmerica. Lahontan ( 1974) Voyages dans I' Amerique septentrionale. Landes ( 1968) Ojibwa religion and the Midewiwin. Leach ( 1976) 59 years with Indians and settlers on Lake Winnipeg. Long (1791) Voyages and travels of an Indian interpreter and trader. Long (1904) John Long's journal. Mackenzie, Alexander (1801, 1902, 1927) Voyages from Montreal. Mackenzie, Alexander (1970) The journals and letters of Sir Alexander Mackenzie. McKenney (1827, 1972) Sketches of a tour to the lakes. McLean (1932) Notes of a twenty-fi\'e years' ser\'ice in the Hudson's Bay territory. Ray, Carl, & James R. Ste\'ens (1971) Sacred legends of the Sandy Lake Cree. Rhodes & Ramirez-shwegnaabi ( 1981) The Ottawa calendar. Rogers, EdwardS. (1962) The Round Lake Ojibwa. Tanner ( 1830) A narrati\'e of the capti\'ity and adventures of John Tanner. Young (1903) Algonquin Indian tales.

INDEX 325 ___.Kin Terms Davidson, D. Sutherland ( 1926) The family hunting territories of the Grand Lake Victoria Indians. Hallowell (1937a) Cross-cousin marriage in the Lake Winnipeg area. Hallowell (1976b) Northern Ojibwa ecological adaptation and social organization. Landes (1937) Ojibwa sociology. Michelson (19llc) Note on the gentes of the Ottawa. Ritzenthaler ( 1945) The acquisition of surnames by the Chippewa Indians. Rogers, EdwardS. (1969) Band organization among the Indians of eastern subarctic Canada. Rogers, EdwardS., & Mary B. Rogers ( 1978) Method for reconstructing patterns of change. Rogers, Mary B., & EdwardS. Rogers ( 1980) Adoption of patrilineal surname system by bilateral Northern Ojibwa. Smith, james G. E. (1974) Proscription of cross-cousin marriage among the southwestern Ojibwa. Speck (1915a) Family hunting territories and social life of various Algonkian bands of the Ottawa Valley. Place Names Bell (1891); Canada. Geographic Board ( 1933); Cassidy (1948); Hall, Frank (1970); Hamilton (1893); Hartley (1980, 1981); james, C. C. (1905); Kuhm (1952); Moore(l930); Mvers (1960); Nichols, P. V. (1948); T~ube ( 1967); Verwyst (1892, 1916).

Words Baraga (1970); Bushnell (1905); Chamberlain, Alexander F. (1906b); Cooper(l936); Davidson, D. Sutherland ( 1928 ); Desrosiers, Roland (1977, 1978); Dunning(l959); Gatschet (1892a); Grant, Peter (1890); Hallowell ( 1937b. 1940, 1942, 1960a, 1963, 1966); Henry[theelder](l809,1901); Henshaw(l890a); Hilger(l951); Howard, james H. (1965); Jenness ( 1935 ); johnson, Frederick ( 1929); johnston (1976); Keewaydinoquay (1978); Laidlaw(l914); Landes(l938); Lower ( 1968); Michelson (19lld); Radin (1914); Redsky (1972); Robb (1966); Scadding(l898); Seton (1886); Skinner(l911a); Speck(l915c,l941); Stewart ( 1905); Tarasoff (1980); Turner, Da,·id H. (1977). Texts Anishinaabe Giigidowin (1976). Bloomfield ( 1965) Eastern Ojibwa. Edwards ( 1965) Chippewa texts. Fox, Mary Lou, & Melvina Corbiere (1974) Why the beaver has a broad tail. jones, William ( 1917) Ojibwa texts. josselin de jong ( 1913c) Original Odzibwe-texts. Kegg ( 1976) Gii-ikwezensiwiyaan. Kegg ( 1978) Gabekanaansing. Osawamik & Manitowabi (1970a) Akki kaisi-isiccikatek. Osawamik & Manitowabi (1970b) Anini ka-klk~wit.

Phillips & Whitecalf, eds. ( 1977) Enewuk. Piggott, ed. (1971) [Five Odawa texts]. Piggott, ed. ( 1973) [Three Odawa texts]. Quill ( 1965) The moons of winter and other stories. Smith, Annette, & David j. jones (1976) Tales from the River Desert Band. Vizenor, ed. (1965a) Anishenabe adisokan.

326 INDEX

___·Songs Burton ( 1909) American primitive music with especial attention to the songs of the Ojibways. Davidson, john F. (1945) Ojibwa songs. Densmore (1910, 1913, 1973) Chippewa music. Gagnon (1907) Les sauvages de !'Amerique et l'art musical. Hoffman, Walter j. (1891) The midewiwin or 'Grand Medicine Society' of the Ojibwa. josselin de jong ( 1912a) A few Otchipwe songs. Kurath (1957) Catholic hymns of Michigan Indians. Vennum (1978) Ojibwa origin-migration songs of the mitewiwin. Vennum (1980) A history of Ojibwa song form. Vizenor, ed. (1965b) Anishenabe nagomen. OTTAWA(Odawa) see OJIBWA PAMLICO Feest, Christian F. (1978b) North Carolina Algonquians. Geary ( 1955) The language of the Carolina Algonkian tribes. Hulton 8c Quinn (1964) The American drawings of john White. Lawson (1967) A new voyage to Carolina. Quinn ( 1970) Thomas Hariot and the Virginia voyages of 1602. Quinn, ed. ( 1955) The Roanoke voyages 1584-1590. White, john (1965) The watercolor drawings of john White. PAMUNKEY see POWHATAN: Dialects PASSAMAQUODDY see MALECITE-PASSAMAQUODDY PEORIA see MIAMI-ILLINOIS

PENOBSCOT see ABENAKI, EASTERN PEQUOT see MOHEGAN-PEQUOT-MONTAUK PI EGAN see BLACKFOOT POCUMTUCK see NIPMUCK-POCUMTUCK POTAWATOMI

Grammars Hockett ( 1939b) The Potawatomi language. Phonology Gathercole ( 1978) Instrumental phonetic studies and linguistic analysis. Hockett ( 1948b) Potawatomi I. Morphology & Syntax Anderson, Stephen R. (1980) On the development of morphology from syntax. Erickson, Barbara E. ( 1965) Patterns of person-number reference in Potawatomi. Hockett ( 1939a) Potawatomi syntax. Hockett (1947) Problems of morphemic analysis. Hockett (1948c, 1948d) Potawatomi II, III. Hockett (1961) Linguistic elements and their relations. Hockett (1966) What Algonquian is really like. Pike, Kenneth L., 8c Barbara E. Erickson (1964) Conflated field structures in Potawatomi and in Arabic. Semantics Smith, Huron H. (1933) Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians. Classification Clifton, james A. (1978) Potawatomi.

INDEX 327

Michelson (1915b) The linguistic classification of Potawatomi.

Linguistic His tory Hockett (1942b) The position of Potawatomi in Central Algonkian. Hockett (1950b) The conjunct modes in Ojibwa and Potawatomi. Writing Daniels & Daniels (1975) Potawatomi traditional writing. Nichols, John D. (1974b) Notes on a traditional Potawatomi writing system. Vocabularies Landes (1970) The Prairie Potawatomi. ___.Kin Terms Quimby (1939) Some notes on kinship and kinship terminology among the Potawatomi and the Huron. Words Clifton, James A. (1975); Skinner ( 1924). Texts Anishinaabe Giigidowin ( 1976). Hockett ( 1948e) Potawatomi IV. Landes (1970) The Prairie Potawatomi. POWHATAN

Classification Feest, Christian F. (1978c) Virginia Algonquians. Michelson (1933e) The linguistic classification of Powhatan. Linguistic History Barbour ( 1973) The function of comparative linguistics. Gerard (1904) The Tapehanek dialect of Virginia. Gerard (1905) Some Virginia Indian words. Sieben (1975) Resurrecting Virginia Algonquian from the dead. Tooker ( 1904d) Some Powhatan names.

Dialects: Christanna Alexander ( 1971) Indian vocabulary from Fort Christanna, 1716. Goddard, lves (1972c) Three new Algonquian languages. - - - · Pamunkey Dalrymple (1858) Vocabulary of the Pamunkey Indians. Howell, Levy & Luckenbach (1979) What is Dalrymple's Pamunkey? Pollard ( 1894) The Pamunkey Indians of Virginia. Tooker ( 1895g) The mystery of the name Pamunkey. ---·Rappahannock Gerard ( 1904) The Tapehanek dialect of Virginia. Speck ( 1925b) The Rappahannock Indians of Virginia. Language Use: Loans Gerard (1907) Virginia's Indian contributions to English. Vocabularies Barbour ( 1971) The earliest reconnaissance of the Chesapeake Bay area. Barbour ( 1976) Ocanahowan and recently discovered linguistic fragments. Barbour, ed. (1969) The Jamestown voyages. Geary (1953) Strachey's vocabulary of Indian words used in Virginia, 1612. Gilliam (1947) Powhatan Algonkian bird names. Harrington, John P. (1955) The original Strachey vocabulary of the Virginia Indian language. Mooney (1907c) The Powhatan confederacy, past and present. Pollard (1894) The Pamunkey Indians of Virginia. Smith, John (1612) A map of Virginia. Smith, John (1624, 1907) The generall historie of Virginia, New-England, and the Summer Isles.

328 INDEX Strachey ( 1953) The historie of travell into Virginia Britania. Swanton (1934) Newly discovered Powhatan bird names.

Place Names Barbour(l967,1979,1981); Gilliam (1970); Mooney et al. (1893); Tooker (1894d, 1895h, 1895i, 1898e, 190lh, 190li, 1904b, 1905a, 1905c, 1906, 1907). Words Bushnell (1907a, 1907b); Feest, Christian F. (1978c); Haas (1975a); Speck (1928a); Tooker(l895a,l895d,l90ld,l90le). QUIRIPI-UNQUACHOG Pike, Judith J. (1953) A study of place names in Middletown, Connecticut. Prince & Speck (1903a) Dying American speech-echoes from Connecticut. Townshend ( 1900) The Quinni piack Indians and their reservation. RAPPAHANNOCK see PO WHAT AN: Dialects SAUK see FOX-SAUK-KICKAPOO SAULTEAUX see OJIBWA SHAWNEE

Phonology Hickerson, Nancy P. (1957) An acoustic analysis of Shawnee speech. Hickerson, Nancy P. (1958) An acoustic analysis of Shawnee. Voegelin, Carl F. (1935) Shawnee phonemes. Morphology & Syntax Boling (1980) Selected problems in Shawnee syntax. Parks ( 1975) Shawnee noun inflection.

Voegelin, Carl F. (1936) Productive paradigms in Shawnee.

Semantics Voegelin, Carl F., & Florence M. Voegelin ( 1976) Some recent (and not so recent) attempts to interpret semantics of native languages in North America. Wharf (1940) Gestalt technique of stem composition in Shawnee. Classification Callender ( 1978e) Shawnee. Johnson, Byron A. (1972) The SuwaneeShawnee debate. Pearson (1974) Savannah and Shawnee: same or different? Pearson (1976b) Savannah and Shawnee: same people, different names. Linguistic History Ballard ( 1978) Linguistic and cultural areal features. Miller, Wick R. (1959) An outline of Shawnee historical phonology. Pentland ( 1979a) Algonquian historical phonology. Language Use Voegelin, Carl F. (1953) From FL (Shawnee) to TL (English). Voegelin, Carl F., Florence M. Robinett, & Nancy P. Hickerson (1953) From FL (Shawnee) to TL (English). Voegelin, Carl F., & John F. Yegerlehner (1957) Toward a definition of formal style. Voegelin, Carl F., John F. Yegerlehner, & Florence M. Voegelin (1954) Shawnee laws. Yegerlehner (1954) The first five minutes of Shawnee laws. Dictionaries Voegelin, Carl F. (1938b) Shawnee stems and the Jacob P. Dunn Miami dictionary.

INDEX 329

Vocabularies Trowbridge ( 1939) Shawnee traditions. ___.Kin Terms Voegelin, Carl F., & Erminie Wheeler Voegelin (1935) Shawnee name groups. Words Gatschet ( 1895 ). Texts: Songs Nettl (1953) The Shawnee musical style. SHINNECOCK Harrington, M. Raymond ( 1903) Shinnecock notes. Harrington, M. Raymond (1924) An ancient village site of the Shinnecock Indians. Michelson ( 1924c) The linguistic classification of the Shinnecock Indians. SIKSIKA see BLACKFOOT STOCKBRIDGE see MAHICAN SUTAIO see CHEYENNE: Dialects TETE-DE-BOULE see CREE lTNAMI ("Delaware") S!'t' also MUNSEE

Grammars Goddard, lv!'s (1969) Delaware verbal morphology. Pearson ( 1972) A grammar of Delaware. Voegelin, Carl F. ( 1946) Delaware, an eastern Algonquian language. Zeisberg!'r ( 1827) Grammar of the languag!' of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians.

Grammatical Discussions Harris ( 1947) Structural restatements. Voegelin, Carl F. (1939) The Lenape and Munsee dialects of Delaware. Phonology Pearson (1976a) Lexical symbolization and phonological processes in Delaware. Morphology & Syntax Allen (1964) Transitivity and possession. Meeussen (1959b) Prefix pluralizers in Delaware. Olmsted (1951) Covert (or zero) morphemes and morphemic juncture. Semantics Hill, George A. (1971) Delaware ethnobotany. Mahr ( 1954) Aboriginal culture traits as reflected in 18th century Delaware Indian tree names. Mahr ( 1955a) Eighteenth-century terminology of Delaware Indian cultivation and use of maize. Mahr (1955b) Semantic analysis of eighteenth-century Delaware Indian names for medicinal plants. Mahr (1960a) Anatomical terminology of the eighteenth century Delaware Indians. Mahr ( 196la) Neu- und altweltliche Kulturmischung bei den Delawaren im 18. Jahrhundert. Mahr (1961 b) Semantic eva Iuation. Mahr 1962) Delaware terms for plants and animals in the eastern Ohio country. Miller, Jay (1975a) Delaware alternative classifications. Miller, Jau (1977) Delaware anatomy. Pearson (1980) Nonimmediate as a semantic unit in Delaware. Classification Goddard, lves (1978c) Delaware. Hunter, William A. (1974) A note on U nalach tigo. Miller, Jay ( 1974) The Unalachtigo?

330 INDEX

Linguistic His tory Goddard, lves (1974e) The Delaware language, past and present. \'oegelin, Carl F. (194lb) PratoAlgonquian consonant clusters in Delaware. Language Use Roark-Calnek ( 1979) The ethnohistory of a dying dialect. ---·Loans Goddard, lves ( 1974c) Dutch loan words in Delaware. Miller, Jay ( 1978) Delaware terms for playing cards. ___.Delaware Traders' ]argon Campanius (1937) Martin Luther's Little Catechism. Drechsel ( 1981) A preliminary sociolinguistic comparison of four indigenous pidgin languages of North America. Feister ( 1973) Linguistic communication between the Dutch and Indians in New Netherlands. Holmer (1946) John Campanius' Lutheran catechism in the Delaware language. Nelson ( 1894) The Indians of New Jersey. Prince (1912) An ancient New Jersey Indian jargon. Thomason ( 1980) On interpreting "The Indian interpreter". Dictionaries Brinton & Anthony, eds. ( 1888) A Lenape-English dictionary. Zeisberger ( 1887) Indian dictionary. Vocabularies Dean (1979. 1980) Lenape language lessons. Nelson ( 1904) Personal names of Indians of New Jersey.

Voegelin, Erminie Wheeler, ed. (1959) Some remarks and annotations concerning the traditions, customs, languages &c of the Indians in North America.

___.Kin Terms Dean (1975) A reply to "A further note on Delaware clan names". Goddard, lves ( 1974a) A further note on Delaware clan names. Miller, Jay (1973) Delaware clan names. Miller, Jay (1975b) The cultural view of Delaware clan names. Thurman (1973) Delaware social organization. Weslager ( 1971) Name-giving among the Delaware Indians. Weslager (1974) Delaware Indian name giving and modern practice. Place Names Decker (1964); Dunlap & Weslager (1950, 1967); Heckewelder(l940); Hutchinson (1945); Kenny (1961 ). Words Harrington, M. Raymond (1913); Miller, Jay, & Nora Thompson Dean (1978); Nelson(l902); Newcomb(l956); Thurman (1974); Weslager (1972); Wolley(l902). Texts Harrington, M. Raymond (1921) Religion and ceremonies of the Lenape. Speck (1931a) A study of the Delaware Indian Big House ceremony. Speck ( 1937) Oklahoma Delaware ceremonies, feasts and dances. \'oegelin, Carl F. (1945a) Dela"·are texts. ___. Walam Olum Black, Glenn A. ( 1954) An archaeological consideration of the Walam Olum. Brinton (1885) The Lenape and their legends. Lilly ( 1939) Remarks concerning the pictographs of the \\'alam Olum.

INDEX 331 Lilly (1945) Tentative speculations on the chronology of the Walam Olum. Lilly ( 1954a) Pictograph concordance with bibliography. Lilly (1954b) Speculations on the chronology of the Walam Olum. Mahr(l957) Walam Olum I,l7. Neumann (1954)The Walam Olum in light of physical anthropological data on the Lenape. Newcomb (1955) The Walam Olum of the Delaware Indians in perspective. Voegelin, Carl F., & Joe E. Pierce ( 1954) Validity of translations of the Walam Olum. Voegelin, Erminie Wheeler ( 1940) Culture parallels to the Delaware Walam Olum. Voegelin, Erminie Wheeler ( 1954) Parallels to the Delaware Walam Olum. Weer (1942) Provenience of the Walam Olum. Weer ( 1945) Brantz Meyer and the Walam Olum manuscript. Weer (1954a) Additional Walam Olum references. Weer (1954b) History of the Walam Olum manuscript and painted records. Witthoft (1955a) Further Walam Olum research. Witthofl (1955b) The Walam Olum project.

___·Songs \'oegelin, Carl F. (1941 c) Word distortion in Delaware Big House and Walam Olum songs. UNQUACHOG see QUIRIPI-UNQUACHOG

WAPPINGER Goddard, Ives (198le) [Review of] Mahican language hymns, ed. by Carl Maslhay. WAWENOCK see ABENAKI, EASTERN WIYOT see also ALGONQUIAN (WIDER CONNECTIONS)

Grammars Reichard ( 1925) Wiyot grammar and texts. Teeter (1964b) The Wiyot language. Grammatical Discussions Kroeber ( 1911) The languages of the coast of California north of San Francisco. Kroeber (1925) Handbook of the Indians of California. Reichard ( 1926) Wiyot. Teeter (1959) Consonant harmony in Wiyot. Vocabularies Dixon & Kroeber ( 1907) Numeral systems of the languages of California. Gibbs (1853) Vocabularies of Indian languages of northwest California. Merriam (1979) Indian names for plants and animals. Powell (1877) Linguistics. ___.Kin Terms Gifford ( 1922) California kinship terminologies. Place Names Teeter (1958).

VIRGINIA ALGONQUIAN see POWHATAN

Words Elsasser(l978); Loud(l918); Nomland& Kroeber (1936); Powers (1877, 1976).

WAMPANOAG see MASSACHUSETT

Texts Reichard ( 1925) Wiyot grammar and texts.

332 INDEX YUROK see also ALGONQUIAN (WIDER CONNECTIONS)

Grammars Robins (1958a) Yurok language. Grammatical Discussions Berman (1981a) Comment on Proulx's "Yurok fieldwork report". Kroeber ( 1911) The languages of the coast of California north of San Francisco. Kroeber ( 1925) Handbook of the Indians of California. Pmulx (1981) Yurok fieldwork report. Robins ( 1966a) Yurok. Phonology Berman ( 1981b) [Review of] The languages of native America, ed. by Lyle Campbell & Marianne Mithun. Morphology & Syntax Berman ( 1972) Subordinate clauses in Yurok. Robins ( 1962) The third person pronominal prefix in Yurok. Waterman (1923) Yurok affixes. Semantics Haas ( 1967 a) Language and taxonomy in northwestern California. Classification Heizer ( 194 7) Francis Drake and the California Indians. Heizer ( 1974) Elizabethan California. Heizer & Elmendorf (1942) Francis Drake's California anchorage in the light of the Indian languages spoken there. Pilling, Arnold R. ( 1978) Yurok. Language ['se Kroeber ( 1960b) Y urok speech usages. Dictionaries Robins (19.58a) Yurok language.

Vocabularies Bruff (1949) Gold rush. Dixon & Kroeber (1907) Numeral systems of the languages of California. Gibbs (1853) Vocabularies of Indian languages of northwest California. Heizer & Mills (1952) The four ages of Tsurai. Loeffelholz ( 1893) Die Zoreisch-Indianer der Trinidad-Bai. Merriam ( 1979) Indian names for plants and animals. Powell (1877) Linguistics. ___.Kin Terms Gifford ( 1922) California kinship terminologies. Kroeber (1917) California kinship systems. Kroeber (1934) Yurok and neighboring kin term systems. Place Names Waterman(l920,1925); Waterman& Kroeber ( 1934 ). Words Kroeber(l928,1945); Powers(l877,1976); Spott & Kroeber ( 1942). Texts Robins ( 1958a) Yurok language. ___·Songs Robins & McLeod (1956) Five Yurok songs. Robins & McLeod (1957) A Yurok song without words.

Index Headings 333 Language Headings

Subject Headings

Algonquian (General) Algonquian (Comparative & Historical) Algonquian (Wider Connections)

[General Algonquian] Surveys Historiography Bibliographies Methodology [Grammatical Studies] Grammars Grammatical Discussions Phonology Morphology & Syntax Semantics

Abenaki, Eastern Abenaki, Western Arapaho Atsina Beothuk Blackfoot Cheyenne Cree Etchemin Fox-Sauk-Kickapoo LoupB Mahican Malecite-Passamaquoddy Massachusett Menomini Miami-Illinois Micmac Mohegan-Pequot-Montauk Montagnais Munsee Nanticoke-Conoy Narragansett Nawathinehena Nipmuck-Pocumtuck Ojibwa Pamlico Potawatomi Powhatan Quiri pi- U nquachog Shawnee Shinnecock Unami ("Delaware") Wappinger Wiyot Yurok

[Studies of Related Topics] Classification Linguistic History Dialects Language Use _ _ :Loans Writing Primary Education [Sources] Dictionaries Vocabularies - - : Kin Terms Place Names Words Texts --:Songs

,!7IA8I7-ffgbbb!